The WHO, Global Vaccinations & Long-Planned Crimes Against Humanity —  Who Are These People? Who Financed and Founded the WHO?

WHO – a Criminal Association?

by kla.tv
November 9, 2024

Find kla.tv videos in English at Odysee, Rumble & Bitchute

Transcript:

On March 11, 2020, the WHO officially declared suspected coronavirus infections to be a global pandemic. For many people, this represented a profound incision in their lives.

Politically imposed measures such as lockdowns, compulsory masking and vaccinations, compulsory testing, etc. led to a massive disruption in public life and the economy. It led to widespread breaches of the law. Those who criticized the measures were ostracized. Psychological damage impacted children and young people. Health damage increased sharply, not least because of the mass covid injections worldwide.

In a video message at the rally in Berlin on August 3, 2024, Prof. Sucharit Bhakdi called for a reappraisal of the alleged corona pandemic. Without reappraisal there can be no change and ultimately no peace, says Bhakdi. He says there was no justification for any of the corona measures.

The vaccinated had become part of a monstrous human experiment carried out worldwide by the power elite. The World Health Organization (WHO) played a crucial role – if not the most crucial role. There would be no pandemic without the WHO. And no reappraisal without a detailed investigation of the WHO. This is the purpose of this program.

The well-known American physician and patent examination expert Dr. David Martin, made the following weighty statement as part of the corona pandemic review:

“We debate the leaves on the tree of what we call this ‘pandemic thing’ but we’re not going to the root. This was an organized-crime, racketeering entity, set up to give itself, first, absolute immunity and then, execute its plans to make sure it controls who lives, who dies and who gets any chance at life.”

But what is criminal about the World Health Organization (WHO)?

Based on Dr. Martin’s assertion, this program analyzes whether, and to what extent, there is evidence to criminality of the WHO.

Let us first take a look at the basis on which the WHO works: the [WHO] Constitution.

1. The criminal trail in the WHO Constitution

Article V – Section 13 WHO-Basic Documents states the following:

“Representatives of members… shall… enjoy… Immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their official capacity, immunity from legal process of every kind.”

Listen to Dr. David Martin:

“…at its formation in 1947, when the WHO was funded and founded, it was funded and founded by people intent to commit a crime, because of their own language.

“Section 13 of Article 5 ends with the following statement: ‘Immunity from personal arrest or detention, blah, blah, blah, immunity from legal process of every kind.’

“Now, if you didn’t intend to commit a crime, why would would you need to give yourself permanent and absolute immunity from every form of prosecution – and it’s worse: even investigation for prosecution of every kind? People sit there and pretend, ‘Well, that’s like diplomatic immunity.’ Do you realize this isn’t even meeting the standard of diplomatic immunity?”

So who are these people who financed and founded the WHO and who, according to Dr. Martin, deliberately wanted to commit a crime?

2. The masterminds behind the Founding of the WHO

Founded on April 7, 1948, the World Health Organization (WHO) is the largest specialized agency of the United Nations.

John D. Rockefeller III (1906 – 1978) was at the origin of both the United Nations (UN) and the World Health Organization (WHO) as chairman of the family-owned Rockefeller Foundation.

Let’s read the following passage from the article “Philanthropy and World Health”:

The Rockefeller Foundation and the League of Nations Health Organization” [predecessor organization of the WHO] illustrates the outstanding position of the Rockefeller Foundation. She had already held this position before the WHO was founded.

Quote:

“There was an inherent danger that government officials favoring a minimalist approach would be unable to share the expansive vision of international public health experts…

“These complexities meant that the Foundation found itself in a variety of roles, from midwife at the birth of the Health Organization, to reviving its shattered remnants when a new international health body was planned after the Second World War.”

The good relations between the WHO and the Rockefeller Foundation continue to this day. The then Director-General of the WHO, M. G. Candau, stated on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of the Rockefeller Foundation in 1963:

“I have no doubt that in years to come, the close co-operation between the Rockefeller Foundation and the WHO will continue to play an essential role in achieving the aim which both organizations have in common…”.

Since 2000 alone, the Rockefeller Foundation has regularly donated more than 25.6 million US dollars to the WHO.

The Rockefeller Foundation website states the following:

“The Rockefeller Foundation-World Health Organization collaboration goes back to the beginnings of the World Health Organization. In January 2022, the Rockefeller Foundation was admitted as a non-State actor in official relations of the World Health Organization.”

So what were John D. Rockefeller III’s real motives for founding the WHO?

3. The criminal goals of the WHO masterminds

The key pioneer of the WHO, John D. Rockefeller III, was a convinced eugenicist [eugenicists work to curb so-called “inferior parts of the population”, e.g. through forced sterilization].

What does that mean? Let’s take a brief look at eugenics supporters and their ideology.

In the first half of the 20th century, many influential people publicly expressed eugenic views and funded eugenic research and programs. This included well-known people such as Andrew Carnegie, John D. Rockefeller Sr. and his descendants, the William H. Gates family, George Bernard Shaw, Winston Churchill, etc.

According to eugenic ideas, the rich and powerful were said to have “superior genes” that would legitimize them to rule and act as leaders of society. This allows them to reproduce as much as possible. The poor and “inferior”, on the other hand, should be prevented from having children.

A quote from American President Theodore Roosevelt illustrates this view:

“Some day we will realize that the prime duty, the inescapable duty of the good citizen of the right type is to leave his or her blood behind him in the world – and that we have no business to permit the perpetuation of citizens of the wrong type…. . I wish very much that the wrong people could be prevented entirely from breeding…”

Based on such eugenic views, John D. Rockefeller III founded the Population Council in 1952. The latter is officially committed worldwide to birth control, family planning and population control [population policy measures to reduce population growth].

But what is hidden behind this perfectly reasonable-sounding name? The “eugenic feminist” Margaret Sanger was a close confidant of the Rockefeller family and she says it clearly. So she openly pleaded before the American Congress:

“More children from the fit, less from the unfit”.

In other words: more children from “fit” parents, fewer children from “unfit” parents. How can you imagine that put into practice?

As a result of eugenics programs, more than 64,000 people were forcibly sterilized in the USA between 1907 and 1963, mainly in psychiatric wards. In the post-war period, the eugenics movement went underground because of its bad image.

However, the ideology lives on in influential people to this day. They merely disguise their true eugenic views with the terms population control, birth control [state measures to control the number of births], family planning and reproductive medicine.

Bill Gates, the WHO’s biggest donor, said openly:

“One issue that really grabbed me as urgent were issues related to population . . . reproductive health.”

The views and efforts of the Rockefeller and Gates families are similar. They are amazingly similar to the legendary “Georgia Guidestones”. The “10 commandments” were chiseled in stone on large granite blocks. These reveal the intentions of Masonic circles with the earth’s population.

One of the ten commandments reads: “Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity” and the first commandment is to: “Maintain humanity under 500 million.”

Against this background, the “Human Reproduction Program” and the vaccination programs of the WHO and the Gates Foundation must be seen in a completely different light.

David Martin even sees the WHO as a continuation of earlier eugenics programs:

“This is not about public health. This is the advancement of the same genocidal program that began with the Carnegie Foundation’s funding of the eugenics offices at Cold Spring Labs in the United States in 1913 under the ‘philanthropy’ of Andrew Carnegie.”

The Rockefeller family was instrumental in funding these eugenics offices and eugenics programs in America and overseas. Given the eugenic convictions of the chairman of the Rockefeller Foundation at the time, when the WHO was founded, the question arises:

Is it a coincidence that the WHO is implementing population control programs?

4. WHO Population Control Programs

From the 1960s onwards, the WHO became increasingly involved in the field of population control through the Human Reproduction Program (HRP).

Betsy Hartmann analyzed the population control programs of governments, foundations and international organizations. In her book “Reproductive Rights and Wrongs”, published in 1995, she summarizes this as follows, quote:

“Mainly targeting poor women, these programs were designed to drive down birth rates as rapidly and cheaply as possible, with coercion often a matter of course.

“In the war on population growth, birth control was deployed as a weapon, rather than as a tool of reproductive choice…

“On the other side is a resurgent, well-funded population control lobby that often obscures its motives with the language of women’s empowerment.”

5. WHO Vaccination Programs to Curb Population Growth

According to the WHO’s main sponsor Bill Gates, vaccination programs in the field of reproductive medicine have great potential for curbing population growth:

“The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s headed up to about nine billion. Now, if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.”

And the WHO, together with the Rockefeller family’s Population Council and the Gates Foundation, is directly involved with these vaccination programs.

Example 1: Infertility via Tetanus Vaccination in Kenya

The Population Council and other research organizations joined forces with the WHO in 1972 to conduct joint research on vaccines to regulate fertility.

In the documentary “Infertility: A Diabolical Agenda”, Dr. Andrew Wakefield and Robert F. Kennedy Jr. provide evidence for the WHO having been involved in funding research into a pregnancy-damaging drug from 1972 to 1992. This active substance was then administered as part of a tetanus vaccination in Kenya to women of childbearing age.

Infertility is now one of the biggest problems in gynecology in Africa, according to Dr. Wahome Ngare from Nairobi, Kenya:

“As a gynecologist, in the last years we have seen a dramatic increase in the number of women who are losing pregnancies — the number of women who are presenting with threatened miscarriage or bleeding in early pregnancy. We are also seeing many young couples with infertility.”

In other countries, too, the WHO conducted “anti-fertility campaigns” under the guise of tetanus vaccination programs. The work in Kenya was carried out under the auspices of the WHO-affiliated “Gates Foundation”.

Example 2: New Malaria Vaccine

In July 2023, the WHO and the Bill Gates-controlled vaccination alliance “GAVI” announced their intention to administer 80 to 100 million vaccinations a year to African children by 2030. However, studies have shown that the new vaccine “Mosquirix” – despite being injected four times – only provided immunity for a few months. In addition, they showed that the group of vaccinated people had a ten times higher risk of contracting meningitis and cerebral malaria.

The vaccinated girls were twice as likely to die as the unvaccinated control group.

Vaccinations are at least worthwhile for the vaccine industry. Bill Gates was able to double his fortune from 50 billion to more than 100 billion US dollars within 10 years by participating in the vaccine market.

According to official WHO statements, Covid injections were also considered the only effective remedy against coronavirus infection during the coronavirus pandemic. And where did this lead? In 2022, one year after the first covid injections had been administered, we recorded a higher mortality rate, especially in the younger age groups.

6. The Criminal Past of the WHO Director-General

Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has been Secretary-General of the World Health Organization since 1st July 2017.

Only a few people know that Tedros has a criminal past. He belonged to a terrorist organization that carried out an armed government overthrow in Ethiopia in 1991. Within this violent organization, which ran the government in Ethiopia after 1991, he advanced to become Minister of Health and later Foreign Minister.

Please see “The Tedros File” [The Tedros File – Will the Head of the WHO Become the Most Powerful Man in the World? published by kla.tv on August 12, 2023] for this.

Shortly after Tedros took office as WHO Secretary-General, representatives of the Rockefeller Foundation met with him. The caption of the photo shown here reads:

“Our health team is looking forward to working with Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and the World Health Organization (WHO) on an ambitious global health agenda.”

It should now be clear to everyone that the masterminds behind the WHO, such as the Rockefeller dynasty or the so-called “philanthropist” Bill Gates, do not have the health of the people in mind. Instead, they are covertly controlling global population development. However, the question arises: where exactly is this population control supposed to lead?

7. The WHO as an Instrument to Establish a New World Government

As mentioned at the beginning, the WHO is the largest specialized agency of the United Nations, or UN for short, and implements its goals in the health sector.  However few people know that the Rockefeller Foundation also significantly influenced and co-financed the founding of the UN.

In 1947, John D. Rockefeller Jr. donated a check in the amount of 8.5 million US dollars to the UN to purchase a plot of land in New York City on which its headquarters were then built.

But what are the aims of the high finance masterminds behind the UN and their WHO?

These are presented in the “Agenda 2030” in disguised framework. See some excerpts from the documentary: “Agenda 2030 – 17 goals for sustainable destruction” by the Swiss association “WIR”.

“The 2030 Agenda, proclaimed at the 2015 United Nations summit in New York, is a global future contract which national governments are expected to adhere.

“This agenda includes 17 so-called sustainability goals that look good on the surface. A closer look reveals the same actors who want nothing less than full control over the earth’s resources – a single centralized world government and the enslavement of all human beings on earth.”

Point 3 of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals deals specifically with the global health goals, which are to be made binding by the WHO. On the surface, however, these goals may sound good, but they represent a serious global threat. Especially when one considers the eugenic background and the inhumane practices of the WHO leaders to date, the global “health plans” must be seriously questioned.

“Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages. The focus is on the digitization and centralization of all medical standards by the WHO. The World Health Organization can order medical measures all over the world under threat of fines and sanctions. For this purpose, the responsibility for medical measures of all kinds will be taken away from the national governments.

The WHO will use the so-called pandemic contract to decide when and where to order coercive measures such as masks, vaccinations, tests, lockdowns and quarantine.

In addition, all health data will be stored in an international database and linked to the digital identity of every citizen. The health industry will be brought into line worldwide.

All opinions and research in medicine that differ from the WHO will be systematically suppressed, persecuted and criminalized. Naturopathic methods are to be banned from the health sector and replaced by educational offers, products and services of the pharmaceutical and chemical industry.

The health of the people will then be completely in the hands of the WHO, which will be able to intervene in a regulatory way through the openly visible health data in the case of non-compliant behavior on the part of the individual. This can lead to the individual being denied access to food and necessary medication.”

That’s how you can bluntly summarize the WHO’s agenda.

From the very beginning, eugenically-influenced high financiers and their vassals have left their criminal traces – and continue to do so today.

Under the guise of the WHO, its masterminds do not shy away from crime in order to assert their claim to global supremacy and further promote their agenda of population control.

Successful vaccination crimes – above all the unprecedented campaign for the global administration of the highly dangerous so-called mRNA vaccines – require an urgent reappraisal. Not least because such crimes must never be allowed to happen again!

Please help to ensure that these criminal activities are brought to the public’s attention. We ask you to share this program widely!

Connect with and support the work of kla.tv

Cover image based on creative commons work of GuillermoEstrada & OpenClipart-Vectors

They Are Scrubbing the Internet Right Now

by Jeffrey A Tucker and Debbie Lerman, Brownstone Institute
October 30, 2024

Instances of censorship are growing to the point of normalization. Despite ongoing litigation and more public attention, mainstream social media has been more ferocious in recent months than ever before. Podcasters know for sure what will be instantly deleted and debate among themselves over content in gray areas. Some like Brownstone have given up on YouTube in favor of Rumble, sacrificing vast audiences if only to see their content survive to see the light of day.

It’s not always about being censored or not. Today’s algorithms include a range of tools that affect searchability and findability. For example, the Joe Rogan interview with Donald Trump racked up an astonishing 34 million views before YouTube and Google tweaked their search engines to make it hard to discover, while even presiding over a technical malfunction that disabled viewing for many people. Faced with this, Rogan went to the platform X to post all three hours.

Navigating this thicket of censorship and quasi-censorship has become part of the business model of alternative media.

Those are just the headline cases. Beneath the headlines, there are technical events taking place that are fundamentally affecting the ability of any historian even to look back and tell what is happening. Incredibly, the service Archive.org which has been around since 1994 has stopped taking images of content on all platforms. For the first time in 30 years, we have gone a long swath of time – since October 8-10 – since this service has chronicled the life of the Internet in real time.

As of this writing, we have no way to verify content that has been posted for three weeks of October leading to the days of the most contentious and consequential election of our lifetimes. Crucially, this is not about partisanship or ideological discrimination. No websites on the Internet are being archived in ways that are available to users. In effect, the whole memory of our main information system is just a big black hole right now.

The trouble on Archive.org began on October 8, 2024, when the service was suddenly hit with a massive Denial of Service attack (DDOS) that not only took down the service but introduced a level of failure that nearly took it out completely. Working around the clock, Archive.org came back as a read-only service where it stands today. However, you can only read content that was posted before the attack. The service has yet to resume any public display of mirroring of any sites on the Internet.

In other words, the only source on the entire World Wide Web that mirrors content in real time has been disabled. For the first time since the invention of the web browser itself, researchers have been robbed of the ability to compare past with future content, an action that is a staple of researchers looking into government and corporate actions.

It was using this service, for example, that enabled Brownstone researchers to discover precisely what the CDC had said about Plexiglas, filtration systems, mail-in ballots, and rental moratoriums. That content was all later scrubbed off the live Internet, so accessing archive copies was the only way we could know and verify what was true. It was the same with the World Health Organization and its disparagement of natural immunity which was later changed. We were able to document the shifting definitions thanks only to this tool which is now disabled.

What this means is the following: Any website can post anything today and take it down tomorrow and leave no record of what they posted unless some user somewhere happened to take a screenshot. Even then there is no way to verify its authenticity. The standard approach to know who said what and when is now gone. That is to say that the whole Internet is already being censored in real time so that during these crucial weeks, when vast swaths of the public fully expect foul play, anyone in the information industry can get away with anything and not get caught.

We know what you are thinking. Surely this DDOS attack was not a coincidence. The time was just too perfect. And maybe that is right. We just do not know. Does Archive.org suspect something along those lines? Here is what they say:

Last week, along with a DDOS attack and exposure of patron email addresses and encrypted passwords, the Internet Archive’s website javascript was defaced, leading us to bring the site down to access and improve our security. The stored data of the Internet Archive is safe and we are working on resuming services safely. This new reality requires heightened attention to cyber security and we are responding. We apologize for the impact of these library services being unavailable.

Deep state? As with all these things, there is no way to know, but the effort to blast away the ability of the Internet to have a verified history fits neatly into the stakeholder model of information distribution that has clearly been prioritized on a global level. The Declaration of the Future of the Internet makes that very clear: the Internet should be “governed through the multi-stakeholder approach, whereby governments and relevant authorities partner with academics, civil society, the private sector, technical community and others.”  All of these stakeholders benefit from the ability to act online without leaving a trace.

To be sure, a librarian at Archive.org has written that “While the Wayback Machine has been in read-only mode, web crawling and archiving have continued. Those materials will be available via the Wayback Machine as services are secured.”

When? We do not know. Before the election? In five years? There might be some technical reasons but it might seem that if web crawling is continuing behind the scenes, as the note suggests, that too could be available in read-only mode now. It is not.

Disturbingly, this erasure of Internet memory is happening in more than one place. For many years,  Google offered a cached version of the link you were seeking just below the live version. They have plenty of server space to enable that now, but no: that service is now completely gone. In fact, the Google cache service officially ended just a week or two before the Archive.org crash, at the end of September 2024.

Thus the two available tools for searching cached pages on the Internet disappeared within weeks of each other and within weeks of the November 5th election.

Other disturbing trends are also turning Internet search results increasingly into AI-controlled lists of establishment-approved narratives. The web standard used to be for search result rankings to be governed by user behavior, links, citations, and so forth. These were more or less organic metrics, based on an aggregation of data indicating how useful a search result was to Internet users. Put very simply, the more people found a search result useful, the higher it would rank. Google now uses very different metrics to rank search results, including what it considers “trusted sources” and other opaque, subjective determinations.

Furthermore, the most widely used service that once ranked websites based on traffic is now gone. That service was called Alexa. The company that created it was independent. Then one day in 1999, it was bought by Amazon. That seemed encouraging because Amazon was well-heeled. The acquisition seemed to codify the tool that everyone was using as a kind of metric of status on the web. It was common back in the day to take note of an article somewhere on the web and then look it up on Alexa to see its reach. If it was important, one would take notice, but if it was not, no one particularly cared.

This is how an entire generation of web technicians functioned. The system worked as well as one could possibly expect.

Then, in 2014, years after acquiring the ranking service Alexa, Amazon did a strange thing. It released its home assistant (and surveillance device) with the same name. Suddenly, everyone had them in their homes and would find out anything by saying “Hey Alexa.” Something seemed strange about Amazon naming its new product after an unrelated business it had acquired years earlier. No doubt there was some confusion caused by the naming overlap.

Here’s what happened next. In 2022, Amazon actively took down the web ranking tool. It didn’t sell it. It didn’t raise the prices. It didn’t do anything with it. It suddenly made it go completely dark.

No one could figure out why. It was the industry standard, and suddenly it was gone. Not sold, just blasted away. No longer could anyone figure out the traffic-based website rankings of anything without paying very high prices for hard-to-use proprietary products.

All of these data points that might seem unrelated when considered individually, are actually part of a long trajectory that has shifted our information landscape into unrecognizable territory. The Covid events of 2020-2023, with massive global censorship and propaganda efforts, greatly accelerated these trends.

One wonders if anyone will remember what it was once like. The hacking and hobbling of Archive.org underscores the point: there will be no more memory.

As of this writing, fully three weeks of web content have not been archived. What we are missing and what has changed is anyone’s guess. And we have no idea when the service will come back. It is entirely possible that it will not come back, that the only real history to which we can take recourse will be pre-October 8, 2024, the date on which everything changed.

The Internet was founded to be free and democratic. It will require herculean efforts at this point to restore that vision, because something else is quickly replacing it.

Jeffrey Tucker is Founder, Author, and President at Brownstone Institute. He is also Senior Economics Columnist for Epoch Times, author of 10 books, including Life After Lockdown, and many thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture.

Debbie Lerman, 2023 Brownstone Fellow, has a degree in English from Harvard. She is a retired science writer and a practicing artist in Philadelphia, PA.

Connect with Brownstone Institute

Cover image based on creative commons work of manfredsteger 

The Politics of Fear: Laying the Groundwork for Fascism, American-Style

by John & Nisha Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute
October 28, 2024

“No one can terrorize a whole nation, unless we are all his accomplices.”

~ Edward R. Murrow, broadcast journalist

America is in the midst of an epidemic of historic proportions.

The contagion being spread like wildfire is turning communities into battlegrounds and setting Americans one against the other.

Normally mild-mannered individuals caught up in the throes of this disease have been transformed into belligerent zealots, while others inclined to pacifism have taken to stockpiling weapons and practicing defensive drills.

This plague on our nation—one that has been spreading like wildfire—is a potent mix of fear coupled with unhealthy doses of paranoia and intolerance, tragic hallmarks of the post-9/11 America in which we live.

Everywhere you turn, those on both the left- and right-wing are fomenting distrust and division. You can’t escape it.

We’re being fed a constant diet of fear: fear of terrorists, fear of illegal immigrants, fear of people who are too religious, fear of people who are not religious enough, fear of extremists, fear of conformists, fear of the government, fear of those who fear the government, fear of those on the Right, fear of those on the Left… The list goes on and on.

The strategy is simple yet effective: the best way to control a populace is through fear and discord.

Fear makes people stupid.

Confound them, distract them with mindless news chatter and entertainment, pit them against one another by turning minor disagreements into major skirmishes, and tie them up in knots over matters lacking in national significance.

Most importantly, divide the people into factions, persuade them to see each other as the enemy and keep them screaming at each other so that they drown out all other sounds. In this way, they will never reach consensus about anything and will be too distracted to notice the police state closing in on them until the final crushing curtain falls.

This is how free people enslave themselves and allow tyrants to prevail.

This Machiavellian scheme has so ensnared the nation that few Americans even realize they are being manipulated into adopting an “us” against “them” mindset. Instead, fueled with fear and loathing for phantom opponents, they agree to pour millions of dollars and resources into political elections, militarized police, spy technology and endless wars, hoping for a guarantee of safety that never comes.

All the while, those in power—bought and paid for by lobbyists and corporations—move their costly agendas forward, and “we the suckers” get saddled with the tax bills and subjected to pat downs, police raids and round-the-clock surveillance.

Turn on the TV or flip open the newspaper on any given day, and you will find yourself accosted by reports of government corruption, corporate malfeasance, militarized police and marauding SWAT teams.

America has already entered a new phase, one in which children are arrested in schools, military veterans are forcibly detained by government agents because of their so-called “anti-government” views, and law-abiding Americans are having their movements tracked, their financial transactions documented, and their communications monitored.

These threats are not to be underestimated.

Yet even more dangerous than these violations of our basic rights is the language in which they are couched: the language of fear. It is a language spoken effectively by politicians on both sides of the aisle, shouted by media pundits from their cable TV pulpits, marketed by corporations, and codified into bureaucratic laws that do little to make our lives safer or more secure.

This language of fear has given rise to a politics of fear whose only aim is to distract and divide us. In this way, we have been discouraged from thinking analytically and believing that we have any part to play in solving the problems before us. Instead, we have been conditioned to point the finger at the other Person or vote for this Politician or support this Group, because they are the ones who will fix it. Except that they can’t and won’t fix the problems plaguing our communities.

Nevertheless, fear remains the method most often used by politicians to increase the power of government.

The government’s overblown, extended wars on terrorism, drugs, violence, disease, illegal immigration, and so-called domestic extremism have been convenient ruses used to terrorize the populace into relinquishing more of their freedoms in exchange for elusive promises of security.

An atmosphere of fear permeates modern America. However, with crime at an all-time low, is such fear rational?

Statistics show that you are 17,600 times more likely to die from heart disease than from a terrorist attack. You are 11,000 times more likely to die from an airplane accident than from a terrorist plot involving an airplane. You are 1,048 times more likely to die from a car accident than a terrorist attack. You are 404 times more likely to die in a fall than from a terrorist attack. You are 12 times more likely to die from accidental suffocating in bed than from a terrorist attack. And you are 9 more times likely to choke to death in your own vomit than die in a terrorist attack.

Indeed, those living in the American police state are 8 times more likely to be killed by a police officer than by a terrorist. Thus, the government’s endless jabbering about terrorism amounts to little more than propaganda—the propaganda of fear—a tactic used to terrorize, cower and control the population.

In turn, the government’s stranglehold on power and extreme paranoia about the citizenry as potential threats has resulted in a populace that is increasingly viewed as the government’s enemies.

Why else would the government feel the need to monitor our communications, track our movements, criminalize our every action, treat us like suspects, and strip us of any means of defense while equipping its own personnel with an amazing arsenal of weapons?

So far, these tactics—terrorizing the citizenry over the government’s paranoia and overblown fears while treating them like criminals—are working to transform the way “we the people” view ourselves and our role in this nation.

Indeed, fear and paranoia have become hallmarks of the modern American experience, impacting how we as a nation view the world around us, how we as citizens view each other, and most of all how our government views us.

The American people have been reduced to what commentator Dan Sanchez refers to as “herd-minded hundreds of millions [who] will stampede to the State for security, bleating to please, please be shorn of their remaining liberties.”

Sanchez continues:

I am not terrified of the terrorists; i.e., I am not, myself, terrorized. Rather, I am terrified of the terrorized; terrified of the bovine masses who are so easily manipulated by terrorists, governments, and the terror-amplifying media into allowing our country to slip toward totalitarianism and total war…

I do not irrationally and disproportionately fear Muslim bomb-wielding jihadists or white, gun-toting nutcases. But I rationally and proportionately fear those who do, and the regimes such terror empowers. History demonstrates that governments are capable of mass murder and enslavement far beyond what rogue militants can muster. Industrial-scale terrorists are the ones who wear ties, chevrons, and badges. But such terrorists are a powerless few without the supine acquiescence of the terrorized many. There is nothing to fear but the fearful themselves…

Stop swallowing the overblown scaremongering of the government and its corporate media cronies. Stop letting them use hysteria over small menaces to drive you into the arms of tyranny, which is the greatest menace of all.

As history makes clear, fear and government paranoia lead to fascist, totalitarian regimes.

It’s a simple enough formula. National crises, reported terrorist attacks, and sporadic shootings leave us in a constant state of fear. Fear prevents us from thinking. The emotional panic that accompanies fear actually shuts down the prefrontal cortex or the rational thinking part of our brains. In other words, when we are consumed by fear, we stop thinking.

A populace that stops thinking for themselves is a populace that is easily led, easily manipulated and easily controlled.

The following, derived by from John T. Flynn’s 1944 treatise on fascism As We Go Marching are a few of the necessary ingredients for a fascist state:

• The government is managed by a powerful leader (even if he or she assumes office by way of the electoral process). This is the fascistic leadership principle (or father figure).
• The government assumes it is not restrained in its power. This is authoritarianism, which eventually evolves into totalitarianism.
• The government ostensibly operates under a capitalist system while being undergirded by an immense bureaucracy.
• The government through its politicians emits powerful and continuing expressions of nationalism.
• The government has an obsession with national security while constantly invoking terrifying internal and external enemies.
• The government establishes a domestic and invasive surveillance system and develops a paramilitary force that is not answerable to the citizenry.
• The government and its various agencies (federal, state, and local) develop an obsession with crime and punishment. This is overcriminalization.
• The government becomes increasingly centralized while aligning closely with corporate powers to control all aspects of the country’s social, economic, military, and governmental structures.
• The government uses militarism as a center point of its economic and taxing structure.
• The government is increasingly imperialistic in order to maintain the military-industrial corporate forces.

The parallels to modern America are impossible to ignore.

“Every industry is regulated. Every profession is classified and organized. Every good or service is taxed. Endless debt accumulation is preserved. Immense doesn’t begin to describe the bureaucracy. Military preparedness never stops, and war with some evil foreign foe, remains a daily prospect,” writes economist Jeffrey Tucker. “It’s incorrect to call fascism either right wing or left wing. It is both and neither… fascism does not seek to overthrow institutions like commercial establishments, family, religious centers, and civic traditions. It seeks to control them… it preserves most of what people hold dear but promises to improve economic, social, and cultural life through unifying their operations under government control.”

For the final hammer of fascism to fall, it will require the most crucial ingredient: the majority of the people will have to agree that it’s not only expedient but necessary. In times of “crisis,” expediency is upheld as the central principle—that is, in order to keep us safe and secure, the government must militarize the police, strip us of basic constitutional rights and criminalize virtually every form of behavior.

We are at a critical crossroads in American history.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, fear has been a critical tool in past fascistic regimes, and it has become the driving force behind the American police state.

All of which begs the question what we will give up in order to perpetuate the illusions of safety and security.

As we once again find ourselves faced with the prospect of voting for the lesser of two evils, “we the people” have a decision to make: do we simply participate in the collapse of the American republic as it degenerates toward a totalitarian regime, or do we take a stand and reject the pathetic excuse for government that is being fobbed off on us?

There is no easy answer, but one thing is true: the lesser of two evils is still evil.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at staff@rutherford.org. Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

Connect with The Rutherford Institute

Cover image based on creative commons work of: ElisaRiva & GDJ

What Are Vaccine Injuries? What Are “Psychosomatic” Consequences of Life-Threatening Fear and Living Conditions?

by Dr. Stefan Lanka & Ursula Stoll, LankaVision telegram
translation from German via Telegram translate
October 25, 2024

In the conventional medical narrative, symptoms can only be explained as the result of defects, pathogens and toxins. In this forced logic, all symptoms that appear months and years after a vaccination are interpreted as vaccine damage. In the case of Corona, for example, all symptoms that appear months or years after vaccination are attributed to so-called mRNA in the vaccine. So-called spike proteins are formed everywhere in the body, which are blamed for all observed symptoms and deaths.

This is not true for several reasons: Like all so-called pathogenic viruses, there is no such thing as a corona virus . So-called mRNA technology can never work because every aspect of molecular genetics has been refuted. mRNA in the vaccine syringe is destroyed by the nanoparticles it contains. If mRNA were injected into the muscle, it would be digested within milliseconds. It is the nanoparticles contained in the vaccines that can form thromboses within a few days to weeks. Once the nanos have spread throughout the body, they cause nonspecific inflammation, resulting in globulin formation, aka seroconversion, which is presented as immune protection. By the way: every package insert states that so-called immune protection does not provide protection against disease.

From the perspective of “real biology”, which Dr. Ryke Geerd Hamer discovered in 1985 and later called “Germanic medicine” , all symptoms, apart from the thrombosis and the more or less severe “non-specific” inflammations, immediately or shortly after the vaccination (3-4 weeks), are “psychosomatic” consequences of existential fear and terror. For example, destruction of families and livelihoods, violent isolation of people and other forms of torture. Here is just one of the resulting symptoms: In EVERYONE who feels completely alone, is on the run or believes that their existence has been destroyed, their kidneys retain water and substances that are excreted in the urine.

This “kidney syndrome” with the resulting edema formation can kill an adult within just three days. All existing symptoms become many times larger, more painful and more dangerous due to this water retention. This much larger swelling is often misinterpreted as turbo cancer, even if no tumor has grown. In the “real biology” that Dr. Hamer discovered, symptoms are not the result of previous damage, but biologically meaningful processes to enable life and survival during a conflict shock or trauma. Most symptoms appear in the phase when the conflict shock or trauma is resolved – in belief in the vaccination or the freedom that was bought by it – or at the latest when the global fear mongers in the Pentagon have ended the virus fear terror or have interrupted it for a longer period.

Connect with LankaVision at Telegram

Cover image credit: lechenie-narkomanii

The Danger Is Real: The Deep State’s Plot to Destabilize the Nation Is Working

~~~

“Now the government has adopted its own plans for swamp-draining, only it wants to use the military to drain the swamps of futuristic urban American cities of ‘noncombatants and engage the remaining adversaries in high intensity conflict within.’

“And who are these noncombatants, a military term that refers to civilians who are not engaged in fighting?

“They are, according to the Pentagon, ‘adversaries.’

“They are ‘threats.’

“They are the ‘enemy.’

“They are people who don’t support the government, people who live in fast-growing urban communities, people who may be less well-off economically than the government and corporate elite, people who engage in protests, people who are unemployed, people who engage in crime (in keeping with the government’s fast-growing, overly broad definition of what constitutes a crime).

“In other words, in the eyes of the U.S. military, noncombatants are American citizens a.k.a. domestic extremists a.k.a. enemy combatants who must be identified, targeted, detained, contained and, if necessary, eliminated.

~ John Whitehead

~~~

The Danger Is Real: The Deep State’s Plot to Destabilize the Nation Is Working

by John & Nisha Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute
October 21, 2024

“The most dangerous man to any government is the man who is able to think things out … without regard to the prevailing superstitions and taboos. Almost inevitably he comes to the conclusion that the government he lives under is dishonest, insane, intolerable.”

— H. L. Mencken

If the three-ring circus that is the looming presidential election proves anything, it is that the Deep State’s plot to destabilize the nation is working.

The danger is real.

Caught up in the heavily dramatized electoral showdown between Donald Trump and Kamala Harris, Americans have become oblivious to the multitude of ways in which the government is goosestepping all over our freedoms on a daily basis.

Especially alarming is the extent to which those on both sides are allowing themselves to be gaslighted by both Trump and Harris about critical issues of the day, selectively choosing to hear only what they want to hear when it casts the opposition in a negative light.

This is true whether you’re talking about immigration and border control, health care, national security, the nation’s endless wars, protections for free speech, or the militarization of the U.S. government.

For starters, there’s the free speech double standard, what my good friend Nat Hentoff used to refer to as the “free speech for me but not for thee” phenomenon in which the First Amendment’s protections only apply to those with whom we might agree.

Despite her claims to being a champion for the rule of law, which in our case is the U.S. Constitution, Harris isn’t averse to policing so-called “hate” speech. In this, Harris is not unlike those on both the Right and the Left who continue to express a distaste for unregulated, free speech online, especially when it comes to speech with which they might disagree.

Then there’s Trump, never a fan of free speech protections for his critics, who has been particularly vocal about his desire to see the military vanquish “radical left lunatics,” which he has dubbed “the enemy from within.”

If it were only about muzzling free speech activities, that would be concerning enough.

But Trump’s enthusiasm for using the military to target domestic enemies of the state should send off warning bells, especially coinciding as it does with the Department of Defense’s recent re-issuance of Directive 5240.01, which empowers the military to assist law enforcement “in situations where a confrontation between civilian law enforcement and civilian individuals or groups is reasonably anticipated.”

This is what martial law looks like—a government of force that relies on the military to enforce its authority—and it’s exactly what America’s founders feared, which is why they opted for a republic bound by the rule of law: the U.S. Constitution.

Responding to concerns that the military would be used for domestic policing, Congress passed the Posse Comitatus Act in 1878, which makes it a crime for the government to use the military to carry out arrests, searches, seizure of evidence and other activities normally handled by a civilian police force.

The increasing militarization of the police, the use of sophisticated weaponry against Americans and the government’s increasing tendency to employ military personnel domestically have all but eviscerated historic prohibitions such as the Posse Comitatus Act.

Yet sometime over the course of the past 240-plus years that constitutional republic has been transformed into a military dictatorship disguised as a democracy.

Unfortunately, most Americans seem relatively untroubled by the fact that our constitutional republic is being transformed into a military dictatorship disguised as a democracy.

The seeds of chaos that have been sown in recent years are all part of the Deep State’s plans to usher in martial law.

Observe for yourself what has been happening right before our eyes.

Domestic terrorism fueled by government entrapment schemes. Civil unrest stoked to dangerous levels by polarizing political rhetoric. A growing intolerance for dissent that challenges the government’s power grabs. Police brutality tacitly encouraged by the executive branch, conveniently overlooked by the legislatures, and granted qualified immunity by the courts. A weakening economy exacerbated by government schemes that favor none but a select few. Heightened foreign tensions and blowback due to the military industrial complex’s profit-driven quest to police and occupy the globe.

This is no conspiracy theory.

There’s trouble brewing, and the government is masterminding a response using the military.

Just take a look at “Megacities: Urban Future, the Emerging Complexity,” a Pentagon training video created by the Army for U.S. Special Operations Command.

The training video is only five minutes long, but it says a lot about the government’s mindset, the way its views the citizenry, and the so-called “problems” that the government must be prepared to address in the near future through the use of martial law.

Even more troubling, however, is what this military video doesn’t say about the Constitution, about the rights of the citizenry, and about the dangers of locking down the nation and using the military to address political and social problems.

The training video anticipates that all hell will break loose by 2030, but the future is here ahead of schedule.

We’re already witnessing a breakdown of society on virtually every front.

By waging endless wars abroad, by bringing the instruments of war home, by transforming police into extensions of the military, by turning a free society into a suspect society, by treating American citizens like enemy combatants, by discouraging and criminalizing a free exchange of ideas, by making violence its calling card through SWAT team raids and militarized police, by fomenting division and strife among the citizenry, by acclimating the citizenry to the sights and sounds of war, and by generally making peaceful revolution all but impossible, the government has engineered an environment in which domestic violence is becoming almost inevitable.

The danger signs are screaming out a message

The government is anticipating trouble (read: civil unrest), which is code for anything that challenges the government’s authority, wealth and power.

According to the Pentagon training video created by the Army for U.S. Special Operations Command, the U.S. government is grooming its armed forces to solve future domestic political and social problems.

What they’re really talking about is martial law, packaged as a well-meaning and overriding concern for the nation’s security.

The chilling five-minute training video, obtained by The Intercept through a FOIA request and made available online, paints an ominous picture of the future—a future the military is preparing for—bedeviled by “criminal networks,” “substandard infrastructure,” “religious and ethnic tensions,” “impoverishment, slums,” “open landfills, over-burdened sewers,” a “growing mass of unemployed,” and an urban landscape in which the prosperous economic elite must be protected from the impoverishment of the have nots.

And then comes the kicker.

Three-and-a-half minutes into the Pentagon’s dystopian vision of “a world of Robert Kaplan-esque urban hellscapes — brutal and anarchic supercities filled with gangs of youth-gone-wild, a restive underclass, criminal syndicates, and bands of malicious hackers,” the ominous voice of the narrator speaks of a need to “drain the swamps.”

Drain the swamps.

Surely, we’ve heard that phrase before?

Ah yes.

Emblazoned on t-shirts and signs, shouted at rallies, and used as a rallying cry among Trump supporters, “drain the swamp” became one of Donald Trump’s most-used campaign slogans.

Now the government has adopted its own plans for swamp-draining, only it wants to use the military to drain the swamps of futuristic urban American cities of “noncombatants and engage the remaining adversaries in high intensity conflict within.”

And who are these noncombatants, a military term that refers to civilians who are not engaged in fighting?

They are, according to the Pentagon, “adversaries.”

They are “threats.”

They are the “enemy.”

They are people who don’t support the government, people who live in fast-growing urban communities, people who may be less well-off economically than the government and corporate elite, people who engage in protests, people who are unemployed, people who engage in crime (in keeping with the government’s fast-growing, overly broad definition of what constitutes a crime).

In other words, in the eyes of the U.S. military, noncombatants are American citizens a.k.a. domestic extremists a.k.a. enemy combatants who must be identified, targeted, detained, contained and, if necessary, eliminated.

In the future imagined by the Pentagon, any walls and prisons that are built will be used to protect the societal elite—the haves—from the have-nots.

If you haven’t figured it out already, we the people are the have-nots.

Suddenly it all begins to make sense.

The events of recent years: the invasive surveillance, the extremism reports, the civil unrest, the protests, the shootings, the bombings, the military exercises and active shooter drills, the color-coded alerts and threat assessments, the fusion centers, the transformation of local police into extensions of the military, the distribution of military equipment and weapons to local police forces, the government databases containing the names of dissidents and potential troublemakers.

The government is systematically locking down the nation and shifting us into martial law.

This is how you prepare a populace to accept a police state willingly, even gratefully.

You don’t scare them by making dramatic changes. Rather, you acclimate them slowly to their prison walls.

Persuade the citizenry that their prison walls are merely intended to keep them safe and danger out. Desensitize them to violence, acclimate them to a military presence in their communities, and persuade them that there is nothing they can do to alter the seemingly hopeless trajectory of the nation.

Before long, no one will even notice the floundering economy, the blowback arising from military occupations abroad, the police shootings, the nation’s deteriorating infrastructure and all of the other mounting concerns.

It’s happening already.

The sight of police clad in body armor and gas masks, wielding semiautomatic rifles and escorting an armored vehicle through a crowded street, a scene likened to “a military patrol through a hostile city,” no longer causes alarm among the general populace.

Few seem to care about the government’s endless wars abroad that leave communities shattered, families devastated and our national security at greater risk of blowback.

The Deep State’s tactics are working.

We’ve allowed ourselves to be acclimated to the occasional lockdown of government buildings, Jade Helm military drills in small towns so that special operations forces can get “realistic military training” in “hostile” territory, and  Live Active Shooter Drill training exercises, carried out at schools, in shopping malls, and on public transit, which can and do fool law enforcement officials, students, teachers and bystanders into thinking it’s a real crisis.

Still, you can’t say we weren’t warned about the government’s nefarious schemes to lock down the nation.

Back in 2008, an Army War College report revealed that “widespread civil violence inside the United States would force the defense establishment to reorient priorities in extremis to defend basic domestic order and human security.” The 44-page report went on to warn that potential causes for such civil unrest could include another terrorist attack, “unforeseen economic collapse, loss of functioning political and legal order, purposeful domestic resistance or insurgency, pervasive public health emergencies, and catastrophic natural and human disasters.”

In 2009, reports by the Department of Homeland Security surfaced that labelled right-wing and left-wing activists and military veterans as extremists (a.k.a. terrorists) and called on the government to subject such targeted individuals to full-fledged pre-crime surveillance. Almost a decade later, after spending billions to fight terrorism, the DHS concluded that the greater threat is not ISIS but domestic right-wing extremism.

Meanwhile, the government has been amassing an arsenal of military weapons for use domestically and equipping and training their “troops” for war. Even government agencies with largely administrative functions such as the Food and Drug Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, and the Smithsonian have been acquiring body armor, riot helmets and shields, cannon launchers and police firearms and ammunition. In fact, there are now at least 120,000 armed federal agents carrying such weapons who possess the power to arrest.

Rounding out this profit-driven campaign to turn American citizens into enemy combatants (and America into a battlefield) is a technology sector that has been colluding with the government to create a Big Brother that is all-knowing, all-seeing and inescapable. It’s not just the drones, fusion centers, license plate readers, stingray devices and the NSA that you have to worry about. You’re also being tracked by the black boxes in your cars, your cell phone, smart devices in your home, grocery loyalty cards, social media accounts, credit cards, streaming services such as Netflix, Amazon, and e-book reader accounts.

All of this has taken place right under our noses, funded with our taxpayer dollars and carried out in broad daylight without so much as a general outcry from the citizenry.

And then you have the government’s Machiavellian schemes for unleashing all manner of dangers on an unsuspecting populace, then demanding additional powers in order to protect “we the people” from the threats.

Are you getting the picture yet?

The U.S. government isn’t protecting us from terrorism.

The U.S. government is creating the terror. It is, in fact, the source of the terror.

Just think about it for a minute: Cyberwarfare. Terrorism. Bio-chemical attacks. The nuclear arms race. Surveillance. The drug wars.

Almost every national security threat that the government has claimed greater powers in order to fight—all the while undermining the liberties of the American citizenry—has been manufactured in one way or another by the government.

Did I say Machiavellian? This is downright evil.

We’re not dealing with a government that exists to serve its people, protect their liberties and ensure their happiness. Rather, these are the diabolical machinations of a make-works program carried out on an epic scale whose only purpose is to keep the powers-that-be permanently (and profitably) employed.

Mind you, by “government,” I’m not referring to the highly partisan, two-party bureaucracy of the Republicans and Democrats.

I’m referring to “government” with a capital “G,” the entrenched Deep State that is unaffected by elections, unaltered by populist movements, and has set itself beyond the reach of the law.

I’m referring to the corporatized, militarized, entrenched bureaucracy that is fully operational and staffed by unelected officials who are, in essence, running the country and calling the shots in Washington DC, no matter who sits in the White House.

Be warned: in the future envisioned by the government, we will not be viewed as Republicans or Democrats. Rather, “we the people” will be enemies of the state.

For years, the government has been warning against the dangers of domestic terrorism, erecting surveillance systems to monitor its own citizens, creating classification systems to label any viewpoints that challenge the status quo as extremist, and training law enforcement agencies to equate anyone possessing anti-government views as a domestic terrorist.

What the government failed to explain was that the domestic terrorists would be of the government’s own making, and that “we the people” would become enemy #1.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, we’re already enemies of the state.

It’s time to wake up and stop being deceived by Deep State propaganda.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at staff@rutherford.org. Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

Connect with The Rutherford Institute

Cover image credit: sdmaurya40

Global Tyranny Never Sounded So Good: UN Summit of the Future

~~~

“Wading through the finished product, 66 pages of hackneyed phrases passed off as profound policy, requires the stoicism of a saint and a devil’s dictionary in order to translate its conniving “globalese” into a comprehensible tongue.”

~ Michael Bryant

~~~

by Michael Bryant, Health Freedom Defense Fund
October 18, 2024

Lost in the hoopla of the coming US presidential election and the pandemonium of current global affairs was an unheralded summit last month that could cause more upheaval on the planet than anything our self-described world leaders have thrown at the populace yet.

On September 22, representatives of 193 sovereign nation-states gathered at the United Nations headquarters in New York City to adopt a Pact for the Future.

The document, which includes a Global Digital Compact and a Declaration on Future Generations, promises to “open the door to new opportunities and untapped possibilities,” according to UN Secretary-General António Guterres.

The landmark agreement, which Guterres called a “step-change towards more effective, inclusive, networked multilateralism,” contains 56 “actions” that countries pledged to achieve.

The net effect of the Pact for the Future and its two so-called annexes is intended to radically accelerate the push toward completion of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and its Agenda 2030.

Marketed as a blueprint to “lay the foundations for a sustainable, just, and peaceful global order—for all peoples and nations” (and who could possibly object to such a heavenly vision?)—this latest flurry of UN paperwork may have set new records in linguistic maneuvers and platitudes per page.

A few questions are in order:

• What do all the bureaucratic bromides and buzzwords in the Pact actually mean when translated into plain English?

• How will the Pact’s sound and fury impact us once its “multilateral” wheels are set in motion?

• Is this “sustainable, just, and peaceful global order” really a pot of gold awaiting us at the end of the United Nations Summit of the Future rainbow?

• Are these promises of “new opportunities and untapped possibilities” truly wonderful gifts designed to serve the public? Or are they just more Trojan horses that will carry us closer to the cliff’s edge than into a Canaan-like Promised Land flowing with milk and honey?

• And what exactly did Secretary-General Guterres mean when he said the UN Summit of the Future represented “an essential first step towards making global institutions more legitimate, effective, and fit for the world of today and tomorrow” and that UN member states had gathered to “bring multilateralism back from the brink”?

Wading through the finished product, 66 pages of hackneyed phrases passed off as profound policy, requires the stoicism of a saint and a devil’s dictionary in order to translate its conniving “globalese” into a comprehensible tongue.

Rather than answer the above questions one by one, we can turn to the accompanying four-page Concept Notes for the Interactive Dialogues, which offer a concise version of the Pact’s mind-numbing pages and pages.

The Concept Notes begin by highlighting the need to “transform global governance and turbocharge the implementation of the 2030 agenda for sustainable development.” These notes give us a clear idea of what the priorities were for the two-day “Summit of the Future” as well as the direction that UN 2.0 is attempting to steer the planet.

For instance, the opening line of Interactive Dialogue 1 speaks of “[t]he urgent need for reform of the global financial architecture” in order to “modernize the system while accelerating progress to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.” Well, those words end our suspense as to what the UN’s top priority shall be: total control of the world’s financial transactions and systems.

The framework for what that new global economic system might look like is articulated in the World Economic Forum’s guidebook The Great Reset. A deep dive into the details of The Great Reset, made famous by the slogan “You’ll own nothing and be happy,” exposes this pretentious tract as just another long-winded rationale for economic despotism and centralized control over the lives of all the people (read: peons) on the planet.

Next on the globalists’ to-do list is the “urgent” need for a vaguely defined “enhanced multilateralism.”

According to various UN pooh-bahs, the international community is facing challenges that are “too great for any nation, small or large, to tackle alone.” Naturally, the UN proclaims that these undefined “challenges” can be resolved only through mechanisms installed by the UN and its sponsors.

Putting aside the fact that the UN and its affiliates have a track record that proves they are part of the problem instead of the solution to anything, the terms “multilateralism” and “global governance”—repeated throughout the UN documents—need to be exposed for what they actually mean.

Apparently, from what we can ascertain, the UN decided that the more sinister-sounding terms “one world government” and “new world order” had worn out their welcome and were justifiably raising alarm bells in the public square. Thus, kinder, gentler surrogate words have been introduced in an attempt to pacify the people and soften the not-so-fuzzy image of global totalitarianism.

It’s called marketing.

When the curtains are pulled back, exposing the spin machine, we find that the true intent of these autocrats, who claim to “represent the peoples of the world,” is to create a global governance structure with dramatically increased powers over all human activity.

Such a centralized control system would, by design, erode a nation’s ability to control its own domestic and foreign policy, eliminating such “quaint” notions as national sovereignty.

One example of how this might play out in the real world can be found in how the UN pushes the idea that the only possible way to effectively tackle what it determines to be “complex global shocks” is through “multilateralism,” as defined by the UN.

In a March 2023 policy paper titled “Strengthening the International Response to Complex Global Shocks — An Emergency Platform,” the UN Secretary-General proposed that “the General Assembly provide the Secretary-General and the United Nations system with a standing authority to convene and operationalize automatically an Emergency Platform in the event of a future complex global shock of sufficient scale, severity and reach.”

In practice, what this could mean is that the standing UN Secretary-General would become a “global emergency czar” who is given power to preside over any international emergency, be it real or manufactured.

The proposal would strip nations, businesses, and the public sector of the right to make their own decisions, while handing over all authority to intergovernmental bodies within the UN’s orbit. NGOs, UN agencies and private “stakeholders” would effectively rule, like dictators, over every nation and even over every jurisdiction (province, state, county, city) within each nation. National sovereignty would be null and void.

Another major item on the UN menu is the concept of a “Common Digital Future,” which is embedded within the aforementioned “Global Digital Compact.”

Curiously, the UN directly compares these digital technologies to natural resources, observing that the potential of digital technology can be only optimized through shared access and use of resources such as the air around us and earth’s bodies of water.

Setting aside the fact that we can’t drink technology or eat data, the irony of the UN suggesting that shared access will be a defining feature of any of its programs flies in the face of the UN’s history as a vehicle for increased privatization of the commons.

As part of this Common Digital Future, the UN promotes the idea of “working together to promote information integrity, tolerance and respect in the digital space.” Again, more noble-sounding words, but how does the UN propose to do this?

Here’s a clue: The UN offers to help the public sort through the flotsam and jetsam of the social media landscape by promising to “strengthen international cooperation to address the challenge of misinformation and disinformation and hate speech online and mitigate the risks of information manipulation in a manner consistent with international law.”

If you are uncertain as to what that means, consider that the UN is seeking tighter controls over what they judge to be misinformation in order to manage and restrict what information the public can freely access. The end product, if implemented, would allow certain UN agencies to have complete control over all information sources.

This has long been one of the principal desires of the globocrats, who know that a well-informed public that is able to discern between government deceptions (such as the propaganda used to sell the corona crisis) and on-the-ground realities is exceedingly difficult to control.

At the conclusion of the September summit, UN leaders stressed the importance of the need for “a reinvigorated multilateral system.” The countries in attendance reached the consensus that “the world must accelerate progress towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals.”

If you didn’t hear about the summit and its outcome on your evening news, don’t be surprised. It was scarcely covered by any nation’s news media. Are your eyebrows raised at the thought of the world’s “leaders” making plans to reshape the earth, its economy, and its inhabitants without so much as a whisper or a whimper from mainstream journalists?

If these journalists were to scrutinize the UN’s latest plans, they would find that what is being presented as a new and necessary plan of action is really the same old story of the megalomaniacs’ desire for total control of the planet, dressed up in a shiny new package to conceal their intentions.

The bottom line is that any time you see a program being forwarded by a gaggle of unelected, unaccountable globalists, you can rest assured that the program being promised is as thoroughly tyrannical as it can be. And that’s by design. 

Connect with Health Freedom Defense Fund

Cover image credit: UrbanOrigami

Disclosure & The Metaverse

by Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath, Nature of Healing
October 17, 2024

Since ‘hindsight is 20/20,’ what happened in 2020?

In 2020, the new, experimental mRNA injections rolled out as a premeditated response to Coronavirus. What was on the package inserts of the products?

Nothing.

The inserts were blank. This way, companies could not be held liable for any ill effects following injection. It’s called indemnity, an exemption from penalties.

Fast forward to 2024. Eureka! Suddenly scientists know what was in those Emergency Use Authorized (EUA), FDA-unapproved COVID injections!

Nanotechnology Through a Needle

According to an Argentinian study, scientists discovered 55 undeclared chemicals and metals not listed on package inserts. The study published last week in the International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice, and Research discloses:

Among the undeclared chemical elements were detected 11 of the 15 cytotoxic lanthanides used in electronic devices and optogenetics. In addition, among the undeclared elements were all 11 of the heavy metals: chromium was found in 100% of the samples; arsenic 82%; nickel 59%; cobalt and copper 47%; tin 35%; cadmium, lead and manganese in 18%; and mercury in 6%. A total of 55 undeclared chemical elements were found and quantified…

James Lyons-Weiler, Ph.D., a member of the journal’s editorial board said, “Individually, these chemicals are known to cause neurological, cardiovascular and immunological damage.”

What is not disclosed? Metals and chemicals are required for nanopolymers. Delivered through a needle, they target specific areas of the body for ‘connectivity’ to the Internet of Things.

Disclosure & Implied Consent

No matter where the information is found in the media, whether in an article, social media, cinema, documentary, or hidden in a medical journal study, the architects who create toxic products must disclose the information somewhere, whether perceived positively or negatively.  Of course how you perceive the information is up to you.

In 2020, social media tracking of information suggests 43% of content retrieved on Google was antivaccination in nature. However, today, it is nearly impossible to find a negative campaign against the jab.

As long as the deed is visible, it has been exposed, even if it is after the fact.  This is called implied consent. 

No response is considered to be silent acquiescence. This means that by your non response, you have agreed to the methods used.

When hindsight is 20/20, it means “too little, too late.” The deed is done.

Biodigital Convergence

There is another purpose to the disclosing information after the fact; that is to misdirect an investigation. Four years later, mRNA is old information since, in the Information Age, old news happens yesterday, not four years ago.

For at least two decades, scientists and governments have been paving the way toward Transhumanism, the merging of humans and machines. The way to Transhumanism is through Biodigital Convergence. Read more here.

In the coming years, biodigital technologies could be woven into our lives in the way that digital technologies are now. Biological and digital systems are converging, and could change the way we work, live, and even evolve as a species. More than a technological change, this biodigital convergence may transform the way we understand ourselves and cause us to redefine what we consider human or natural.

In the Covidian Age, “CORONA” represents the addition of metamaterials, to augment humans and upgrade the system with faster speeds to run more applications. According to a 2021 study in the American Journal of Bioinformatics Research, “corona is a non-communicable disease spread worldwide through wireless sensor technology…

To The Metaverse!

The positive side of Hindsight is Foresight.  Instead of looking to the past, we can focus on what is unfolding now, and into the near future.

Biodigital Convergence leads to Smart cities, Cognitive(C40) cities, Blockchain, Reverse engineering, Digital Twin, Self-assembly nanotechnologies, the Internet of Bodies, and more… in the connected future of the Metaverse.

If Biodigital Convergence sound like a Virtual Reality, then you are one step closer to your Avatar. Will you become an Avatar in the Metaverse? Watch the feature film, Avatar for disclosure.

The architects of converging technologies want everyone to live a Metaverse of their construction.

Of course, disclosure is found openly, in Sci-fi movies, and fiction. However, for a drier presentation, it is also found in a slideshow from the 2022 International Electrotechnical Commission. For current and future standards that will run The Convergence, read the 480-page report on the National Nanotech Initiative (NNI).

The NNI recently celebrated its 20th birthday. This proves that mRNA nanotechnology is old news. It does not discriminate against gender, sex, race, or religion. This global initiative seeks to incorporate everyone, everywhere. They have our consent through silent acquiescence.

The concept of ‘vaccine status,’ along with related vaccine science and laws are mere propaganda and distraction. These are symptoms of past strategies that lead to future ‘connectivity.’ Unfortunately, focus on vaccines is exactly where architects want people to be.

Foresight might be fuzzy, but without it, we are left scrambling in the past.

Related Articles:

• Transmuting a Deep Fake Reality
• Transgenesis of Man

Rosanne Lindsay is a Traditional Naturopath, Herbalist, Writer, and Author of the books The Nature of Healing, Heal the Body, Heal the Planet and Free Your Voice, Heal Your Thyroid, Reverse Thyroid Disease Naturally. Find her on Facebook at facebook.com/Natureofhealing. Consult with her remotely at www.natureofhealing.org. Listen to her archived podcasts at blogtalkradio.com/rosanne-lindsay.

Connect with Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath

Cover image credit: denflinkegrafiker

The Trump File – Savior or Part of the Deep State?

[Truth Comes to Light editor’s note:

In the excellent documentary video (with transcript} “THE TRUMP FILE – Savior or Part of the Deep State?”, you will find the statement:

“It becomes obvious that even for Trump, the party color doesn’t really matter.” This statement is a conclusion based on Donald Trump’s support of both sides of the left/right, democrat/republican paradigm.

Unrelated to this documentary and its authors, further insight into who Donald Trump is found in the article “Trump’s Great Multipolar Reset: How The Orange Messiah Fooled the World” by 009 at substack which details Trump’s ties with Zionists, Judaism and Israel. This is in clear contrast to his declared dedication to Christianity. [Disagreement with some of 009’s speculation need not stop readers from gaining insight from the data shared in the article.]

Apparently religious belief doesn’t really matter any more than party color does. Yet, clearly, in this “rule the world” game, it is important to make believers/followers think that their leaders share the same values as well as their ideas about God and the history of humanity.

Looking at all of the facts before us, we can each come to our own conclusion about what the puppet masters are attempting to do. If we understand their goal of full spectrum dominance, we see how religion, politics and all forms of “governance” are essential tools as “they” attempt to round us all up into one of the many cattle chutes leading to the same place of enslavement or even slaughter.

Other quotes from “THE TRUMP FILES”, as expressed in Kla.TV’s closing remarks:

“It depends on each one of us to see through this game of right and left and to overcome the artificially created division. It is decisive to focus on the puppeteers in the background. It should be noted that the same masterminds are not just at work in the United States, but act in almost every country around the world.”

“For now, taking up personal responsibility and actively sharing these facts, are definitely among the most promising possible solutions when it comes to freeing the US and every other nation worldwide from the stranglehold of this Deep State. ”]

US Special: THE TRUMP FILE – Savior or Part of the Deep State?

by KLA.TV
October 19, 2025

Video also available at Kla.TV Odysee, https://www.kla.tv/en or at Kla.TV Rumble

Donald Trump is running for next US president to eradicate the Deep State. But what is the so-called ‘Deep State’ in the USA? And who is Donald Trump? What role do Kamala Harris and Elon Musk play? A production of KLA.TV-INVESTIGATIVE and KLA.TV-INTERNATIONAL

Transcript:

Donald Trump has put himself up for election, in his own words, to “stand up to the corrupt establishment“ and to “obliterate the Deep State“ as the next President of the United States of America. With his renewed candidacy, he promises to “drain the swamp in Washington“ and to end the war between Russia and Ukraine within a few hours.

“Under my administration, we are fighting against the lobbyists, the special interests and the corrupt Washington politics.”

“We are going to Washington D.C. and we are going to drain the swamp.”

“We are going to Washington D.C. and we are going to drain the swamp.“ [same statement repeated]

“Here is my plan to dismantle the Deep State and reclaim our democracy from Washington corruption once and for all.“

“It is time to drain the swamp.“

“Obliterate the Deep State.“

“Either the Deep State destroys America or we destroy the Deep State.“

“On November 5th, 2024 we are going to stand up to the corrupt political establishment.“

“The corrupt establishment in Washington.“

“My personality is what kept us out of war.“

“After we win the presidency I will have the horrible war between Russia and Ukraine settled.“

“I will end that war in one day. It will take 24 hours.“

“I will prevent, and very easily, World War III.”

“I will have the disastrous war between Russia and Ukraine settled and it will take me no longer than one day.“

Is Donald Trump the peacemaker the world has been waiting for?

The fearless savior who will release the United States of America from the ‘Deep State‘?

What is the so-called ‘Deep State‘ in the USA?

And who is Donald Trump?

US Special: The Trump File – Savior or Part of the Deep State? A production by Kla.TV-INVESTIGATIVE and Kla.TV-INTERNATIONAL,

The US presidential election is stirring up emotions. November 5, 2024 will be election day. The showdown is: Republicans vs. Democrats — Donald Trump vs. Kamala Harris.

Not only this duel, but also Donald Trump‘s personality divides the population far beyond the country‘s borders. Some vehemently reject him, others see him as a long-awaited savior.

While Kamala Harris promises to protect the freedom of the US citizens, Donald Trump presents himself as the savior of the nation. Millions of people all over the world meanwhile put their hope and their faith in his person.

But is this trust justified? In order to get a more clear understanding about this it is imperative to understand what the Deep State actually is and which people are part of it.

In other words: Who really governs the USA? Answering this question only is possible with the knowledge about who has been part of the political establishment since the foundation of the United States.

What Is the Deep State and Who Is Part of It?

The term “Deep State“ is a political catchphrase that stands for illegal power structures within a state — a hidden force implementing its goals without judicial control. The term “Deep State“ is often used in connection with secret societies, “invisible“ masterminds or a shadow government that operates in secret, in the background without people‘s knowledge. and therefore without control.

Now the question is: Does such a shadow government even exist in the USA?

Is There a Deep State in the USA?

• 1.  The Founding Fathers of the USA

Well-known German historian Dr. Michael Hesemann revealed in his piece titled “The War of the Freemasons Against Throne and Altar”, published in 2024, that it was the secret societies who founded the United States of America.

The foundation of the USA was preceded by the American revolution. Key figures of this revolt were the Freemasons Samuel Adams and John Hancock as well as Paul Revere, who is the grand master of the “Grand Lodge of Massachusetts“.

On July 4th, 1776, delegates of the 13 colonies finally declared the United States independence and thereby founded the USA.

The Freemasons grand master Benjamin Franklin [1706 – 1790] was member of the committee which wrote the Declaration of Independence of the newly-founded “United States of America“. The committee assigned Freemason Thomas Jefferson [1743 – 1826] to author the first draft. Fifty-three out of the 56 signatories of the Declaration of Independence were proven to be Freemasons.

When the constitution of the United States was finally adopted in 1787, 19 out of the 39 signatories were Freemasons.

The first president of the United States, George Washington [1732 – 1799], was also a Freemason. In fact, he was Master of the Alexandria Lodge during his presidency and swore his oath on the Freemasons bible of the St. John‘s Lodge of New York at his inauguration.

• 2.  Symbolism in Urban Planning

In 1791, Freemason Pierre Charles L‘Enfant was assigned to plan the new capitol Washington. His draft for urban planning was characterized by the Masonic symbolism and was meticulously implemented during the next decades: The framing square, the compass, the all-seeing eye, the pentagram (a five-pointed star with the tip pointing down, commonly used in satanism) are visible to the trained eye.

It could hardly be more clearly cemented for all times and generations to come whose spirit reigns in Washington and who forms the Deep State that truly rules the USA — behind the presidency facade — than this city plan!

On September 18th, 1793, the foundation stone of the capitol in Washington, which is the seat of the US congress, was laid in a masonic ritual. George Washington was wearing his Mason’s apron.

Later US president and Freemason Thomas Jefferson labeled the capitol as “the first temple consecrated to the sovereignty of the people”.

The construction of the Washington Monument in the immediate vicinity of the White House began in 1848. The foundation stone of this monumental obelisk was donated by a Masonic lodge. The obelisk is an important symbol in Freemasonry. The Washington Monument Lodge is located at the foot of the Washington Monument.

The dollar bill also clearly states who is part of the Deep State in the USA.

On the reverse of the one-dollar note, it is the Eye of Providence above an incomplete brick pyramid. In fact, the so-called Eye of Providence, as well as the pyramid, are still a central symbolism in Masonic lodges today. Incidentally, the pyramid was added to the one-dollar note in 1935 under President Franklin D. Roosevelt. Roosevelt was a very active member of the Freemasons and received numerous Masonic delegations at the White House during his presidential years.

The Roman numeral MDCCLXXVI on the bottom step of the unfinished pyramid on the one-dollar note stands for the year 1776.

However, it does not honor the year of the US Declaration of Independence, but the founding of the Masonic Illuminati Order by Adam Weishaupt in Ingolstadt in 1776.

The symbol of the secret society is the owl of Minerva. And interestingly, a tiny white owl peeks out from behind the number ONE in the top right corner on the front of the one-dollar bill.

In the USA, Masonic secret societies spread more rapidly than anywhere else. In the first quarter of a century after the death of George Washington, the number of members increased from 25,000 up to 80,000, which at the time was 10% of adult white men. One hundred years later, in 1930, there were already 16,515 lodges in the United States.

At that time, the George Washington Masonic National Memorial was completed in Virginia. It is a monumental Masonic temple and a highly visible landmark of American Freemasonry.

Today, there are approx. two million US citizens who are members of Masonic secret societies.

• 3.  The Office of the President of the United States

The “Zeitschrift für Politik“ is an academic journal of the Munich School of Politics. In 1943, it published excerpts from a paper entitled “Die nordamerikanische Freimaurerei” (North American Freemasonry), which was actually only intended for Freemasons. It clearly shows that from the appointment of the first US President George Washington in 1789 until 1933, almost every US President was a member of a secret society.

Besides George Washington, these included Thomas Jefferson, Andrew Jackson, Abraham Lincoln, Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft and Woodrow Wilson. Their political administrations were also permeated with Freemasons. During this period only two of the 31 US presidents were not Freemasons, but they enjoyed the support of the secret societies, too.

As Kla.TV revealed in the highly acclaimed documentary “The Assassination of John F. Kennedy – Masterminds Revealed”, the subsequent US presidents up until 2017 were also all Freemasons, with only three exceptions, including John F. Kennedy. These included Franklin D. Roosevelt, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, George Bush senior, Bill Clinton, George W. Bush and Barack Obama.

• 4.  Is There a Shadow Government Behind the US President?

In 1921, the Masonic secret societies installed a strategic control center and called it the Council on Foreign Relations — CFR for short. Declared to the outside world as a think tank, it was henceforth designed to act as a shadow government in the USA.

The society was founded in New York by the high degree Freemason Edward Mandell House in collaboration with the Freemasons Paul Warburg and Otto Hermann Kahn. Other key founders included the high degree Freemasons John D. Rockefeller Jr, Alfred Milner and Lionel Curtis. The writer Walter Lippmann, John D. Rockefeller Junior’s ally, also played a key role in its establishment.

The first president of the CFR, John W. Davis, worked for the Rockefeller family and was also a Freemason.

The money for the founding of the CFR came from Masonic high finance — from the Freemasons J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Bernard Baruch, Paul Warburg and Jacob Schiff. When the CFR moved into the Harold Pratt House in New York in 1945, which are also the current headquarters, Rockefeller donated the money for its maintenance. Since its foundation, the CFR has been largely financed by the Masonic Rockefeller family.

The CFR’s best-known global strategists and board members include the high degree Freemasons Henry Kissinger, David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Allen W. Dulles, John Jay McCloy, Larry Fink and the global strategist George Soros.

The CFR currently has 5,300 members. Since 2017, High Degree Freemason David M. Rubenstein has chaired the CFR.

When the Masonic obelisk — the famous Washington Monument — was restored in 2011, Rubenstein contributed half of the funds necessary to repair the monument. Before the obelisk was reopened in 2014, David M. Rubenstein symbolically placed the final stone, the pyramid, at the top of the obelisk. This piece represents the All-Seeing Eye of Lucifer, as can be seen on the US dollar bill at the top of the pyramid.

The power and influence of the CFR are illustrated nowhere better than in the US government.

John Jay McCloy, the former chairman of the CFR and a high-degree Freemason, once put it this way:

“Whenever we needed a man in Washington, we simply leafed through the Council’s membership list and made a phone call to New York.”

A study by William Minter and Laurence Shoup shows that between 1945 and 1972, more than half of a total of 502 members of government belonged to the CFR.

Numerous US presidents were also members of the CFR, including US Presidents Dwight D. Eisenhower, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton and George H.W. Bush.

Since the CFR was founded in 1921, all US presidents have been under its influence. It still makes no difference to the CFR whether they are Democrats or Republicans.

Since its foundation, the CFR has also acted as an “advisor” to numerous US presidents. Here are just a few examples of how CFR strategists have influenced US presidents:

[Photos displayed.]

CFR strategist Henry Kissinger with Jimmy Carter, George Walker Bush and Barack Obama.

CFR strategist David Rockefeller with George Walker Bush and Ronald Reagan.

CFR strategist Zbigniew Brzezinski as security advisor to Jimmy Carter and as advisor to Lyndon B. Johnson.

CFR strategist Robert E. Rubin as Secretary of the Treasury under Bill Clinton and with Barack Obama.

In order to establish this Masonic shadow government beyond US borders, the Bilderberg Group, the Trilateral Commission and the European Council on Foreign Relations were founded by initiative of the CFR.

• 5.  US President Joe Biden and US Presidential Candidate Kamala Harris

Joe Biden has been the 46th President of the USA since 2021. Previously, he was Vice President from 2009 to 2017 under the presidency of Barack Obama.

Like the US presidents before him, Joe Biden is also a high degree Freemason and, together with Barack Obama, Warren Buffet, and Bill and Hillary Clinton (a member of the Maat Lodge — a lodge founded by CFR strategist Zbigniew Brzezinski). The word “Maat” is Egyptian and stands for world order, among other things. The term is embodied by an Egyptian goddess who appears as the Eye of Ra or the All-Seeing Eye.

Biden is also very close to the CFR. Here at an appearance at the CFR in 2018. [Photo displayed.]

Of the 30 members of the Biden cabinet, 17 belong to the CFR or have close family ties to the CFR.

Well-known CFR strategists also repeatedly appear alongside Joe Biden.

These include Henry Kissinger, who died in 2023, current CFR Chairman David M. Rubenstein and Alexander Soros, son and successor of CFR strategist George Soros.

The latter had visited the White House at least 17 times since Biden took office.

George Soros was the best-known Biden supporter in his 2024 election campaign, financing it with 60 million dollars.

Once Joe Biden withdrew his candidacy for the 2024 US presidential election on July 21, 2024, Kamala Harris was nominated as the new candidate of the Democratic Party. She was previously Vice President under Joe Biden.

Kamala Harris also has very close family ties to the CFR. Her sister, Maya Harris, is a member of the CFR. She is one of Kamala Harris’ closest advisors and led her election campaign as presidential candidate in 2019 and vice-presidential candidate in 2020.

Immediately after Biden’s resignation, it became known that CFR strategist George Soros and his son Alexander are financially supporting Kamala Harris in her candidacy.

There had already been several meetings between Alexander Soros and Kamala Harris.

Donald Trump – Savior or Part of the Deep State?

Based on the connections and facts presented so far, it is clear that a Deep State does exist in the USA and who is part of it. Secret societies have been steering political events in the USA since the founding of the state in 1776. The CFR has acted as a political and strategic arm of these secret societies since 1921.

Trump ran for president in 2016 with the aim of eradicating this Deep State.

“Here is my plan to dismantle the Deep State.”

Is Trump, unlike Joe Biden, Kamala Harris and the US presidents before him, the long-awaited liberator against the Deep State?

Donald Trump was surprisingly brought into power as the 45th President of the USA in 2017. He was already a famous personality before this in the US. He gained fame as the chairman of the Trump empire, as an eccentric billionaire and the owner of the Trump Tower in New York.

But who is Donald Trump? Is he a fighter for justice and a liberator of the US population from these secret societies? Or is he himself under the influence of the masterminds of the Deep State and connected to them?

• 1.  Trump’s Connections to High Degree Freemasons and CFR Strategist Henry Kissinger

Kissinger met Trump on May 10th, 2017. A follow-up meeting of Kissinger and Trump took place at the White House in October 2017.

At this meeting, Trump explained that he had long been friends with Kissinger.

“Henry Kissinger has been a friend of mine. I’ve liked him, I’ve respected him. We have been friends for a long time. Long before my emergence in the world of politics. We got to know each other very well.“

Besides Kissinger, other CFR strategists have appeared at Trump‘s side, as you can see here [photo displayed] at a meeting with high degree Freemason and current chairman of the CFR, David M. Rubenstein, in his private residence in Florida, or with the CFR strategist and high-grade Freemason Larry Fink [photo displayed].

Among Trump‘s biggest donors is CFR member and Blackstone head, Stephen Schwarzman. Stephen is also a member of the secret society Skull & Bones.

While Trump maintains intense connections with high degree Freemasons, he presents himself in the public as a devout Christian, like many US Presidents before him.

Church leaders in the USA as well as millions of evangelical Christians, who form a decisive voting block, support Trump ardently and have placed their hopes in him.

Trump enjoyed a Jesuit education at Fordham University in New York. His children Eric, Ivanka and Tiffany studied at the Jesuit-run Georgetown University in Washington D.C. The Jesuits are the largest religious order within the Catholic Church. According to an entry in the International Encyclopedia of Freemasonry, the establishment of the Masonic secret societies and Masonic degrees in the 17th century was largely influenced by the Jesuits.

Since his childhood, Donald Trump has regularly visited the Marble Collegiate Church. He has been attending its Sunday services for the past 50 years. Norman Vincent Peale was the pastor in this church up until his death in 1993. What many do not know is that Peale was a 33rd Degree Freemason. Trump has repeatedly praised Peale and has named him as a formative influence in his life. In 1977, Trump married his first wife Ivana in a ceremony that Peale officiated.

Here is a picture of the Trumps from 1988 attending Norman Vincent Peale‘s 90th birthday party [photo displayed].

• 2.  Trump‘s Son-in-Law and Chief Advisor Jared Kushner

Jared Kushner is an American real estate mogul and became the son-in-law of Donald Trump in 2009 when he married Ivanka Trump. Kushner serves as chief advisor and a grey eminence on the US President Trump. Henry Kissinger named Kushner “Trump‘s most trusted” person.

Jared Kushner is part of the Bilderberg Group, which was established by the two high-grade Freemasons Henry Kissinger and David Rockefeller. He participated in the 2019 Bilderberg Meeting.

Trump has still more support from the governing body of the Bilderberg Group. The investor and high degree Freemason Peter Thiel is part of the group‘s leadership committee. In 2016, Thiel financed Trump‘s campaign with over a million dollars. He was part of Trump‘s transitional team, which prepared his presidency. Since then, he has been an advisor to Trump.

Thiel has also supported Trump‘s current vice presidential candidate, James David “J.D.“ Vance financially. Vance has called Thiel his mentor.

The US investigative journalist Whitney Webb spoke in a recently published interview about Vance’s close relationship to the PayPal founder Peter Thiel.

“J.D. Vance owes both his political career and his previous venture capital career to Peter Thiel. For example, Peter Thiel first met J.D. Vance when J.D. Vance was in law school and subsequently offered him his first job in venture capital at a Thiel-created venture capital firm called Mithril Capital.“

“And subsequently started his own venture capital firm, Narya Capital, with heavy backing again from Peter Thiel.“

“And in addition, when Vance decided to run for office or for Senate, he was heavily funded by Peter Thiel. Peter Thiel donated 15 million dollars to his campaign, which I believe at the time and maybe still is the largest donation, a single donation ever made to a Senate candidate.“

“But aside from PayPal, the clear indicator of intelligence ties with Peter Thiel, comes in the form of Palantir, which he incorporated in 2003.“

“And they directly enable the warrantless spying on all Americans and use that to profile you on behalf of the national security state. And what’s unfortunate too, we know how Peter Thiel’s influence during Trump’s first campaign translated into Palantir getting what The New York Times called a bonanza of contracts with the military, the U.S. military, and even more so with U.S. intelligence.“

• 3.  Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton – Competitive Rivals – or Maybe Not?

In 2016, they were each other‘s biggest rivals. Hillary Clinton ran for the Democrats, Trump for the Republicans. Publicly, they both ran dirty campaigns against each other in the presidential race.

“We cannot take Hillary Clinton anymore. We have had enough of Clinton.”

“We can`t have a loose cannon in the Oval Office.“

Upon closer inspection, however, Donald Trump has had a close relationship with both high degree Freemasons Bill and Hillary Clinton over many years.

Particularly revealing is an article from the Austrian newspaper Kurier, which was published during the 2016 election cycle, titled: “Ivanka Trump and Chelsea Clinton – Two Friends From Manhattan”.

I quote:

“Chelsea and Ivanka are dear friends, even while their parents attack each other. Indeed Chelsea Clinton and Ivanka Trump have built a close bond over many years that has developed, not least, thanks to their parents.”

I continue:

” ‘We were friends before the election cycle for a long time’, stated Chelsea Clinton quite clearly, ‘And we will still remain friends long after these elections.’ “

Also their parents are well connected  to each other throughout a long friendship.

President Bill Clinton has been on very friendly terms with Donald Trump for many years. In 2005, Hillary Clinton sat in the first row in the wedding ceremony of Donald and Melania Trump. Trump donated to the Clinton Foundation as well as to Hillary Clinton‘s senate campaign.

It has been made known, that in May 2015, directly before his candidacy for the presidency, Donald Trump held a confidential meeting with Bill Clinton, while his wife Hillary had just declared herself candidate for the presidency one month before. A Clinton employee subsequently said, Clinton had supported Trump‘s efforts for a bigger role in the Republican Party.

During the following election campaign, Donald Trump promised to introduce investigations against Clinton if he would be chosen to be president and he would bring her to jail due to her many crimes. “Lock her up” was turned into a slogan by the Trump election campaign.

“Donald Trump warned of an instant and ongoing investigation just as soon as this presidential term started.“

“Hillary is likely to be under investigation for many years, probably concluding in a criminal trial.“

“Hillary Clinton will be under investigation for a long long time, for her many crimes against our nation, our people, our democracy.“

This turned out to be a lie after the election campaign. Any and all investigations against Clinton were ended by Trump.

Quote:

“The designated US President Donald Trump does not want to pursue any further investigations against the defeated democratic candidate Hillary Clinton.”

“Trump doesn‘t want further investigations against Clinton, whether into her private servers for emails during her time serving as Secretary of State, or questioning her practices within the Clinton Foundation.”

Was the rivalry between Trump and Clinton just staged — just like the presidential election campaign between George W. Bush and John Kerry in 2004? The duel between Republicans and Democrats turned out for Bush.

It became known, however, that both of those supposed rivals were members of the same secret society. Kerry was sworn into the Skull and Bones Club in 1966 and Bush just two years later.

• 4.  Donald Trump With Bill and Hillary Clinton in Jeffrey Epstein‘s Network

Something else connects Donald Trump with Bill and Hillary Clinton: their close connections to Jeffrey Epstein.

“The US financier and sex offender Jeffrey Epstein ran a sex trafficking ring with minors over a period of around 20 years.”

“Victims report sex trafficking and sexual assaults that took place as early as 1996. A total of at least 100 victims are estimated. However, the number of unreported cases is certainly many times higher.”

The Epstein case attracted world-wide attention. In 2019, Jeffrey Epstein was imprisoned and shortly after this reportedly found dead in his cell. Epstein was a member of the CFR. His friends included Donald Trump and Bill Clinton.

[Photo & video clip displayed.]

Trump with his future wife, Melania, Jeffrey Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell.

Trump with sex offender Epstein at a party in Palm Beach in Florida.

In an interview with the New York Magazine in 2002, Trump said:

“I‘ve known Jeff for 15 years. Terrific guy. He‘s a lot of fun to be with.“

During the proceedings against Epstein‘s accomplice and partner Ghislaine Maxwell in 2021, it was brought to light that Trump had flown in Epstein‘s jet during the 90s on many occasions.

Epstein used his airplane, amongst other things for flying under-aged women and exclusive guests to his private island. Because of this, this airplane is nicknamed the “Lolita Express” in the media.

“We know from previously released flight logs, that Bill Clinton and Donald Trump and Britain`s Prince Andrew were frequently among the passengers on board… Clinton in fact is listed as a passenger 26 times, Donald Trump is listed as a passenger at least 7 times.“

On 16th April 2019, Maria Farmer, one of Epstein‘s victims, delivered a sworn statement to the New York Federal Court in which she declared that she and her sister Annie were sexually abused by Epstein and Maxwell in many locations.

Maria Farmer stated in a later interview, that she saw Donald Trump as well as Bill and Hillary Clinton coming and going with Epstein.

“I named everybody, I named Donald Trump. I named everyone who I thought was a co-conspirator at the time. Donald Trump, absolutely the Clintons. These were people, that I saw coming and going, that I knew were part of it.“

In contrast, Trump presents himself in public as a savior against the sexual exploitation of children. In 2016, as Trump came to power as president, he promised that “his administration was committed to leveraging every resource of the Federal Government to end the scourge of human trafficking.“

In April 2018, Trump signed effective immediately a law against sexual trafficking and against the exploitation of children.

“My administration is putting unprecedented pressure on human traffickers at home and abroad and we are freeing innocent victims at every single turn.“

“I want to make it clear today, that my administration will focus on ending the absolutely horrific practice of human trafficking.“

“We are challenging foreign regimes that facilitate this horrible evil of sex- trafficking.“

How trustworthy can someone be in the fight against sexual trafficking, when he has apparently been part of this himself?

With respect to the question, if Trump would reveal Jeffrey Epstein‘s records, he stated the following in June 2024 in a Fox News interview:

“If you were president, would you declassify, you can answer yes or no to these, would you declassify the 9-11 files?

“Yeah.”

“Would you declassify JFK files?”

“Yeah. I did a lot of it.”

“Would you declassify the Epstein files?

“Yeah, yeah. I would, I guess I would. I think that less so. Because you don’t know. You don’t want to affect people’s lives.”

• 5.  Elon Musk Provides Donald Trump a Large Platform

Elon Musk reveals himself to be one of Trump‘s biggest supporters. With estimated assets of 243 billion US dollars, the Tesla boss ranks as the richest man in the world. Musk announced in July of 2024 his support of Trump‘s presidential candidacy. “I fully endorse President Trump“, wrote the tech billionaire on platform X, which he has taken over since 2022.

Multiple media outlets reported that Musk has stated his intention of supporting Trump‘s election campaign to a tune of 45 million dollars per month.

At the beginning of September, it became known that Trump and Musk are planning to work closely, hand-in-hand in the future. If Trump becomes US President, he plans to set up a commission for government efficiency. The head of this board would be led by Tesla CEO Elon Musk.

‘Elon Musk says, that he plans to turn X/Twitter into half of the financial system. And it`s going to be a bio-metric digital ID at some point and then have this all link to your finances, your financial wallet.“ [Whitney Webb]

[Headline displayed] “Elon Musk’s company implants a brain chip in a human being.”

Musk‘s intention veers heavily into this direction, as he plans to insert a chip into people‘s brains, with which it could network with a computer. In other words, the thoughts of chipped persons could be monitored.

A live conversation between Trump and Musk posted online on Musk‘s platform X found a great audience. In this conversation broadcast on August 12th, Musk heavily advertised on behalf of Trump. Musik said to Trump:

“I believe we are standing on a turning point with regards to the destiny of civilization. And I believe we need to choose the right way. And I think, you are the right way,“

“I think we’re at a fork in the road in destiny of civilization, and I think we need to take the right path., And I think you’re the right path. So I think that’s what it comes down to.”

In this live conversation with Trump, many in the audience noticed a particular photo of Elon Musk, that he has used on the Platform X as his avatar. It shows Musk in a Baphomet costume.

Musk has published more such photos on X. Baphomet is displayed on the front side. This is the representation of the devil‘s goat that is worshipped within satanic circles as Lucifer. Printed on Musk‘s back is the unmistakable depiction of the upside down cross, better known as the Luciferian Cross.

This costume seems to hold great meaning to Musk as he uses it as his official profile photo on X. This satanic avatar is obviously not chosen by chance.

The Texas Governor, Greg Abbott, published a photo with Musk after a meeting. It can be clearly seen that Musk and Abbot display the Lucifer symbol with their hands.

This hand signal, better known as the Devil‘s Horns, symbolizes “Lucifer reigns” or “All Power and Glory to Lucifer”. Despite this fact, fact-checkers have declared that Musk‘s hand symbol represented the Texas Longhorns. The same explanation was given by official bodies to silence warning voices when US presidents George Bush and Barack Obama kept showing this symbol repeatedly in front of the camera.

However, it became known that Bush and Obama are part of the Luciferian high degree Freemasonry.

Besides Elon Musk, Barack Obama and George Bush, founder and high priest of the Church of Satan, Anton LaVey, showed this satanic symbol during many appearances.

Also Prince Harry at an official meeting with first lady Melania Trump. And French President Emmanuel Macron at an official visit by Donald Trump. [Photos displayed.]

• 6.  Trump – The Chosen Peacemaker?

Trump presents himself on the world stage as an international peacemaker. One of his central election promises is to end war between Russia and the Ukraine in just a few hours.

“I will prevent. and very easily, World War III, Very easily.”

“I will have the disastrous war between Russia and Ukraine settled and it will take me no longer than one day.“

But what does reality look like?

The Swiss historian Dr. Daniele Ganser commented:

[translation] “Trump approved the empire’s defense budget for the next year in August 2018. And it amounts to 716 billion dollars. That gives the Pentagon a budget of two billion dollars a day.“

The war record under Trumps term of office as 45th president of the United States looked like this:

In the first two years of his presidency alone, the USA fired around 79,000 bombs and missiles. That is more bombing in just two years, than George W. Bush in his entire eight-year tenure.

According to the declassified figures of the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, there were more than 12,000 drone attacks in the four years under Trump. That is seven times the amount of Obama’s eight years‘ term of office.

In terms of war, Trump acted in the same manner as the earlier US presidents, and as the puppeteers of the deep state, in the USA, who have done this for centuries.

When asked the question, how he wants to end the war between Russia and Ukraine, Trump gave a clear answer in a CNN interview:

“I want Europe to put up more money, because they are in for 20 billion we are in for 170. And they should be … and they should equalize.“

In other words that facilitates an extra money flow of billions for the arms industry. An additional weapons‘ upgrade would certainly cause an additional escalation in the Russia-Ukraine war.

Trump’s criticism of NATO already during his first term of office aimed to release additional money in the billions for the war industry. The declared goal by Trump was to move the NATO member states to massively increase arms spending to 4% of their gross domestic product.

“President Donald Trump is calling on NATO members to double their spending targets on defense. According to White House press secretary Sarah Sanders, Trump suggested at the NATO summit on Wednesday that countries increase defense spending goals from two percent of their gross domestic product to four percent.“

And I quote again: “We must also ensure that NATO members meet their financial obligations and pay…“

Trump needs to explain. Decisive key persons and Trump’s most important advisors are part of Luciferian high degree Freemasonry, or they’re strategically established CFR. His close friendship with Henry Kissinger and his entanglements with Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, Jeffrey Epstein as well as Bill and Hillary Clinton raise big questions.

With a closer look, numerous promises and announcements by Trump turn out to be Masonic figures of speech. That means that in practical action the exact opposite is being implemented of what he has said in public.

While Trump officially pretends to effectively go against sex and child trafficking, he himself is part of the Epstein network. In the same manner Trump presents himself as international peacemaker.

Particularly during the Covid period, it became obvious that also Trump followed the agenda of the Deep State.

Besides the rigorous restrictive measures, Trump himself promoted the Covid-19 mRNA jabs while important expert voices of immunologists, physicians and the free media warned of the dangers of the jab.

Trump commented in an interview with FOX-News as follows:

“It works incredibly well, 95% maybe even more than that. It works incredibly well. And it’s really saving our country and it’s saving, frankly, the world.”

Being asked, whether Trump recommends the mRNA vaccine for the US American population, he pumped the advertising drum:

“I would, I would recommend it. And I would recommend it to a lot of people that don’t want to get it, and a lot of those people voted for me frankly, but it’s a great vaccine, it’s a safe vaccine, and it’s something that works.”

It doesn‘t matter to the puppeteers of the Deep State whether the U.S. presidents or presidential candidates are Democrats or Republicans. They are happy when the different parties and their supporters fight each other in public and they themselves are not in the focus of the public attention.

At the 2024 Anti-Censorship Conference, the British investigative jounalist and author David Icke put it aptly in a nutshell:

“What we’re looking at in terms of politics, left and right, it’s theater. It’s vaudeville, right?

“And that’s to keep us believing in the political system and the fact that, because we have a vote every four or five years, somehow we’re in control of who runs the government.

“But the thing is, that you have the left and the right in this puppet show, and then you go one step back in the shadows and the same hands are controlling both.

“So we’re fighting each other while not looking up and seeing the same hand is controlling the strings of all these different factions.“

It becomes obvious that even for Trump, the party color doesn’t really matter. In August 2001, Trump registered as Democrat. In the years 2004 and 2008 he already indicated that he would run for the Democratic Party in the U.S. presidential elections against George W. Bush.

Finally he registered again, as a Republican this time, in 2009. Until 2012 he distributed his party donations in equal portions to both major parties, among others for example, a donation to his current rival Kamala Harris in the year of 2012.

It depends on each one of us to see through this game of right and left and to overcome the artificially created division. It is decisive to focus on the puppeteers in the background. It should be noted that the same masterminds are not just at work in the United States, but act in almost every country around the world. Watch the investigative broadcasts on Kla.TV #octopus-en about this topic.

For now, taking up personal responsibility and actively sharing these facts, are definitely among the most promising possible solutions when it comes to freeing the US and every other nation worldwide from the stranglehold of this Deep State. On the one hand it is very important to not set one’s hope on supposed “saviors” — and certainly not when they are connected to the deep state masterminds. On the other hand the order of the day is to become part of a network of upright and just, truth-seeking people, originating from the people.

In order to become part of the international Kla.TV network and to be able to stay connected in times of increasing internet censorship, please network with our internet-independent Kla.TV network under this link:

www.kla.tv/vernetzung.

Please spread and share this important content as widely as possible. Thank you!

Sources:

US Election on November 5, 2024
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2024_United_States_presidential_election https://kamalaharris.com/meet-kamala-harris/

What does the term Deep State mean?
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Staat_im_Staate https://www.handelsblatt.com/arts_und_style/buchrezension-in-deep-donald-trump-und-der-tiefe- staat-mehr-als-eine-verschwoerungstheorie/25826318.html

Founding Fathers of the USA
Dr. h.c. Michael Hesemann, Der Krieg der Freimaurer gegen Thron und Altar, p. 341 -343
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unabh%C3%A4ngigkeitserkl%C3%A4rung_der_Vereinigten_Staaten https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verfassung_der_Vereinigten_Staaten

Symbolic Washington D.C. city planning
Dr. h.c. Michael Hesemann, Der Krieg der Freimaurer gegen Thron und Altar, p. 344 – 345
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pierre_Charles_L%27Enfant

US capitol in Washington – Foundation stone through Freemasons
Dr. h.c. Michael Hesemann, Der Krieg der Freimaurer gegen Thron und Altar, Seite 345
https://www.mountvernon.org/george-washington/freemasonry/the-george-washington-masonic- national-memorial

Washington Monument – Freemason‘s symbol
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Washington_Monument https://www.washington.citysam.de/washington-monument.htm https://www.nps.gov/wamo/planyourvisit/physical-mobility.htm

Freemason symbolism on Dollar bill
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franklin_D._Roosevelt
https://www.bild.de/ratgeber/2016/fragen/warum-ist-eine-pyramide-auf-dem-ein-dollar-schein- 44628200.bild.html
https://www.spiegel.de/wirtschaft/soziales/verschwoerungstheorien-der-wirtschaft-die-pyramide- auf-der-dollarnote-a-847862.html
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illuminatenorden

Rapid spread of secret societies in the USA
Dr. h.c. Michael Hesemann, Der Krieg der Freimaurer gegen Thron und Altar, Seite 346
https://freimaurer-wiki.de/index.php/Vereinigte_Staaten_von_Amerika_(USA) https://www.geo.de/wissen/freimaurer–geheimbund-ohne-ein-geheimnis-30638590.html

George Washington Masonic National Memorial as Freemason temple
https://www.nps.gov/places/george-washington-masonic-national-memorial.htm https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/George_Washington_Masonic_National_Memorial

1789 – 2017: Nearly all US presidents Freemasons
Eugen Lennhoff, “Die nordamerikanische Freimaurerei“, Basel 1930
Giole Magaldi, Massoni – Società a responsabilità illimitata. La scoperta delle Ur- Lodges, 2019
https://www.jstor.org/stable/43528944 https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franklin_D._Roosevelt#Mitgliedschaften https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harry_S._Truman#Freimaurerei
https://menora-bibel.jimdofree.com/historische-bibeln/englisch/bibeln-der-us-pr%C3%A4sidenten https://www.kathpedia.com/index.php/Freimaurer
https://www.focus.de/wissen/mensch/wer-die-usa-wirklich-regiert- verschwoerungstheorien_id_2197119.html

Council on Foreign Relations 1921 founded by high degree Freemasons
Karl Heise, Die Entente-Freimaurerei und der Weltkrieg, 1920
Ralph Epperson, Die unsichtbare Hand – Der Einfluss geheimer Mächte auf die Weltpolitik, 2004
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Council_on_Foreign_Relations https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Council_on_Foreign_Relations https://www.unsertirol24.com/2021/01/02/der-colonel https://www.unsertirol24.com/2021/01/04/der-colonel-3 https://www.andreanolen.com/home/understanding-kuhn-loeb-amp-co https://de.findagrave.com/memorial/886/john_d-rockefeller https://medium.com/@julianwilson655/freemasonry-known-members-b4ef72c79816

Financing for founding of the CFR through Freemason high-finance
Lars Schall, Denken wie der Feind – 20 Jahre Ausnahmezustand 9/11 und die Geopolitik des Terrors, 2021, p. 44 https://www.iatp.org/sites/default/files/Global_Governance_Why_How_When.htm

CFR Directors and Board of directors since 1921
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_W._Davis https://www.cfr.org/historical-roster-directors-and-officers

David M. Rubenstein financed the restauration of the Washington Monument https://www.washingtonpost.com/local/david-rubenstein-spent-10-million-on-the-washington- monument-he-can-climb-any-ladder-inside-he-wants/2019/09/17/8ea8a486-d974-11e9-a688- 303693fb4b0b_story.html
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_occult_symbols

CFR influences the US government
https://www.cfr.org/celebrating-a-century/changing-membership https://www.telepolis.de/features/Der-Klub-der-Weisen-Maenner-3419681.html https://www.nytimes.com/1971/11/21/archives/is-it-a-club-seminar-presidium-invisible-government- the-council-on-.html

CFR spreads shadow government
https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/henry-kissinger-my-friend-david-rockefeller-a-man-who- served-the-world/2017/03/30/bd4789b0-13f6-11e7-ada0-1489b735b3a3_story.html https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trilaterale_Kommission https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/European_Council_on_Foreign_Relations

Joe Biden: member of the Freemason lodge Maat
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Joe_Biden https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maat_(%C3%A4gyptische_Mythologie) https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auge_der_Vorsehung

CFR – Joe Biden‘s cabinet
https://www.cfr.org/event/foreign-affairs-issue-launch-former-vice-president-joe-biden https://monthlyreview.org/2021/05/01/the-council-on-foreign-relations-the-biden-team-and-key- policy-outcomes

George and Alexander Soros well known Biden supporters
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/george-soros-son-visited-white-house-at-least-17-times-since- biden-took-office-records-show
https://www.focus.de/politik/ausland/us-wahl/kampf-um-spendengelder-diese-milliardaere- engagieren-sich-fuer-trump-und-biden_id_260148192.html

Kamala Harris and her close connection to CFR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kamala_Harris https://www.cfr.org/membership/roster https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maya_Harris

George and Alexander Soros finance candidacy of Kamala Harris
https://www.manager-magazin.de/unternehmen/george-soros-und-sohn-alexander-unterstuetzen- kamala-harris-a-e446e9af-a2df-4ae3-b68d-6c44da562845
https://www.capital.de/wirtschaft-politik/kamala-harris–diese-grossspender-unterstuetzen-die-us- politikerin-34904082.html

Donald Trump the 45th President of the USA
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Trump https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trump_Tower

Trump‘s friendship with CFR strategist Henry Kissinger
https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:President_Trump_Meets_with_Henry_Kissinger_%2833787724293%29.jpg
https://www.axios.com/2018/02/08/trump-meeting-with-kissinger-again-1518116617 https://www.handelsblatt.com/politik/international/grossspender-wichtiger-erfolg-fuer- trumpblackstone-ceo-schwarzman-will-doch-gelder-fuer-ihn-einsammeln/100039877.html https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Skull_and_Bones_members

Donald Trump’s Jesuit Education
https://dailytheology.org/2020/08/01/donald-trumps-jesuit-education-2

Lennhoff, Eugen; Poser, Oskar; Binder, Dieter A.: Internationales Freimaurer Lexikon, p. 432-433
Trump‘s connection to 33 degree Freemason Norman Vincent Peale
https://www.faz.net/aktuell/politik/us-wahl/us-wahl-2024-donald-trump-lockt-mit-bibel-verkauf- evangelikale-waehler-19616046.html
https://reformiert.info/de/politik/das-attentat-macht-praesidentschaftskandidat-donald-trump-fuer- evangelikale-zum-auserwaehlten-23819.html
https://www.nzz.ch/international/trump-die-evangelikalen-sind-seine-wichtigste-waehlerbasis- ld.1793118
https://www.politico.com/magazine/story/2015/10/donald-trump-2016-norman-vincent-peale- 213220
https://www.nytimes.com/2016/09/06/nyregion/donald-trump-marble-collegiate-church-norman- vincent-peale.html
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norman_Vincent_Peale https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Trump

Jared Kushner – the gray eminence behind Trump
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jared_Kushner https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jared_Kushner https://bilderbergmeetings.org/meetings/meeting-2019/participants-2019

Investor Peter Thiel financed Trump‘s candidacy with more than a million dollars https://bilderbergmeetings.org/background/steering-committee/steering-committee https://www.nzz.ch/international/midterms-der-investor-peter-thiel-unterstuetzt-trumps-kandidaten- ld.1706059
https://www.nytimes.com/2016/10/16/technology/peter-thiel-donald-j-trump.html https://www.nzz.ch/wirtschaft/peter-thiel-warum-der-paypal-gruender-trump-und-vance-nicht-mehr- unterstuetzt-ld.1846181
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peter_Thiel

J.D. Vance and his mentor Peter Thiel
https://www.forbes.com/sites/antoniopequenoiv/2024/07/16/jd-vance-and-peter-thiel-what-to-know- about-the-relationship-between-trumps-vp-pick-and-the-billionairehttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JD_Vance https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lWHxKSu-iyk

Donald Trump‘s close friendship with Bill and Hillary Clinton
https://www.wiwo.de/politik/ausland/trump-contra-clinton-der-schmutzigste-wahlkampf/ 13656454.html
https://edition.cnn.com/2016/09/09/politics/bill-clinton-donald-trump-photos/index.html https://www.nytimes.com/2015/12/30/us/politics/ex-ally-donald-trump-now-heaps-scorn-on-bill- clinton.html
https://www.politico.com/story/2015/06/donald-trump-donations-democrats-hillary-clinton-119071 https://kurier.at/politik/ausland/us-wahl/ivanka-trump-und-chelsea-clinton-zwei-freundinnen-aus- manhattan/228.939.270
https://kurier.at/stars/clinton-trump-wieviel-haelt-ihre-freundschaft-aus/148.113.308 https://www.bloomberg.com/politics/articles/2015-06-16/fyi-hillary-clinton-had-a-front-pew-seat-at- donald-trump-s-wedding
https://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/bill-clinton-called-donald-trump-ahead-of-republicans- 2016-launch/2015/08/05/e2b30bb8-3ae3-11e5-b3ac-8a79bc44e5e2_story.html

Trump closes investigation against Hillary Clinton
https://www.zeit.de/politik/ausland/2016-11/us-wahl-donald-trump-hillary-clinton-ermittlungen https://www.nbcnews.com/politics/2016-election/trump-team-signals-he-won-t-pursue-clinton- investigations-n687116
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-38069585

George Bush and John Kerry are members of Scull and Bones https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pr%C3%A4sidentschaftswahl_in_den_Vereinigten_Staaten_2004 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skull_and_Bones
https://www.cicero.de/weltbuhne/die-usa-regiert-der-knochen-kult/36393

Donald Trump with Bill and Hillary Clinton in Jeffrey Epstein‘s network https://nymag.com/nymetro/news/people/n_7912 https://www.forbes.com/sites/lisettevoytko/2020/07/21/heres-every-time-donald-trump-and- ghislaine-maxwell-have-been-photographed-together
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-67865190
https://www.thetimes.com/uk/royal-family/article/bill-clinton-jeffrey-epstein-and-ghislaine-maxwell- an-uncomfortable-connection-xsbhcxjkq

Epstein ran sex-trafficking ring with minors
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeffrey_Epstein https://taz.de/Prozess-gegen-Epstein-Vertraute/!5820761
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Council_on_Foreign_Relations#Mitglieder

Donald Trump and Bill Clinton on flight protocol of the Lolita Express
https://www.newsweek.com/donald-trump-flights-jeffrey-epstein-jet-lolita-express-1857109 https://www.20min.ch/story/epstein-maschine-boeing-727-kostet-fast-nichts-trotzdem-will-sie- niemand-103017978
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Little_Saint_James https://www.bild.de/unterhaltung/leute/leute/jeffrey-epsteins-pilot-packt-aus-nach-bill-clinton- musste-ich-sauber-machen-78406304.bild.html
https://www.nau.ch/people/welt/pilot-enthullt-trump-und-prinz-andrew-flogen-in-pado-epsteins-jet- 66056783
https://www.newsnationnow.com/banfield/fight-log-trump-flew-on-epsteins-plane-7-times

Epstein victim Maria Farmer saw Trump and Clintons going in and out at Epstein‘s
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maria_Farmer https://www.nytimes.com/2019/08/26/us/epstein-farmer-sisters-maxwell.html

Trump signed law against sex trafficking
https://www.freedomunited.org/de/News/Ivanka-Trump-lobt-Pr%C3%A4sident-Trumps-mutiges-Handeln
https://edition.cnn.com/2018/04/11/politics/sex-trafficking-donald-trump/index.html

Trump would not like to make Jeffrey Epstein files public
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jZ4JxUo6lXw

Elon Musk and Donald Trump plan future close collaboration
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elon_Muskhttps://www.zeit.de/politik/ausland/2024-09/usa-donald-trump-elon-musk-kommission-finanzen https://www.fr.de/politik/trump-musk-usa-wahl-demokraten-republikaner-harris-november-twitter- 93284541.html

Elon Musk advertises for Trump
https://orf.at/stories/3366441
https://www.forbes.com/sites/saradorn/2024/07/15/elon-musk-will-give-about-45-million-a-month- to-support-trump-report-says

Satanic symbolism on Elon Musk profile
https://www.tagesschau.de/faktenfinder/trump-musk-100.html https://loudwire.com/elon-musk-wears-satanic-suit-armor https://futurism.com/elon-musk-christianity-baphomet-armor https://www.bbc.com/news/magazine-33682878 https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baphomet https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sigil_of_Baphomet

Elon Musk and Greg Abbott show Lucifer sign
https://www.dailydot.com/debug/musk-abbott-devil-horns-conspiracy https://factcheck.afp.com/online-posts-falsely-portray-pope-francis-and-other-world-leaders-making- devil-horns-gesture
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anton_LaVey
https://www.clarin.com/mundo/fotos-gestos-afecto-emmanuel-macron-donald-trump-causan-gracia- unidos_0_rkz4LLyTz.html

79,000 bombs and 12,000 drone attacks – Trump‘s war balance https://original.antiwar.com/mbenjamin/2018/12/25/bring-the-troops-home-but-also-stop-the- bombing
https://www.swr.de/wissen/1000-antworten/donald-trump-hat-keine-kriege-gefuehrt-stimmt-das- 106.html

Trump challenges NATO member states to massively increase armament funding
https://www.welt.de/politik/ausland/article179193340/Nato-Gipfel-Trump-fordert-Nato-Staaten-zu-
Militaerausgaben-von-vier-Prozent-auf.html
https://www.reuters.com/article/world/trump-tells-nato-leaders-to-increase-defense-spend-to-4- percent-idUSKBN1K12BW

Trump accuses WHO – mistakes in fight against Corona pandemic
https://www.tagesschau.de/ausland/amerika/trump-who-zahlungen-103.html https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-52294623

Vaccine experts, immunologists and doctors warn against mRNA Corona shots
https://www.kla.tv/Impfschaden

Trump changes party colors and donates to both Democrats and Republicans https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Trump https://www.politifact.com/factchecks/2015/jul/09/ben-fergurson/donald-trumps-campaign- contributions-democrats-and

Further Programs:

World Danger: Highest Degree Freemasonry – www.kla.tv/24002

World in the Trap of Freemasons – www.kla.tv/28338

Further Octopus-Disclosures: – www.kla.tv/octopus-en

Connect with KLA.TV | Subscribe to KLA.TV newsletter in English

Cover image credit: KLA.TV

Brace Yourselves: A Tsunami Approaches

by John & Nisha Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute
October 15, 2024

“What happened here was the gradual habituation of the people, little by little, to being governed by surprise; to receiving decisions deliberated in secret; to believing that the situation was so complicated that the government had to act on information which the people could not understand, or so dangerous that, even if the people could understand it, it could not be released because of national security… And all the crises and reforms (real reforms, too) so occupied the people that they did not see the slow motion underneath, of the whole process of government growing remoter and remoter.”

—Historian Milton Mayer, They Thought They Were Free: The Germans, 1933-45

Brace yourself: a tsunami approaches.

While we squabble over which side is winning this losing battle to lead the country, there is something being concocted in the dens of power, far beyond the public eye, and it doesn’t bode well for the future of this country.

Anytime you have an entire nation so mesmerized by the antics of the political ruling class that they are oblivious to all else, you’d better beware.

Anytime you have a government that operates in the shadows, speaks in a language of force, and rules by fiat, you’d better beware.

And anytime you have a government so far removed from its people as to ensure that they are never seen, heard or heeded by those elected to represent them, you’d better beware.

We’ve got to get our priorities straight if we are to ever have any hope of maintaining any sense of freedom in America.

As long as we allow ourselves to be distracted, diverted, occasionally outraged, always polarized and content to view each other—rather than the government—as the enemy, we’ll never manage to present a unified front against tyranny (or government corruption and ineptitude) in any form.

Mind you, by “government,” I’m not referring to the highly partisan, two-party bureaucracy of the Republicans and Democrats. Rather, I’m referring to “government” with a capital “G,” the entrenched Deep State that is unaffected by elections, unaltered by populist movements, and has set itself beyond the reach of the law.

This is the hidden face of a government that has no respect for the freedoms of its citizenry.

So, stop with all of the excuses and the hedging and the finger-pointing and the pissing contests to see which side can out-shout, out-blame and out-spew the other.

Enough already with the short- and long-term amnesia that allows political sycophants to conveniently forget the duplicity, complicity and mendacity of their own party while casting blame on everyone else.

This is how evil wins.

This is how freedom falls and tyranny rises.

This is how good, generally decent people—having allowed themselves to be distracted with manufactured crises, polarizing politics, and fighting that divides the populace into warring us vs. them camps—fail to take note of the looming danger that threatens to wipe freedom from the map and place us all in chains.

The world has been down this road before, as historian Milton Mayer recounts in his seminal book on Hitler’s rise to power, They Thought They Were Free.

We are at our most vulnerable right now.

The gravest threat facing us as a nation is not extremism but despotism, exercised by a ruling class whose only allegiance is to power and money.

We’re in a national state of denial, yet no amount of escapism can shield us from the harsh reality that the danger in our midst is posed by an entrenched government bureaucracy that has no regard for the Constitution, Congress, the courts or the citizenry.

No matter how often the team colors change, the playbook remains the same. The leopard does not change its spots.

Scrape off the surface layers and you will find that nothing has changed.

The police state is still winning. We the people are still losing.

In fact, the American police state has continued to advance at the same costly, intrusive, privacy-sapping, Constitution-defying, heartbreaking, soul-scorching, relentless pace under the current Tyrant-in-Chief as it did under those who occupied the White House before him (Trump, Obama, Bush, Clinton, etc.).

Consider for yourselves:

• Police haven’t stopped disregarding the rights of citizens.
• SWAT teams haven’t stopped crashing through doors and terrorizing families.
• The Pentagon and the Department of Homeland Security haven’t stopped militarizing and federalizing local police.
• Schools haven’t stopped treating young people like hard-core prisoners.
• For-profit private prisons haven’t stopped locking up Americans and immigrants alike at taxpayer expense.
• Censorship hasn’t stopped.
• The courts haven’t stopped marching in lockstep with the police state.
• Government bureaucrats haven’t stopped turning American citizens into criminals.
• The surveillance state hasn’t stopped spying on Americans’ communications, transactions or movements.
• The TSA hasn’t stopped groping or ogling travelers.
• Congress hasn’t stopped enacting draconian laws.
• The Department of Homeland Security hasn’t stopped being a “wasteful, growing, fear-mongering beast.”
• The military industrial complex hasn’t stopped profiting from endless wars abroad.
• The Deep State’s shadow government hasn’t stopped calling the shots behind the scenes.
• And the American people haven’t stopped acting like gullible sheep.

So you can try to persuade yourself that you are free, that you still live in a country that values freedom, and that it is not too late to make America great again, but to anyone who has been paying attention to America’s decline over the past century, it will be just another lie.

The German people chose to ignore the truth and believe the lie.

They were not oblivious to the horrors taking place around them. The warning signs were definitely there, blinking incessantly like large neon signs.

“Still,” historian Robert Gellately writes, “the vast majority voted in favor of Nazism, and in spite of what they could read in the press and hear by word of mouth about the secret police, the concentration camps, official anti-Semitism, and so on.”

The German people backed Hitler because for the majority of them, life was good.

In a nutshell, life was good because their creature comforts remained undiminished, their bank accounts remained flush, and they weren’t being discriminated against, persecuted, starved, beaten, shot, stripped, jailed and turned into slave labor.

Life is good in America, too.

Life is good in America as long as you’re able to keep sleep-walking through life, cocooning yourself in political fantasies that depict a world in which your party is always right and everyone else is wrong, and distracting yourself with bread-and-circus entertainment that bears no resemblance to reality.

Life is good in America as long as you don’t mind being made to pay through the nose for the government’s endless wars, subsidization of foreign nations, bloated workforce, secret agencies, fusion centers, private prisons, biometric databases, invasive technologies, arsenal of weapons, and every other budgetary line item that is contributing to the fast-growing wealth of the corporate elite at the expense of those who are barely making ends meet—that is, we the 99%.

Life is good in America for the privileged few, but as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, it’s getting worse by the day for the rest of us.

So, please spare me the media hysterics and the outrage and the hypocritical double standards of those whose moral conscience appears to be largely dictated by their political loyalties.

Anyone who believes that the injustices, cruelties and vicious callousness of the U.S. government are unique to any one particular administration has not been paying attention.

Connect with The Rutherford Institute

Cover image credit: SingingAngler

German Lawyer Dr. Reiner Fuellmich’s Persecution in Prison

Today, Germany Has Become Neo-Nazi on Steroids

by Reiner Fuellmich and Peter Koenig, Global Research
October 14, 2024

Introduction by Peter Koenig

13 October 2024 will be the first anniversary of Reiner Fuellmich’s pre-trial prison custody. His conditions, especially for someone who has not committed and is not suspected of a criminal act of violence are, to say it benignly, horrendous, bordering on torture.

Let me remind you, Dr. Reiner Fuellmich in 2020 founded the Corona Investigative Committee (CIC) in Germany, investigating the worldwide corona fraud. In a CIC internal strife, probably instigated from outside forces and secret services, he was unjustly accused of embezzlement. The CIC collapsed. Dr. Fuellmich attempted to return to California, where he had a license to practice law and where he also owned a house.

For some “bureaucratic” formalities (cooperation secret services Germany-US), he was “temporarily” refused entry to the US. He then settled with his wife in Mexico, where he created the International Crimes Investigative Committee (ICIC), and continued investigating crimes committed by the covid scam, as well as related social and economic misconducts by those who dictated the “rules-based order”, overriding all international, national and local laws.

In March 2023, the German Government issued an arrest warrant for Dr. Fuellmich. Since he had not committed a violent crime, an extradition order has no value outside of the EU / Schengen countries. 

Therefore, the German Government – through their secret agents – lured him to a German representation in Mexico, where they kidnapped him on 12 October 2023, took him immediately – as is, without a change of clothes, or even a toothbrush – to the airport, and flew him between two German guards to Frankfurt, where he was immediately arrested on 13 October 2023. Ever since, Reiner has been in pre-trial custody, under the most inhumane conditions, in the Göttingen high-security prison in Rosdorf.

Pretrial custody is on average six months in Germany, at most 11 months. He is detained in solitary confinement, cannot see and talk to anyone, not to his fellow prisoners, must walk alone for his daily hour of exercise in the prison yard, and can have contact by phone or visits by his family for no more than three hours a month.

For every court appearance, Reiner is body-searched, then handcuffed, tightly foot-shackled, and accompanied by two fully machine-gun armed prison guards with bulletproof vests – as if he was a mass murderer.

He is shackled and body-searched, naked, every time the court interrupts, and he is led to an isolated basement room of the court to wait.

This deeply dehumanizing humiliation reminds of German concentration camps during Hitler’s Third Reich regime over 80 years back. 

One would think that humanity has learned from the horrors of WWII, but nada, zilch, nothing.

Humanity is led by the same inhumane monsters; except much worse today. 

Then, the Third Reich was confined to Europe and North Africa; today, the New World Order or One World Order –  one that wants to become One World Government, for which Germany is again playing a leading role, spans the entire globe, all 193 UN member countries.

There is seemingly no way to escape. 

But as history has shown time and time again, any system of excesses, be it injustice no end, war atrocities, abhorrent dehumanization with torture, corruption and genocide no limits, will fall. There is no doubt that the diabolical Cult that allows Germany to hold an honest citizen in such atrocious prison conditions, wants to scare and shut up any others that may speak up against the crimes committed, and are still being committed, by the German Government, and by association, other western governments. 

Dr. Reiner Fuellmich is a western world political prisoner.

Reiner’s description, illustrations and photos speak for themselves.

*

Reiner Fuellmich – A Political Prisoner in the Federal Republic of Germany

A report by Dr. Reiner Fuellmich on his conditions of detention in the Göttingen high-security prison in Rosdorf, in response to the author Kerstin Heusinger, Germany correspondent for the French-language online publication BAM! With exclusive photos from the courtroom and sketches.

7:00 a.m., court date for the civil rights activist and lawyer Dr. Reiner Fuellmich:

“Heavily armed officers with pistols and submachine guns equipped with bulletproof vests are there to greet me. They try to persuade me to put on a bulletproof vest, which I consistently refuse. They then make me sign a waiver releasing them from liability if I am injured or killed by gunfire.

One of the officers searches my body and then, as always, forces me to kneel on a stool while he puts ankle cuffs on me.

He ties a wide leather belt around my waist and then puts handcuffs on me, which are attached to the belt with chains that are in turn secured with a large padlock.

The ankle cuffs force me to take very small steps, making it difficult to get in and out of the transport vehicle. If I were to trip while cuffed like this, I would not be able to stop or soften my fall and would likely break my wrists.

Prison officials told me that they had never seen a defendant held in pre-trial custody for more than 11 months for a simple offense (and not for a serious crime or an act of terrorism), kept in solitary confinement, and, above all, brought to court hearings handcuffed at the hands and feet.

In court, I was taken to the basement, to a tiled cell with a simple wooden bench. Another strip-search. Then I had to wait to be handcuffed and led into the courtroom. Each time the proceedings were interrupted, I was handcuffed again and taken back to the “basement”.

Each time I returned from court, I was stripped naked in a transit room to undergo a thorough body search.

Harassment, humiliation, punishment

Mr. D., the deputy director responsible for pre-trial detention, ordered my complete isolation on the grounds that my legal advice to other detainees could incite them to revolt.

The Rosdorf prison is divided into two sections: the penal section (400 detainees) and the pre-trial detention section (80 detainees), where I have been detained since October 13, 2023.

The pre-trial detainees are spread over 4 levels. Those considered to be particularly dangerous or vulnerable are isolated on level A0, where security is increased and additional restrictions are imposed. I was placed there.

Like the other inmates on level A0, I am strictly forbidden to talk to any other inmate.

For 11 months I have had no internet access, no computer, and no cell phone. I am only allowed to watch TV. My only contact with the outside world is my lawyer and the 3 hours per month for visits or phone calls with my family. Yes, a total of 3 hours per month.

My isolation goes so far that even my daily walk in the courtyard must be done alone. This one-hour walk is suspended if I am caught communicating with another inmate, even if it is only a hand signal. Yes, if I exchange a greeting with a fellow inmate through the bars of a window, even if I just nod my head – he and I will be punished immediately.

All disciplinary measures are imposed without stating reasons and without the possibility of appeal.

Everyone is guilty!

The treatment of pre-trial detainees is particularly poor and borders on torture. Mr. D., who administers pre-trial detention, and also works as a social worker, makes no secret of his convictions: he believes that if you are in pre-trial detention, you are guilty.

His disregard for the presumption of innocence is the main reason why I was placed in solitary confinement.

He has committed serious and intentional breaches of duty, which I have witnessed. These violations were covered up by the prison management. With two exceptions, the security officers carry out the orders they receive without compunction, like robots.

On August 8, 2024, I asked to speak to the deputy director of the penal institution. I informed her that personal belongings and documents had disappeared from my cell during my absence for court hearings. The cells are normally searched regularly according to strict rules. These thefts occurred outside of the official inspections, which are recorded.

Persecution: Dr. Reiner Fuellmich refers to the case of Redzep [another, former case of unjustly incarcerating a man for murder which he did not commit, and the court knew it]

“The seriousness of the situation is demonstrated by the attacks on a pre-trial detainee, Kevin Redzep, who was seriously injured. He has allowed me to publish his name and story. He comes from Montenegro and although he is intelligent and speaks several languages, he cannot write or read German fluently. He was placed in a department where there were several violent inmates or those accused of premeditated murder. He was called a “gypsy” by his fellow inmates, threatened, and asked for help from Mr. D., who refused to take him to the high-risk inmates. The next day, Kevin Redzep was attacked by three fellow inmates during a walk. He was hit over the head with a glass bottle so severely that the zygomatic bone above his left eye was crushed and his vision was at risk.

On July 9, 2024, Kevin Redzep had to undergo surgery before returning to Rosdorf Prison, even before he had recovered. He was involved in another physical altercation with five or six prison officers who threw him to the ground and injured him again in the head. Mr. D. then ordered the isolation of Kevin Redzep, who was already severely traumatized.

Kevin Redzep, who wanted to sue Mr. D, the penal institution, and the state of Lower Saxony for assault, asked me for help. When Mr. D. learned that I had advised this inmate and provided him with a lawyer, Kevin Redzep disappeared. It is assumed that he was transferred to another prison. Since then, Ms. Wörmer, my lawyer, has been trying in vain to find him, hoping that he is still alive.

A glimmer of hope.

Despite the disciplinary punishments they face, the pre-trial detainees show solidarity with me. They encourage me. They shout to me, for example, “Don’t give up, keep going.”

Some prison officials have seen through the pandemic scam and know that my trial is a sham staged by the secret services. They let me know and wish me well.

What helps me most is the enormous support from the international public.

I receive a large number of letters that are no longer read by the prison administration. I read all the letters and I am deeply touched by the affection they show. I try to respond as best I can.

Sometimes I see the pickets and the people who greet me, while I’m sitting in the transport vehicle to court.

I feel the remarkably strong connection to all those who support me. It is this connection that allows us to overcome adversity together.

I have to go to the medical service twice a week to be examined because I refused to give blood. I argued that any medical act, especially any invasive medical act, constitutes a violation of physical integrity if the patient does not voluntarily give consent. I am therefore regularly examined because a prisoner suffering from tuberculosis could potentially have infected people with whom he has been in contact.

One of the prison doctors expressed sympathy for my work. He also told me that the medical staff believe that the health of many detainees is incompatible with detention. However, the prison management prefers to ignore this fact.

After having personally witnessed what happens in pre-trial detention – the suspension of the fundamental rights of the accused, their difficulties in accessing a defense that really cares about their fate – I am convinced that prisons only benefit those who profit from them, with pre-trial detention being more lucrative than post-sentencing detention.

I have not met a defendant who I would describe as “evil”. I have met many, many remand prisoners who appear innocent to me, or who, above all, need therapeutic treatment, as a prison doctor admitted.

If we did not need a few prisons for a few sociopaths, for example those responsible for the pandemic, the wars, the massacres like in Gaza and for the corrupt of the system, I would be in favor of abolishing prisons.”

This statement was recorded by Dr. Reiner Fuellmich on the phone of his lawyer, Katja Wörmer.

It was translated into French by Kerstin Heusinger; and translated into English by Peter Koenig via Deepl.com

Photos and sketches: Kerstin Heusinger

Plan of his cell: Dr. Reiner Fuellmich

Concept and design of the original article: Michel Caulea and Karo

Click here to read the original German version.

This report first appeared (in French) on BAM! NEWS.

All illustrations can be seen in the original German article.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is by Kerstin Heusinger

Connect with Global Research

Connect with Reiner Fuellmich at ICIC

What Doesn’t Kill You Makes You Stronger

by Academy of Ideas
originally published August 17. 2024

The following is a transcript of this video.

“The warrior’s approach is to say “yes” to life: “yea” to it all…Opportunities to find deeper powers within ourselves come when life seems most challenging. Negativism to the pain and ferocity of life is negativism to life. We are not there until we can say “yea” to it all.”

Joseph Campbell, Reflections on the Art of Living

Just as the wood of a tree is strengthened by the storm, in the life of man adversity is the sculptor of a strong and resilient character. Most people, however, fear adversity, they flee from it and believe that if it becomes too severe they will not be strengthened by it, but broken. In this video, we explore how most people underestimate the degree of adversity they can withstand and overlook the fact that even traumatic experiences can be the catalyst for personal growth.

“Out of life’s school of war—what doesn’t kill me, makes me stronger.”

Friedrich Nietzsche, Twilight of the Idols

Bad things happen – this is one of life’s guarantees. Most of the time the hardships that confront us are minor and manageable. But at certain times adversity strikes that shakes the very foundations of our being. These are the experiences that are so intense or tragic that they are characterized as traumatic. In his book What Doesn’t Kill Us, the psychologist Stephen Joseph notes that:

“Researchers have estimated that 75 percent of all people experience some form of trauma in life—the loss or suffering of a loved one, the diagnosis of an illness, the pain of divorce or separation, the shock of an accident, assault, or environmental disaster. Around a fifth of all people are likely to experience a potentially traumatic event within a given year. By its very definition, trauma is unexpected, unpredictable, and uncontrollable. Believing that life can be lived without encountering adversity is a lost cause.”

Stephen Joseph, What Doesn’t Kill Us

The word trauma derives from the Greek word meaning “wound” and was first used in the 17th century to refer to a physical wound which pierces the body. In the 20th century Sigmund Freud adopted the word for psychological purposes to refer to painful experiences that puncture the psyche and leave us emotionally wounded. Throughout the 20th century, most psychologists focused on the negative symptoms that accompany traumatic experiences. After all, what good can come from the worst life has to offer? In the 1990s, however, the psychologists Richard G. Tedeschi and Lawrence G. Calhoun noticed that while suffering was inevitable following a traumatic experience, accompanying this suffering some people experienced immense growth in various areas of life – including an increase of personal strength, a greater appreciation of life, richer relationships, an openness to new possibilities, a greater sense of meaning, and a deeper spiritual attitude. This growth which follows trauma they called “posttraumatic growth”, and as Stephen Joseph writes:

“The idea of transformation through trauma goes against the grain of all that is written about the devastating and destructive effects of trauma. Psychological studies have shown that adverse life-events are often the trigger for depression, anxiety, or posttraumatic stress. What, then, are we to make of the stories of people who have encountered a life-threatening illness, a harrowing natural disaster, even a man-made horror, and then go on to tell of how it was a transformational turning point in their lives? Such stories seem to point to the truth of Nietzsche’s dictum: “What doesn’t kill me makes me stronger.””

Stephen Joseph, What Doesn’t Kill Us

History is replete with stories of individuals that validate Nietzsche’s dictum. Take Viktor Frankl. In 1942 the Nazis took Frankl, his wife, brother, and parents to a concentration camp. His mother and brother were murdered. His father died of exhaustion, his wife died of typhus, and Frankl was transferred between 4 concentration camps in 3 years. Instead of letting this tragedy destroy him, Frankl accepted his fate and through his suffering transformed himself into a heroic character and one of the greatest psychologists of the 20^th century. And as Frankl wrote in Man’s Search for Meaning:

“When a man finds that it is his destiny to suffer, he will have to accept his suffering as his task; his single and unique task. … His unique opportunity lies in the way in which he bears his burden.”

Viktor Frankl, Man’s Search for Meaning

Another example of an individual who embodied Nietzsche’s dictum is Terry Waite. In 1987 Waite traveled to Beirut Lebanon to secure the release of hostages. He was captured and spent 4 years in solitary confinement, where he was repeatedly beaten, chained, and subjected to mock executions.

“I said three things on release: no regret, no self-pity, and no sentimentality.”, explains Waite. “I tried to turn the experience around. Suffering is universal; you attempt to subvert it so that it does not have a destructive, negative effect. You turn it around so that it becomes a creative, positive force.”

Terry Waite, Quoted in What Doesn’t Kill Us

Some might argue that Frankl and Waite belong to a rare breed of individuals who are capable of transmuting traumatic experiences into personal growth. Research, however, suggests that this capacity is widespread. After surveying the literature, Stephen Joseph notes that up to 70 percent of individuals who experience serious trauma report “some form of benefit following [the traumatic event].” What is more, “Studies have shown that higher levels of posttraumatic stress are often associated with higher levels of growth.” It appears as if the human psyche has evolved the capacity to not only to endure trauma, but to use the stress that follows to foster growth.

“…posttraumatic stress is the engine of transformation—of a process known as posttraumatic growth…posttraumatic stress is a natural and normal process of adaption to adversity that marks the beginning of a transformative journey…there is nothing positive about trauma….it is in the struggle to deal with what has happened that positive change can arise.”

Stephen Joseph, What Doesn’t Kill Us

One of the ways posttraumatic growth occurs is through what is called the “existential wakeup call”. When trauma or adversity strikes, we may become aware of how precarious and precious life is, and this can motivate us to make needed changes to our values, beliefs, and priorities. Or as Stephen Joseph writes:

“Not until adversity strikes do many people begin to look deeply within themselves to reappraise what really matters. Adversity can awaken people to new and more meaningful lives…Trauma forces people to confront a crossroads in their lives.”

Stephen Joseph, What Doesn’t Kill Us

While we have a natural disposition to grow in response to adversity and trauma, a weak mindset can impede this growth. To strengthen our mindset, we can turn to the wisdom of the ancient stoic philosophers. The stoics recognized that adversity is an unavoidable part of human existence, and that we should, therefore, psychologically prepare ourselves for challenging times before they arise.

“What should a philosopher say, then, in the face of each of the hardships of life? ‘It is for this that I’ve been training myself; it is for this that I was practising.’”, stated Epictetus.

Epictetus, Discourses

Training for adversity requires that we accept that life is uncertain, and that we will face various misfortunes, both minor and major, throughout life. Most of us do not accept this. Instead, we convince ourselves that the hardships that happen to other people are unlikely to happen to us. “In experiments in which people are asked to rate their chances of experiencing negative events, they consistently rate their own chances lower than those of others.”, explains Stephen Joseph. While alleviating our anxiety in the moment, this strategy of sticking our head in the sand leaves us vulnerable. For if we believe we are unlikely to face misfortune, when we do, we will be unprepared and susceptible to greater suffering. Or as the Roman Stoic Seneca noted:

“What is quite unlooked for is more crushing in its effect, and unexpectedness adds to the weight of a disaster. The fact that it was unforeseen has never failed to intensify a person’s grief.”

Seneca, Letters from a Stoic

For this reason, the Stoics recommended we set aside time to contemplate the various misfortunes that could befall us, and occasionally imagine that a specific misfortune has already occurred. Arthur Schopenhauer, who was influenced by the stoic philosophers, wrote that:

“There is some use in occasionally looking upon terrible misfortunes – such as might happen to us – as though they had actually happened.”

Arthur Schopenhauer, Counsels and Maxims

As an example, we can imagine that we have suffered a great loss or the death of someone we love. Not only will this practice heighten our appreciation of what we have, ensuring that we do not take it for granted; but if such a loss or death does occur, we will be in the position of the Stoic wise man whose foresight blunts the negative effects of tragedy and minimizes the degree of suffering and grief.

“The wise man gets used to future evils…”, writes Seneca. “We sometimes hear the inexperienced say, “I didn’t know this was in store for me.” The wise man knows that everything is in store for him. Whatever happens, he says, “I knew.””

Seneca, Epistles

Or as Seneca continues:

“…by looking ahead to all that may happen as though it were going to happen, he will soften the attacks of all ills, which bring nothing unforeseen to those who are prepared and expectant, but come as a serious blow to those who show no concern and expect only blessings. Sickness befalls a man, captivity, disaster, destruction by fire: none of these things, however, is unexpected; I knew in what rowdy company Nature had confined me…A great many men on the point of taking to the sea give no thought to storms.”

Seneca, Dialogues and Essays

Along with preparing for potential adversities ahead of time, to further improve our capacity to endure the worst life offers, we can strive for what Nietzsche called “the highest state a human can attain…to stand in a Dionysian relationship to existence.” (Nietzsche, The Will to Power) Dionysus was a Greek God. In one myth the Titans, former gods whose power had been supplanted, are jealous of Dionysus and so they capture him and tear his body into pieces. Dionysus’s father, Zeus, quickly intervenes and brings Dionysus back to life. Hence why Dionysus is an archetypal symbol of resurrection, but more importantly, of psychological rebirth.

“Dionysus cut to pieces is a promise of life: it will be eternally reborn and return again from destruction.”

Nietzsche, The Will to Power

To stand in a Dionysian relationship to existence is to recognize that no matter the degree of psychological destruction we face, like Dionysus, we can be reborn from tragedy and trauma and return to life stronger than we were before. It is to acknowledge the truth that pain and destruction are often the precursors of self-transformation. It is to be strong enough to say yes to life – to justify it – even when life is, in the words of Nietzsche, “most terrible, ambiguous, and mendacious.” In a passage in the Will to Power titled “Dionysus: To him that has turned out well”, Nietzsche describes the individual who stands in a Dionysian relationship to existence:

“…he has illnesses as great stimulants of his life; he knows how to exploit ill chances; he grows stronger through the accidents that threaten to destroy him…That of which more delicate men would perish belongs to the stimulants of great health.”

Nietzsche, The Will to Power

In our age a victim mentality reigns, and many individuals use adversities and traumas as justifications for their personal failures, resentments, pettiness and meanness of character. But we can rise above this weakness of our age. We can strive to be heroic in the face of hardships and recognize that, while traumas and tragedies can break us and tear us into pieces, they can also be the catalyst to a greater health and a greater life.

“A full and powerful soul not only copes with painful, even terrible losses, deprivations, robberies, insults; it emerges from such hells with a greater fullness and powerfulness; and, most essential of all, with a new increase in the blissfulness of love.”

Nietzsche, The Will to Power

Or as Joseph Campbell wrote:

“Nietzsche was the one who did the job for me. At a certain moment in his life, the idea came to him of what he called ‘the love of your fate.’ Whatever your fate is, whatever the hell happens, you say, ‘This is what I need.’ It may look like a wreck, but go at it as though it were an opportunity, a challenge…Any disaster you can survive is an improvement in your character, your stature, and your life. What a privilege!…Then, when looking back at your life, you will see that the moments which seemed to be great failures followed by wreckage were the incidents that shaped the life you have now.”

Joseph Campbell, The Power of Myth

Cover image credit: Queven

Connect with Academy of Ideas

Uncovering World Tyranny and Its War Strategies. Peter Koenig and David Icke

An introduction by Peter Koenig

by David Icke and Peter Koenig, Global Research
October 07, 2024

Everyone interested in where we are going in this dystopian civilization and ever-more tyrannical world, must see this extraordinary interview with David Icke by Kla.TV.

It can, and hopefully does, bring a larger awakening to the people around the globe.

David Icke talks about the corralling of the world population into ever smaller spaces under the pretext of “climate change” that requires a “net-zero” CO2 world, no travel, no industry, promoting the “15-minute cities”. It is absurd. 

“Zero-Net” – by 2050 – is propagated by the globalists as a must for humanity’s and Mother Earth’s survival. It will not happen. Humanity will survive. 

And all this while they – the self-declared masters of the universe – namely the financial establishment know very well that CO2 is a life essential gas; without which there would be no life, no plants, no food, no economic development — no-nothing.

But the believers in authority follow the masters’ orders and practically commit suicide by following and obeying a lie, attempting the reduction to zero of CO2. 

David explains how world events are connected. With a little research and a clear-thinking head, you will find that all major geopolitical, socioeconomic events are not just haphazardly occurring side by side or in certain sequences, they are all linked up throughout the world. So, connecting the dots, you will see that we are living in a well-orchestrated web, where all makes sense – for those who are in command of the web — and to the detriment of the vast bulk of populations.

There is a tiny-tiny elite behind the web, pretending to have all the power, only because we believe all the lies from our government and institutional so-called authorities, dictated to them by this elite.

We have been taught in school to trust in authority and to obey authorities. It is a difficult axiom to break. 

The constant drill of the mainstream media assures a steady drop-by-drop indoctrination of lies becoming the truth.

David Icke also describes how true non-mainstream media some 20 years ago, gradually was converted into “mainstream alternative” media, also called “controlled opposition” by the big media outlets, Murdoch, Disney, Warner Brothers and more.

As a new, controlled alternative media, he mentioned Tucker Carlson, among others. They are promoted and funded by Big Tech and Big Finance, but cannot trespass their given boundaries. 

The TRUE non-mainstream and independent remaining journalists and news sites are cornered, cyber-attacked and censored. That is how a small group of financial and big-tech oligarchs takes ever more control of society.

We MUST break out from this giant net or worldwide matrix controlled by a tiny elite that controls technology, finance, and decides over our heath or death, through WHO, supported by Big Pharma. Exiting the matrix is our condition to become free and sovereign citizens again.

And, yes, we can —by becoming self-asserted and independent thinkers, joining up with others and together breaking the elite-bullies “rules-based order” back to legality, international, national and local laws, respecting one another, and respecting the rights of people, indigenous, westerners, easterners, Africans and Middle Easterners and whatever ethnicity you may find.

We are all the same.

Our souls are not bound to a pyramid order of hierarchy.

They are equal.

David’s motto is: “Know the goal, then you will see the way leading there!” In the interview he shows that even free educators are in danger of supporting the development of a centrally dictated global dystopia.

David Icke, the Dot-Connector, starts the interview by saying,

“If you look at the world as a series of random events, random happenings, it makes no sense. Why do they do that? Why do they do it this way? Why don’t they do it that way? It would be much better if they did it that way. And so on and so forth. Why does this happen? But when you connect the dots, you connect these events, you find that they do all connect. It suddenly makes all sense. And, you know, people say sometimes about me: “You see a conspiracy everywhere.””

“No, I do not. I see one conspiracy to turn the world into a global dystopia. And that one conspiracy has endless facets and forms. But it is actually one conspiracy. It is one gigantic web. And that is literally true in terms of what I call the Global Cult, which is a global network of secret societies which are operating outside or in the shadows from those that appear to be running the world.”

David’s clear-sight points to a key element that may lead us into a dystopian world. Our societal behavior is based on our perception. The perceptions are based on the messages we receive. The Global Cult that pretends to control us, formulates the messages as lies, to make us believe there is a problem, the people react, then they can present, or impose us a solution.

He calls it simply, “Problems, Reaction, Solution”. 

David uses the recent example of covid. He says,

“People caved in to the COVID hoax because they perceived there was a dangerous virus. And they perceived, that the fake vaccine, not a vaccine under previous criteria, was a way to save them from the dangerous virus.

That perception led to people submitting to what were fascistic impositions all over the world. So, if you want to control behavior, you must control perception. And if you control behavior, well, collectively, that is what we call human society. And then you ask the question, where do perceptions come from? Well, they come from information received”.

And information is controlled and manipulated to serve the purpose of the controllers.

David Icke’s presentation is brilliant. It is a MUST-SEE for every truth seeker.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

The original source of this article is Global Research
Copyright © David Icke and Peter Koenig, Global Research, 2024

Connect with Global Research

Connect with kla.tv

Cover image credit: geralt

Targeting the Brain

by La Quinta Columna
October 6, 2024

Video available at Odysee & Rumble

Transcript:

Self-assembling technology, that has an affinity for the central nervous system, whose purpose is to impregnate neurons, thereby creating an artificial neural network.

Optoelectronics is a branch of photonics related to the study and application of electronic devices that interact with Light, systems in which electrons and photons coexist.

Optoelectronic devices operate as electro-optical or opto-electrical transducers.

Millions of people have been IMPLANTED with graphene-based liquid nanotechnology through the co-called COVID “vaccines”.

Currently, all types of injectables contain graphene, which acts as fuel to make all this technology work.

Self-assembling technology, that has an affinity for the central nervous system, whose purpose is to impregnate neurons, thereby creating an artificial neural network.

You can see it for yourself by accessing the Telegram channel: Mira al microscopio [https://t.me/miraalmicroscopio]

What you are going to see next is not optogenetics. It’s optoelectronics.

Rafael Yuste, Spanish neurobiologist and ideologist of the Human Brain Project.

Optoelectronic locomotion control.

Experiment realized by Ranier Guiérrez at the Stanford OIL Workshop on 25 July 2011.

“The possibility that machines can read our thoughts and even insert thoughts. Insert feelings and ….”

~ Former President of Chile, Sebastian Pinera

The cover is called Neuralink and apparently we have been made to see that it is voluntary.

“But does this not imply some kind of surgery?”

~ [unidentified interviewer]

“Not necessarily. You can go through the veins and arteries.”

~ Elon Musk

“There are also people who think that the vaccines against COVID put a chip in us whereby the Chinese, from any laboratory in Beijing going to control our lives.

“What does it sound like, a joke?”

~ President of Spain, Pedro Sanchez

Recording with night vision camera HYCMICRO CHEETAH

Don’t use Bluetooth headsets unless strictly necessary.

Similarly, mask the camera of your mobile phone if you don’t need it.

Thanks to Rafa Calvin and Miguel Angel for the recordings.

Do you understand it now?

Connect with La Quinta Columna

See Related:

The Effects of Pulsed Microwaves and Extra Low Frequency Electromagnetic Waves on Human Brains? Governments Routinely “Classify Information” Pertaining to the Manipulation of the Human Nervous System

5G Frequencies Mimic COVID: The Evidence

The Effects of Pulsed Microwaves and Extra Low Frequency Electromagnetic Waves on Human Brains? Governments Routinely “Classify Information” Pertaining to the Manipulation of the Human Nervous System

by Mojmir Babacek, Global Research
October 04, 2024

[Incisive analysis, first published by Global Research on November 10, 2023]

***

In the year 1962 the American scientist Allan H. Frey carried out experiments with pulsed microwaves, which produced clicking, buzz, hissing or knocking sounds in the heads of people at a distance of up to several thousands yards. In his report, he also wrote that with the change of parameters he can produce pins and needles sensation or perception of severe buffeting in the head and claimed that this energy “could possibly be used as a tool to explore nervous system coding… and for stimulating the nervous system without the damage caused by electrodes“ (see this).

In other words, Allan Frey was on the path to finding the way how to manipulate the human nervous system at distance. This was quickly understood by the U.S. Government. For the next two decades Frey, funded by the Office of Naval Research and the U.S. Army, was the most active researcher on the bioeffects of microwave radiation in the country. Frey caused rats to become docile by exposing them to radiation at an average power level of only 50 microwatts per square centimeter. He altered specific behaviors of rats at 8 microwatts per square centimeter. He altered the heart rate of live frogs at 3 microwatts per square centimeter. At only 0.6 microwatts per square centimeter, he caused isolated frogs’ hearts to stop beating by timing the microwave pulses at a precise point during the heart’s rhythm (see this and this).

In 1975, Allan Frey published  his research on blood-brain barrier in the Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, where blood-brain barrier (protecting brain from poison entering it together with blood) of rats, illuminated by pulsed radiofrequency, allowed dye to penetrate into their brains. His findings were confirmed by 13 different laboratories in 6 countries and with the use of different animals.

In 2012, Allan H. Frey wrote an article  where he described how the American Brooks Air Force falsified his experiment by selecting a contractor, who injected the dye into the intestines instead of into the blood, and in this way made sure that the dye will not appear in the brain. This was supposed to help the U.S. Air Force to obtain the approval of people to build radars in their vicinity. According to Frey, the same Brooks Air Force Base later tried to “discredit unclassified research in the microwave area” in order to cover “a classified microwave-bio weapons program.”

Allan Frey concluded: “funding for open microwave-bio research in the United States was essentially shut down.” For that matter the general public (in the whole world) does not know anything about the possibility to control their brain activity at distance by the effects of pulsed microwaves on their nervous system until now.

In March 2021, the American scientist James C. Lin wrote an article on Havana syndrome, where he wrote that this trouble caused to American diplomats and government agents in Cuba and elsewhere, was most probably produced by pulsed microwaves (see this).

On December 5 2020 the U.S. Academy of sciences published a study on Havana syndrome, where it stated:

“Overall, directed pulsed RF (radio frequency) energy, especially in those with the distinct early manifestations, appears to be the most plausible mechanism in explaining these cases among those that the committee considered.”

But on March 2, 2023 the American television CNN published an article on the report of the 7 U.S. intelligence agencies. It said that “there is no credible evidence that a foreign adversary has a weapon or collection device that is capable of causing the mysterious incidents“ (Havana syndrome). In this way the U.S. intelligence agencies tried deny the validity of the scientific report by U.S. Academy of Science and to hide from the world general public the fact that pulsed microwaves can be used to attack their minds.

There is a large body of scientific experiments proving that extra low frequencies of electromagnetic radiation can produce effects in the human nervous system. What is common to microwaves and extra long electromagnetic waves is that both of them carry electric and magnetic fields. The neurons are full of ions and this electrolyte can easily function as an antenna, in which electromagnetic waves will produce electrical currents, which are essetial parts of nervous impulses in the brain.

At the International Conference on Nonlinear Electrodynamics in Biological Systems in 1983, sposored among others by the U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific Research and the Office of Naval Research, Friedeman Kaiser from the Institute of Theoretical Physics at the University of Stuttgart lectured on effects of extra low frequencies of electromagnetic waves on the human nervous system or “extreme high sensitivity of certain biological systems to very weak electromagnetic signals.” He stated:

“In the brain wave model… The external stimulus may only serve as a trigger to start an internal response signal… The system obeys the external drive, it oscillates with the external frequency…the slow external drive leads to an increasing modulation of the amplitude with the external frequency.”

He called this phenomenon “entrainment“ and suggested that “excitations of the proposed types could possibly lead to changes in the behavior and function of biosystems” (pg. 394). There is no better explanation for the Friedman Kaiser’s lecture than that the ELF electromagnetic frequencies produce electrical currents in the electrolyte inside of the nervous tissue. In the closing speech at that conference Samuel Koslov, a leading personality of the mind control project Pandora of the American Navy declared:

”If much of what we have heard is indeed correct, it may be not less significant to the nation than the prospects that faced the physics community in 1939 when the long-time predicted fissionability of the nucleus was actually demonstrated. You may recall the famous letter of Albert Einstein to President Roosvelt. When we’re in a position to do so in terms of our proofs, I would propose that an analogous letter is required” (pg. 596).

Already in 1980 John B. Alexander, former director of the U.S. Los Alamos National Laboratory in his article in the Military Review on remote control of human brain’s activity, wrote:

”whoever makes the first major breakthrough in this field will have a quantum lead over his opponent, an advantage similar to sole possession of nuclear weapons.”

In 2014, Chinese scientists published the results of an experiment in which they searched for microwave conductivity of electrolyte solutions. In the introduction they stressed that their experiment “plays an important role in investigating the interaction between electromagnetic waves and biological tissues that have high water content and a significant concentration of ions.” For their experiment they used a solution of salt. The chemical formula of salt is NaCl. It means it contains atoms of sodium and chloride. Ions of both of those atoms play an important role in the firing of nerve cells. The experiment proved that this electrolyte is conductive for microwaves up to  20 GHz frequency (see this). It is highly reasonable to expect that if those microwaves are pulsed in the frequencies of the frequencies of activity of neurons in the brain they will be “entrained“ to oscillate with those frequencies.

The MCS America organization, which fights against pollution, confirms this conclusion in its study on Electromagnetic Fields Sensitivity. The study states:

“The body can collect the signal and turn it into electric currents just like the antenna of a radio set or a cell phone. These currents are carried by ions… flowing through the living tissues and in the blood vessels (a system of tubes full of an electrically-conducting salty fluid that connect almost every part of the body) when these currents impinge on cell membranes, which are normally electrically charged, they try to vibrate in time with the current” (let us note that a neuron is a cell as well).

The veracity of those “speculations“ or “conspiracy theories“ is confirmed by the experiment, where 20 volunteers were exposed to the pulses of 217 Hz used in cell phone telephony and at the recordings of their electroencephalograms evoked potentials (or simply told electrical currents in the frequency) of 217 Hz were found (see this) or another one, where cell phone microwaves pulsed in 11 to 15 Hz produced changes in EEG during the sleep in 30 volunteers (see this). As well Australian scientists found out that:

“Not only could the cell phone signals alter a person’s behavior during the call, the effects of the disrupted brain-wave patterns continued long after the phone was switched off (see this).”

To complete this information it is necessary to say that the nervous system functions digitally and nervous actions differ by frequency and number of nervous impulses in which great number of neurons synchronize their action. In this way the activity of the human brain can be completely controlled including the thoughts. Robert Becker, who has been twice nominated for the Nobel prize for his research on electric potentials in organisms published in 1985 a book “Body Electric“, where he quoted the experiment, which was released voluntarily on basis of Freedom of Information Act. The author of the experiment J. F. Schapitz stated:

“In this investigation it will be shown that the spoken word of hypnotist may also be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain — i. e. without employing any technical devices for receiving or transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the information input consciously.”

In one of the four experiments subjects should have been given a test of hundred questions, ranging from easy to technical ones. Later, not knowing they were being irradiated they would be subjected to information beams suggesting the answers to the questions they had left blank, amnesia for some of their correct answers and memory falsification of their correct answers. After 2 weeks they had to pass the test again. The results of those experiments were never published. But evidently already at this time the secret services were working on technologies how to impose thoughts to human beings with the use of pulsed microwaves to transmit into human brains human speech in ultrasound frequencies, which the brain perceives, but the human being does not realize this since it is not hearing the speech.

For governments it is not difficult to pulse the cell phone signals in the brain frequencies and in this way manipulate the thoughts of their own or foreign citizens. The difference between pulsed microwaves and extra long electromagnetic waves is that pulsed microwaves can be targeted on one person (or the whole nation if cell phone signals are pulsed in brain frequencies) while extra long electromagnetic waves, transmitted in brain frequencies, with their length up to 300 hundred thousands kilometers will reach brains in large areas. For sure so far the legislations around the world (except the Chile and Brazil) do not prohibit such actions to the governments or anybody else on human brains (for example Elon Musk is building system of 20.000 satellites around the planet and working on neuralink research at the same time).

Neurotechnologists around the world, who do not dare to disclose the national security information they had to sign, before starting research in the area, are calling for creation of legislations protecting people against such manipulations of their minds (see this).

The proposal of such legislation presented to the European Union, signed by 11 world organizations, you can find at the address (see this).

Mojmir Babacek was born in 1947 in Prague, Czech Republic. Graduated in 1972 at Charles University in Prague in philosophy and political economy. In 1978 signed the document defending human rights in  communist Czechoslovakia „Charter 77“. Since 1981 until 1988 lived in emigration in the USA. Since 1996 he has published articles on different subjects mostly in the Czech and international alternative media.

In 2010, he published a book on the 9/11 attacks in the Czech language. Since the 1990‘s he has been striving to help to achieve the international ban of remote control of the activity of the human nervous system and human minds with the use of neurotechnology.

The original source of this article is Global Research | Copyright © Mojmir Babacek, Global Research, 2024

Connect with Global Research

Cover image credit: David Ratledge, Wikimedia Commons

Policy Imperatives for Health Freedom

by Leslie Manookian, President, Health Freedom Defense Fund
September 30, 2024

As a requirement for discussing and appreciating the imperative of health freedom in the USA, we must first define what is meant by health freedom. A simple definition is: the right of every American to decide what medical interventions to put into or onto one’s body, the right to access and use the medical and healing modalities of one’s choice, the right to maintain one’s health according to one’s conscience, and the right to live free of involuntary medication be it via the food supply, the water supply, or something airborne.

In a free and moral society, health freedom is not simply a convenience, it’s an imperative. In this vein, in the event of injury or illness, all Americans must possess the absolute right to choose what medical interventions and treatments to accept and what medical or healing modalities to utilize in order to address illness or injury; Americans must be free to choose how to maintain their health whether that be through nutrition, supplements, herbs, drugs, or a myriad of healing modalities; Americans must have access to truthful information regarding how the seeds for plants and animal feed and the food in our food supply has been grown or developed, medicated, processed, and packaged; and Americans have the right to exist in a society free of water and airborne medications, insect vectors, and chemicals.

Health freedom can only exist in a free and moral society which values each and every member of that society. This prerequisite thus excludes medical mandates of any kind. It is immoral to force another individual to risk their life for the theoretical benefit of another. Moreover, government does not have the moral authority or power to dictate what medical products any American puts into or on his or her body. If anyone in government does possess that power, then no American is truly free, nor does he or she possess any meaningful right whatsoever – Americans are merely chattel.

In order to create a society based on true health freedom, the following policy shifts should be implemented, as a first step. There are many more changes which should be implemented as well, but these proposals would address some of the most glaring, pernicious anti-liberty and anti-health aspects of our system as it exists today:

1. Ban all Medical Mandates:

The Declaration of Independence states, “that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness…”  Medical mandates are prime facie violations of our founding documents.

Health freedom demands prior voluntary informed consent before a medical treatment or intervention is administered. Medical mandates are thus, by definition, antithetical to voluntary consent and therefore must be prohibited in a free and moral society. No single individual in government knows the medical history of any American, knows what is best for Americans, or has to live with the repercussions of any choices made by Americans, thus, medical mandates are never justified in any circumstance.

2. Repeal the Bayh-Dole Act:

“The Bayh-Dole Act, formerly known as the Patent and Trademark Act Amendments, is a federal law enacted in 1980 that enables universities, nonprofit research institutions and small businesses to own, patent and commercialize inventions developed under federally funded research programs within their organizations.”

Under this program, government scientists may receive up to $150,000 per year on their patents.

In theory, Bayh-Dole incentivizes bright scientists to seek employment at federal health agencies rather than entering more lucrative private industry by allowing these taxpayer-funded scientists and other individuals and entities to retain the patent rights to intellectual property developed during their taxpayer-funded research and development activities.

In practice, this Act forever realigned the interests of taxpayer-funded scientists away from the American people and toward their own interests and profits and the profits of the private industries with which they collaborate. Dr. Anthony Fauci and his team at NIAID infamously owned half the Moderna Covid vaccine patent which incentivized the misguided covid era policies leading to a colossal violation of the rights of Americans demonstrating the perverse incentives created by Bayh-Dole and the necessity of repealing the act.

3. Repeal the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) of 1992:

“The Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) was created by Congress in 1992 and authorizes FDA to collect user fees from persons that submit certain human drug applications for review or that are named in approved applications as the sponsor of certain prescription drug products. Since the passage of PDUFA, user fees have played an important role in expediting the drug review and approval process.”

In 2022 alone, the pharmaceutical industry paid $2.9 billion in user fees amounting to 46% of FDA’s entire budget including $1.4 billion or 66% for FDA’s drug approvers’ salaries and $197 million or 43% of the biologics (vaccines) program budget. As a direct consequence of PDUFA, the FDA has a vested interest aligned with the profits and success of the pharmaceutical industry rather than the health and wellbeing of the American people.

4. Repeal the Public Readiness and Preparedness Act (PREP Act) which authorizes the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services to issue a PREP Act declaration.

“The declaration provides immunity from liability (except for willful misconduct) for claims:

• of loss caused, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from administration or use of countermeasures to diseases, threats and conditions
• determined by the Secretary to constitute a present, or credible risk of a future public health emergency
• to entities and individuals involved in the development, manufacture, testing, distribution, administration, and use of such countermeasures

A PREP Act declaration is specifically for the purpose of providing immunity from liability, and is different from, and not dependent on, other emergency declarations.”

The PREP Act desecrates the ethical principle of informed consent by protecting individuals from liability even when they expressly act contrary to patients’ wishes and instructions and must be repealed.

5. Repeal the Affordable Care Act:

The Affordable Care Act anchors Americans to the pharmaceutical and drug-based medical paradigm even though a majority of Americans used at least one form of “alternative” medicine in 2021 and spent $30.6 billion in out of pocket expenses for those holistic medicine services in 2023 according to Statista. Instead, implement a health savings program which permits Americans to access the health and medical modalities of their choice which in turn would foster more competition and reduce the exorbitant health care costs in the US by breaking the extant monopolies held by the medical and insurance industries.

6. Repeal the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA):

NCVIA shields vaccine makers and those who administer vaccines from liability (except for willful misconduct), creating a perverse incentive to industry to develop a never-ending stream of vaccines which are then mandated by the states and a perverse incentive to medical professionals to charge for and inject patients irrespective of the harm they may cause. Further, the NCVIA protects industry, medical professionals, and vaccine programs by creating a separate administrative federal court structure lacking due process and discovery, managed by “Special Masters” instead of judges, all in violation of the constitutionally protected right to due process. While NCVIA contains other provisions designed to protect American families and ensure the safety of the national vaccine supply, Congress is not conducting proper oversight and the promises made in 1986 at the time of the Act’s passage have not been upheld. As such, Americans who have been injured or killed by vaccines are left with astronomical medical bills and to fend for themselves.

7. Prohibit Private Donations to Government Entities:

Prohibit private individuals, foundations, corporations, contractors, any other person or entity from donating or otherwise giving money to any agency or entity of the federal government. FDA and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) accept money from private actors such as the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and Pfizer thus skewing the interests of the agency in favor of these private actors and away from the American public. Gates has collaborated with FDA and the CDC Foundation takes money from the pharmaceutical industry whose products CDC is responsible for monitoring for safety.

8. Cooling-off Period for Senior Federal Employees:

Enact a 5-year cooling-off period before which agency leadership, deputies, and other key officials may depart federal agencies in order to enter the companies they regulate in the private sector.

9. Prevent Conflicts of Interest:

Eliminate conflict of interest waivers so that no person serving on a health agency committee, board, or other regulatory entity may have a conflict of interest. Disclosure of conflicts of interest is insufficient to ensure the agencies pursue the interests of the American people. Individuals with financial or ideological conflicts of interest should not serve as decision makers in any capacity.

10. Prohibit Government Grants to Nonprofits:

Prohibit government from allocating taxpayer dollars to nonprofit. Nonprofits exists to serve the public interests and should be funded directly by American citizens. If a nonprofit has a worthwhile mission, the public will gladly support it. Government exists to protect our rights and should not be in the business of picking winners and losers nor should it be using third parties to pursue policies outside the reach and review of the public.

11. Ban Water Fluoridation:

While water fluoridation programs are broad spread, they are not only dangerous from a health standpoint, they are forced medication in violation of the ethical principle of informed consent. Research comparing the health outcomes and IQs of communities that do and do not fluoridate their water supply reveal that children in the fluoridated water communities have reduced IQs and therefore inferior prospects in life. Other research has documented the health hazards of fluoride, an industrial waste product.

In addition, as fluoride is added to municipal water supplies, residents of those communities have no way to opt out and therefore are subjected to involuntary forced medication. No one should be forced to consume drugged water in order to maintain a biological necessity.

12. Ban Release of Genetically Modified Insects

Two tenets of good health are abundant exposure to sunshine and fresh air, however in some states, the state governments have collaborated with private business to release genetically modified mosquitoes into communities. While these mosquitoes are often designed to breed with one another and eliminate the “dangerous” species going forward, the health impacts of humans being bitten by these insects is not well understood. Nor should a person have to be risk being bitten by one of these creatures in order to venture outside. This amounts to a form of forced medication absent any form of consent and must be ended.

These recommendations should be understood as necessary first steps to begin correcting the disastrous health policy environment that exists in the United States today and to restore true health freedom in the US which would allow all Americans to decide what medical interventions to allow into or onto one’s body, which health and medical modalities to utilize in maintaining their health, and the ability to live free of involuntary medication be it via the food supply, the water supply, or the air we breathe.

Update October 3, 2024: Policy Imperative 6. has been edited to note that the NCVIA shields medical professionals from liability as well as the vaccine industry.

Connect with Health Freedom Defense Fund

Cover image based on creative commons work of: pixundfertig & Prawny

GeoEngineering & Particles of Mass Destruction

Truth Comes to Light editor’s note: The audio recording shared here was shared by The Liberty Brothers nine years ago. It can be found at their YouTube channel. Because YouTube randomly deletes “controversial” videos, I am embedding a version that was mirrored at Odysee. It can also be found mirrored at Rumble.  Find the work of Clifford Carnicom here. Elana Freeland’s work can be found here. In light of the current genocidal “weather events” and the ongoing assault on every living being on the planet, a look back at what has been shared by researchers over the past decades can be helpful, especially for those who are just now learning about all that has been going on in the arena of the globalists’ push for “full spectrum dominance”.

~ Kathleen

Originally published at The Liberty Brothers YouTube, March 2015. The channel does not appear to be currently publishing new material. The last upload to the channel was six years ago. Their website link is no longer active.

Is Geo-Engineering transforming Earth and killing its inhabitants?

Particles of Mass Destruction

One troubling fact that we can all probably agree on is that we are being bombarded with chemicals from almost every direction. Whether it be our food, our water, our vitamins, our personal hygiene products, etc.; chemicals and their derivatives have, sadly, become a part of our daily lives.

Since few of us reading this article possess a laboratory with proper equipment, determining the type and amount of chemical poison in the above mentioned items would be nearly impossible. However, one can easily just “look up” in many areas of America and quickly discern that something is being sprayed in our skies. The idea that some sort of spraying is going on is not in dispute. The question is whether the spraying is harmless, or are we all breathing particles of mass destruction?

Perhaps no other topic, amongst the many that we have covered on The Liberty Brothers Radio Show, or that I have covered on NorthWest Liberty News, has been more divisive that the idea of “Chemtrails,” or the more accurately applied term, Geo-Engineering.

Good, and not-so-good, friends of mine seem to be evenly divided on the idea that our so-called leaders are spraying harmful particles into our atmosphere. One of my not so good friends even put a link on their respective website with the sole purpose of lampooning yours truly… C’est la vie.

One fact that is not in dispute is the pedigrees of our panel of guests who were invited on The Liberty Brothers Radio Show to discuss everything Geo-Engineering. Joining Jason and myself for the entire 2-hour broadcast was a virtual “all-star” cast, as we welcomed:

Clifford Carnicom – Clifford Carnicom is a self-employed professional computer consultant in Santa Fe, New Mexico for the past thirteen years. He provides unique on-site personal services to small businesses and individuals including system analysis, networking, software development, and website consultation design, and implementation services.

Clifford Carnicom is also the founder and President of the Carnicom Institute, a non-profit research and educational organization that is devoted to environmental and health issues. Clifford also worked as a technical research scientist acting in a professional capacity supporting analysis and development of major Department of Defense physical and weapons modeling systems, with extensive computer programming and system application development experience. He has held a Top Secret/SCI clearance. He was appointed for and completed two years of intensive graduate level studies in mathematics, statistics, computer science, and geodesy under the auspices of the Department of Defense.

Elana Freeland – Elana Freeland came of political age during the COINTELPRO decade of Vietnam, street riots, political assassinations, and all-night rap sessions about the downfall of the Establishment. Researching Sub Rosa America included discovering how deeply her US Navy father was enmeshed with the very military-industrial complex she was writing about, and like the characters in the book, learning how every major event and personality in the United States political establishment over the past forty years is tied in one way or another to the assassination of John F. Kennedy in Dallas.

She has a BA in creative writing and wrote her Master’s thesis on historiography. Besides ghostwriting books on a variety of subjects, she has just finished a book on chemtrails and HAARP for Feral House Press

Billy Hayes- Billy Hayes, a good friend of the show, is known in Geo-Engineering circles as the “HAARP Man,” as Billy helped design, engineer and implement the well-known, HAARP Project.

Cover image credit: SeashellGypsy

Zionists, War, Election Madness, Southeast Horror, and Longshoreman Strike Happening Simultaneously!

by Gary D. Barnett
October 2, 2023

“Maybe you’re just wandering around out here with your thumb up your ass, waiting for some answer that might let you off the hook.”

~ Peter Matthiessen, In Paradise

The only thing I believe is not to believe, but to know. Believe nothing coming from the government or media, trust nothing without extreme scrutiny, accept that nothing is accidental or coincidental, and that everything happens for a reason, and therefore is planned in advance and by design. To live in this manner is eye-opening, and lends itself to a life protected by sanity and critical thinking. Without this attitude, one is subject to every form of propaganda, due to a dependence on seeking a false reality based upon the opinions of others. This is merely a recipe for an enslaved tyranny.

What a life of governance comes down to is simply a State-sanctioned complicity of terror necessary in order to control the masses. The more chaos created, the more plotted risks at hand, the easier it becomes to rule the herd. Simultaneous threats coming from every angle will confuse the crowd, allowing for unsettled and unbridled havoc; upsetting the entirety of the natural order of things to such an extent as to even further divide this ignorant, weak, and pathetic population.

Most everything happening today is intimately tied together. These seemingly separate events all coincide with the evil agendas of the State and its ruling cabal. The evil Zionists, with their owned and controlled U.S. government partner, are committing genocide against the Palestinians, but at the same time are attacking Lebanon, aggressively I might add, all with U.S. funding and collusion. The same is true of the Ukraine fiasco, with both being used to transfer tens of billions of dollars to the so-called ‘elite’ through extensive money-laundering means, and wealth transfers to the monsters in power. Because of this insane aggression, Iran has begun an attack against Israel, a defensive position I might add, and this could lead to at least a vast regional war in the Mideast that will affect all of you. This is exactly what the Zionists wanted, and if the U.S. physically joins in this war, there will be no end to the slaughter and risk involved.

At the same time, the so-called U.S. ‘election’ cycle is coming to a head in one month, which could cause domestic chaos at levels never seen, allowing for more control measures by this heinous government, including partial or massive martial law controls over large swaths of this country. In essence, this could lead to domestic and international war concurrently, causing unrest in an already fragile atmosphere due to many other connecting factors.

Hurricane Helene, a storm that was almost certainly created, guided, and enhanced in order to destroy large portions of the Southeast U.S., fits in perfectly with the destruction of food sources sought by the globalists, the fake ‘climate change’ agenda, elimination of farming causing huge shortages, supply line disruption, an insurance implosion, famine, and the destruction of vital resources necessary for day to day life. All this is happening just after the abominable U.N, with the consent of 193 countries, (governments) just put forth its evil “Pact for the Future,” all based on using manipulated weather events as a springboard to restrict, control, and regulate the globe based on fake ’emergency’ events.

At the same time, the entire East coast and Gulf regions, are facing a dockworker’s strike that could literally shut down much of the country’s ability to get food and vital goods delivered, all during the total chaos specifically created by this piece of shit government, its corporations, its banks, its military, and all the involved partnered State bureaucracies. Remember, all of what I am describing, and this is only a partial list, is happening in tandem, and each piece of this puzzle is completely connected, which did not happen by accident.

While all this is going on at the same time, the threat of more bogus ‘viruses’ and ‘pandemics,’ are being floated as imminent in the near future, which could lead to, and during these insane times of total madness, more lockdowns, restrictions, poisonous bioweapon injections, job loss, and bans on travel. All of this and much more is certainly possible given the monumental challenges facing so many already, with more madness to come.

We are also just one step away from full digitization of currency in all aspects of the financial system, this due to the quantity of complicit and connecting tragedies being purposely foisted on all at the same time. The State needs assumed multiple threats and catastrophes, so that the sheep will accept any and every mandate and order from the ruling class so as to get government stipends for goods and services, and permission to simply exist without constant extreme harassment or worse during the coming chaos.

In just the past few days, the infrastructure in a large portion of the U.S. has been completely decimated, communications, utilities, and internet have been destroyed or shut down, food and fuel are non-existent in much of the Southeast, and the rest of the country will be unable to get the food and goods necessary due to the very suspicious timing of the dock workers strike that coincides perfectly with all the panic consuming so many.

As I write this, there are multiple reports of Bank of America customers not being able to access their accounts, or if possible to access, many are showing zero balances, with the disclaimer that balances cannot currently be seen. I hope all of you try to understand the scope of, the complicity, the timing, the collusion, and the conspiratorial nature of all this simultaneous madness. This once again is not accidental, and I hope you are prepared for any and every possible inconvenience, aggression, and dire threat awaiting to be released on the masses during this insane assault on humanity.

“The reason it is difficult is that we have been conditioned to laugh at conspiracy theories, and few people will risk public ridicule by advocating them. On the other hand, to endorse the accidental view is absurd. Almost all of history is an unbroken trail of one conspiracy after another. Conspiracies are the norm, not the exception.”

~ G. Edward Griffin

Reference links:

UN Pact for the Future

How to steer hurricanes

Longshore Union threatens to cripple the U.S.

Bank of America down

Iran and Israel declare war

North Carolina (and the entire Southeast) damage far underestimated

Connect with Gary D. Barnett substack | website

Cover image credit: TungArt7

America Is Falling Apart: Our National Priorities Are in Dire Need of Restructuring

By John & Nisha Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute
October 02, 2024

“You don’t need a weatherman to know which way the wind blows.”

~ Bob Dylan

A water main breaks every two minutes somewhere in the U.S., resulting in contaminated drinking supplies and boil water notices.

One out of three bridges in the U.S. needs repair, endangering hundreds of millions of commuters. More than 42,000 bridges across the country, carrying about 167 million vehicles each day, are in disrepair.

It is estimated that 300 million people could face power outages across the United States between 2024 and 2028, due in large part to widespread power grid failures.

No wonder U.S. infrastructure received a C- on the Infrastructure Report Card.

America is falling apart.

Collapsing bridges, buckling roads, overheated railways, deteriorating power lines, contaminated water lines, outdated public transportation, overtaxed power grids, aging ports and waterways, unsafe tunnels and highways, and spotty or insufficient telecommunications assets are all becoming frequent hallmarks of the American way of life.

If the nation is woefully unprepared to deal with climate disasters such as floods, hurricanes, wildfires, and droughts, despite the hundreds of millions of taxpayer dollars that have been pledged to shore up the nation’s infrastructure problems, it is because politicians across the political spectrum have failed us.

The devastation wrought by Hurricane Helene makes this failure by the government to put the needs of the American people first painfully evident. Entire towns are under water. Roadways have collapsed or are otherwise impassable. Potable water is scarce. More than 1.5 million households are still without power.

Clearly, our national priorities need to be re-examined.

While the politicians play partisan games with our tax dollars, the nation’s critical infrastructure—both the physical foundations of the nation and the figurative foundations of our freedoms—continues to be neglected and deprioritized in favor of grandstanding, bloated military budgets on endless wars abroad, foreign aid to shore up the infrastructure and military defenses of international allies, and all manner of graft and pork barrel spending.

When all is said and done, the bread-and-circus distractions and sleight-of-hand political theater being trotted out in order to keep Americans distracted, deluded, amused, and insulated from the government’s steady encroachments on our freedoms adds nothing of real value to the lives of the average American.

It’s time to fix what’s broken in this country.

For starters, we need an overhaul of the nation’s infrastructure.

According to Time magazine, “Throughout the country, millions of Americans don’t have access to or can’t afford broadband internet service. In excess of 2 million people live without running water or basic plumbing. For too long, the American public has had to carry on while these deficiencies have gone unattended. The political will has been weak or inattentive, the rewards too far removed from electoral advantage.”

In other words, the politicians who dance to the tune of the oligarchic elite aren’t motivated to do anything about our failing infrastructure because they get nothing out of it: no votes, no money, no power.

This isn’t about whether the Republicans or Democrats have better policies.

Indeed, both parties’ priorities are disconcertingly alike: both parties support endless war, engage in out-of-control spending, ignore the citizenry’s basic rights, have no respect for the rule of law, are bought and paid for by Big Business, care most about their own power, and have a long record of expanding government and shrinking liberty.

This is about the plight of the American people who continue to be treated like a permanent underclass.

Anyone who believes that this presidential election will bring about any real change in how the American government does business is either incredibly naive, woefully out-of-touch, or oblivious to the fact that as an in-depth Princeton University study shows, we now live in an oligarchy that is “of the rich, by the rich and for the rich.”

When a country spends close to $10 billion to select what is, for all intents and purposes, a glorified homecoming king or queen to occupy the White House, while 38 million of its people live in poverty, and nearly 7 million Americans are out of work, and more than 600,000 Americans are homeless, that’s a country whose priorities are out of step with the needs of its people.

Overhauling the nation’s infrastructure will take a significant amount of money, which won’t happen as long as the U.S. government continues to fund the military industry complex and its voracious appetite for endless wars.

James Madison was right: “No nation could preserve its freedom in the midst of continual warfare.” As Madison explained, “Of all the enemies to public liberty war is, perhaps, the most to be dreaded because it comprises and develops the germ of every other. War is the parent of armies; from these proceed debts and taxes… known instruments for bringing the many under the domination of the few.”

We are seeing this play out before our eyes.

The government is destabilizing the economy, destroying the national infrastructure through neglect and a lack of resources, and turning taxpayer dollars into blood money with its endless wars, drone strikes and mounting death tolls.

The American Empire is approaching a breaking point.

This is exactly the scenario President Dwight D. Eisenhower warned against when he cautioned the citizenry not to let the profit-driven war machine endanger our liberties or democratic processes. Eisenhower, who served as Supreme Commander of the Allied forces in Europe during World War II, was alarmed by the rise of the profit-driven war machine that, in order to perpetuate itself, would have to keep waging war.

Yet as Eisenhower recognized, the consequences of allowing the military-industrial complex to wage war, exhaust our resources and dictate our national priorities are beyond grave:

“Every gun that is made, every warship launched, every rocket fired signifies, in the final sense, a theft from those who hunger and are not fed, those who are cold and are not clothed. This world in arms is not spending money alone. It is spending the sweat of its laborers, the genius of its scientists, the hopes of its children. The cost of one modern heavy bomber is this: a modern brick school in more than 30 cities. It is two electric power plants, each serving a town of 60,000 population. It is two fine, fully equipped hospitals. It is some 50 miles of concrete highway. We pay for a single fighter with a half million bushels of wheat. We pay for a single destroyer with new homes that could have housed more than 8,000 people. This, I repeat, is the best way of life to be found on the road the world has been taking. This is not a way of life at all, in any true sense. Under the cloud of threatening war, it is humanity hanging from a cross of iron.”

We failed to heed Eisenhower’s warning.

The illicit merger of the armaments industry and the government that Eisenhower warned against has come to represent perhaps the greatest threat to the nation today.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, this is how tyranny rises and freedom falls.

If we are to have any hope of restoring both the structural and freedom foundations of this nation, we’ll need to start by getting our priorities in order, and that means focusing on what really matters: shoring up our battered Bill of Rights and investing in the American homeland.

Connect with John Whitehead

Cover image credit: Mediamodifier

Covid Vaccines Associated With ALL Cases of Heart Inflammation in Children in a Large UK Health Dataset

by Sasha Latypova, Due Diligence and Art
October 1, 2024

This paper has been published in peer review.

Conclusions of this observational study in ~800K children and adolescents in the UK: covid vaccines had no efficacy and were associated with ALL cases of myocarditis and pericarditis! Anyone injecting kids with this garbage is simply poisoning them for no reason at all. You can read for yourself:

OpenSAFELY: Effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccination in children and adolescents

Colm D Andrews[1] , Edward P K Parker[2] , Elsie Horne[4] , Venexia Walker[4] , Tom Palmer[4] , Andrea L Schaffer[1] , Amelia CA Green[1] , Helen J Curtis[1] , Alex J Walker[1] , Lucy Bridges[1] , Christopher Wood[1] , Victoria Speed[1] , Christopher Bates[3] , Jonathan Cockburn[3] , John Parry[3] , Amir Mehrkar[1] , Brian MacKenna[1], Sebastian CJ Bacon[1] , Ben Goldacre[1] , Miguel A Hernan[5] , Jonathan AC Sterne[4] , The OpenSAFELY Collaborative, and William J Hulme[1] .

[1]Bennett Institute for Applied Data Science, Nuffield Department of Primary Care Health Sciences, University of Oxford, OX2 6GG, UK

[2] London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, UK

[3] TPP, TPP House, 129 Low Lane, Horsforth, Leeds, LS18 5PX, UK

[4] Population Health Sciences, University of Bristol, Oakfield House, Oakfield Grove, Bristol, BS8 2BN, UK

[5] Departments of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Boston, MA 02115

Abstract:

Background Children and adolescents in England were offered BNT162b2 as part of the national COVID-19 vaccine roll out from September 2021. We assessed the safety and effectiveness of first and second dose BNT162b2 COVID-19 vaccination in children and adolescents in England.

Methods:

With the approval of NHS England, we conducted an observational study in the OpenSAFELY-TPP database, including a) adolescents aged 12-15 years, and b) children aged 5-11 years and comparing individuals receiving i) first vaccination with unvaccinated controls and ii) second vaccination to single-vaccinated controls. We matched vaccinated individuals with controls on age, sex, region, and other important characteristics. Outcomes were positive SARS-CoV-2 test (adolescents only); COVID-19 A&E attendance; COVID-19 hospitalisation; COVID-19 critical care admission; COVID-19 death, with non-COVID-19 death and fractures as negative control outcomes and A&E attendance, unplanned hospitalisation, pericarditis, and myocarditis as safety outcomes.

Results:

Amongst 820,926 previously unvaccinated adolescents, the incidence rate ratio (IRR) for positive SARS-CoV-2 test comparing vaccination with no vaccination was 0.74 (95% CI 0.72-0.75), although the 20-week risks were similar. The IRRs were 0.60 (0.37-0.97) for COVID-19 A&E attendance, 0.58 (0.38-0.89) for COVID-19 hospitalisation, 0.99 (0.93-1.06) for fractures, 0.89 (0.87- 0.91) for A&E attendances and 0.88 (0.81-0.95) for unplanned hospitalisation. Amongst 441,858 adolescents who had received first vaccination IRRs comparing second dose with first dose only were 0.67 (0.65-0.69) for positive SARS-CoV-2 test, 1.00 (0.20-4.96) for COVID-19 A&E attendance, 0.60 (0.26-1.37) for COVID-19 hospitalisation, 0.94 (0.84-1.05) for fractures, 0.93 (0.89-0.98) for A&E attendance and 0.99 (0.86-1.13) for unplanned hospitalisation. Amongst 283,422 previously unvaccinated children and 132,462 children who had received a first vaccine dose, COVID-19-related outcomes were too rare to allow IRRs to be estimated precisely. A&E attendance and unplanned hospitalisation were slightly higher after first vaccination (IRRs versus no vaccination 1.05 (1.01- 1.10) and 1.10 (0.95-1.26) respectively) but slightly lower after second vaccination (IRRs versus first dose 0.95 (0.86-1.05) and 0.78 (0.56-1.08) respectively). There were no COVID-19-related deaths in any group. Fewer than seven (exact number redacted) COVID-19-related critical care admissions occurred in the adolescent first dose vs unvaccinated cohort.

Among both adolescents and children, myocarditis and pericarditis were documented only in the vaccinated groups, with rates of 27 and 10 cases/million after first and second doses respectively. Conclusion BNT162b2 vaccination in adolescents reduced COVID-19 A&E attendance and hospitalisation, although these outcomes were rare. Protection against positive SARS-CoV-2 tests was transient.

“Myocarditis and pericarditis ONLY in vaccinated”

“Protection against a positive TEST – transient”

you read this correctly!

Connect with Sasha Latypova

Cover image credit: fujikama

How to Steer Hurricanes, Flood Homes, and Steal Lithium

The lithium rich mines in North Carolina and the thieves who occupy government 

by Greg Reese, The Reese Report
October 1, 2024



Video available at Reese Report, Rumble

We have had the technology to create, control, and steer hurricanes for decades.

“Project Cirrus is the first Official attempt to modify a hurricane. It was run by General Electric with the support of the US military. The official theory was that by changing the temperature outside the eye-wall of a hurricane, which they did by seeding the clouds with various compounds such as silver iodide, a decrease in strong winds will result.

On October 13, 1947, Project Cirrus targeted a hurricane heading out to sea. Approximately 180 pounds of dry ice was dropped into the clouds. The crew then reported a “pronounced modification of the cloud deck”. And the hurricane abruptly changed direction and made landfall near Savannah, Georgia. The public blamed the government.

Irving Langmuir, who pioneered General Electric’s atmospheric research department, and admired that the project was about learning how to weaponize the weather, also claimed the reversal of the hurricane had been caused by the project, but the government denied it for twelve years.

After a short delay, the project officially continued. And in 1965, Project Stormfury had targeted Hurricane Betsy for seeding. On that day the storm immediately changed direction and made landfall in Southern Florida. Congress blamed it on Project Stormfury but the government claimed that the hurricane changed direction before they ever had a chance to seed it. And after two months of Congressional hearings, the project was allowed to continue.”

~ Reese Report “Weather Weaponization and Hurricane Ian”

In 1997, U.S. Defense Secretary William Cohen admitted we have the technology to control the weather, including earthquakes and volcanoes. The U.S. government has placed gag orders on employees of the national weather service.

In October of 2012, after Hurricane Sandy weakened to a tropical storm, microwave imagery shows a thick red beam immediately followed by Sandy growing into a category 1 hurricane and taking ain unexplained “left Turn” into New Jersey.

The push towards alternative energy demands more lithium. And according to the U.S. Geological Survey, the United States has over 6 million tons of identified lithium resources. The majority of this lithium has been identified in Kings Mountain, North Carolina. Kings Mountain is believed to have one of the largest resources in the world. But the biggest problem is that people live there. And they don’t want their quiet towns turned into lithium mines.

“People in Cherryville have been pushing against a proposed lithium mine for the last several years, but everyone we spoke with here said it’s too divisive of an issue to share their opinion on camera. Cherryville is a small, quiet town.”
~ Local news reporter

“I think it’s good that we keep it small.”
~ Anonymous resident

“So quiet, many don’t feel comfortable speaking out against Piedmont Lithium’s proposed mining operation nearby.”
~ Local news reporter

“I think we’re a silent majority. I think a lot of people are afraid to say anything about it because they are bringing a lot to the town as far as money.”
~ Anonymous resident

Last year, the Department of Defense entered a ninety-million-dollar agreement with Albemarle Corporation to increase domestic production of lithium for the nation’s battery supply chain. Specifically, from Kings Mountain, North Carolina starting by 2025.

This is the same area experiencing what is being described as biblical floods.

While the Federal government spends billions on foreign wars and illegal immigrants, they simply can not be bothered with the health and well-being of the American people. Especially those living on coveted mineral rich land.

Connect with Greg Reese

Hurricane Helene and Frequency Transmissions, 90 Second Alert

by Dane Wigington, GeoEngineering Watch
September 28, 2024

Watch at Dane Wigington YouTube

Transcript:

Was Hurricane Helene’s path and behavior just the result of natural processes and climate patterns, or was it manipulated?

The circular blue flashes seen in this video are frequency transmissions from the NEXRAD network of transmitter installations.

All available science evidence makes clear that atmospheric frequency transmissions can and do have a repelling effect on air masses, especially if and when the air masses have been seated with electrically-conductive nanoparticles.

The brighter the blue flash from a frequency transmission installation, the more pronounced and powerful the repelling effect on any air mass or storm in the vicinity will be.

Where there are no blue flashes, there is no transmission, thus no repelling effect, thus no resistance for a migrating storm.

Translation: a migrating storm will be hindered from moving toward frequency transmissions and will easily migrate in a direction with no transmissions.

So again I ask, was Hurricane Helene’s path and behavior just an act of nature or was it engineered?

You decide.

Connect with Dane Wigington at GeoEngineering Watch

Cover image credit: pixabay 

Breaking: Fluoride in Water Poses ‘Unreasonable Risk’ to Children, Federal Judge Rules

A federal judge rejected the EPA’s argument that the exact level at which fluoride is hazardous is too unclear to determine if the chemical presents an unreasonable risk, and ruled the agency must take regulatory action.

by Brenda Baletti, Ph.D., The Defender
September 25, 2024

In a decision that could end the practice of water fluoridation in the U.S., a federal judge late Tuesday ruled that water fluoridation at current U.S. levels poses an “unreasonable risk” of reduced IQ in children.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) can no longer ignore that risk, and must take regulatory action, Judge Edward Chen of the U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California wrote in the long-awaited landmark decision.

More than 200 million Americans drink water treated with fluoride at the “optimal” level of 0.7 milligrams per liter (mg/L). However, Chen ruled that a preponderance of scientific evidence shows this level of fluoride exposure may damage human health, particularly that of pregnant mothers and young children.

The verdict delivers a major blow to the EPA, public health agencies like the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and professional lobbying groups like the American Dental Association (ADA), which have staked their reputations on the claim that water fluoridation is one of the greatest public health achievements of the 20th century and an unqualified public good.

Fluoride proponents refused to reexamine that stance despite mounting scientific evidence from top researchers and government agencies of fluoride’s neurotoxic risks, particularly for infants’ developing brains.

Instead, they attempted to weaken and suppress the research and discredit the scientists carrying it out.

Rick North, board member of Fluoride Action Network, one of the plaintiffs in the lawsuit, told The Defender, “What’s false is the CDC claiming that fluoridation is one of the 10 greatest health achievements of the 20th century. What’s true is that ending fluoridation will be one of the 10 greatest health achievements of the 21st century.”

“The judge did what EPA has long refused to do, and that is to apply the EPA standard risk assessment framework to fluoride,” said Michael Connett, attorney for the plaintiffs. “In so doing, the court has shown that the widespread exposure to fluoride that we now have in the United States is unreasonably and precariously close to the levels that we know cause harm.”

The EPA can appeal Tuesday’s decision. The agency told The Defender it is reviewing the decision and has no comment at this time. The U.S. Department of Justice, which represents the EPA in the lawsuit, also said it has no comment.

EPA’s argument ‘not persuasive’

The ruling concludes a historic lawsuit — one that has dragged on for seven years — brought against the EPA by environmental and consumer advocacy organizations like the Fluoride Action Network, Moms Against Fluoridation and Food & Water Watch, along with individual parents and children.

It is the first lawsuit to go to a federal trial under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), as amended by Congress in 2016. The TSCA allows U.S. citizens to petition the EPA to evaluate whether a chemical presents an unreasonable risk to public health and should be regulated.

If the EPA denies a TSCA citizen petition — which the agency did when the plaintiffs asked it to reexamine water fluoridation in 2016 — the petitioners are entitled to a “de novo” judicial review of the science without the deference to the agency typically afforded it in legal cases.

Chen’s 80-page ruling, issued six months after closing arguments in February, offers a careful and detailed articulation of the EPA’s review process for chemicals that pose a hazard to human health and evaluates and summarizes the extensive scientific data presented at trial.

Chen wrote, “EPA’s own expert agrees that fluoride is hazardous at some level.” He cited a key report issued by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) National Toxicology Program (NTP), which undertook a systematic review of all available scientific research at the time of publication.

The report “concluded that fluoride is indeed associated with reduced IQ in children, at least at exposure levels at or above 1.5 mg/L,” Chen wrote.

The NTP also reported that although there are technical challenges to measuring fluoride’s toxic effects at low levels, “scientists have observed a statistically significant association between fluoride and adverse effects in children even at such ‘lower’ exposure levels,” Chen wrote.

He said that despite recognizing that fluoride is hazardous, the EPA’s defense rested largely on the fact that the exact level at which it is hazardous is too unclear for the agency to determine whether the chemical presents an unreasonable risk.

This argument is “not persuasive,” Chen wrote.

Pregnant women exposed to fluoride in water at levels exceeding the hazard level

The EPA requires a margin of error by a factor of at least 10 to exist between the hazard level for a toxin and the acceptable human exposure level. “Put differently, only an exposure that is below 1/10th of the hazard level would be deemed safe under Amended TSCA, given the margin of error required,” Chen wrote.

That means that even if the hazard level were 4 mg/L — well above the 1.5 mg/L identified by the NTP — the safe level of fluoride exposure would be 0.4 mg/L, well below the current “optimal” fluoride level in the U.S., Chen wrote.

The much lower probable hazard level established by high-quality studies indicates that many pregnant women in the U.S. are already exposed to fluoride in water at levels exceeding the hazard level.

“Under even the most conservative estimates of this level, there is not enough of a margin between the accepted hazard level and the actual human exposure levels to find that fluoride is safe,” Chen concluded.

“Simply put, the risk to health at exposure levels in United States drinking water is sufficiently high to trigger regulatory response by the EPA under Amended TSCA.”

The law dictates that the EPA must take regulatory action, but it does not specify what that action has to be. EPA regulatory actions can range from notifying the public of risks to banning chemicals.

Philippe Grandjean, M.D., Ph.D., adjunct professor in environmental health at Harvard and chair of environmental medicine at the University of Southern Denmark, top researcher on fluoride’s neurotoxicity and expert witness for plaintiffs in the case told The Defender he thought the court’s decision was “well-justified.”

He said the ruling made it incumbent on the EPA to go beyond simply ending water fluoridation.

“EPA will have to consider what to do in the southwestern parts of the country where the fluoride content of groundwater is too high due to minerals in the soil containing fluoride,” he said. “And then there is the question about ingestion of toothpaste.”

The CDC and the ADA did not immediately respond to The Defender’s request for comment.

More than 70 years of controversy

For more than seven decades, U.S. public health officials have steadfastly supported water fluoridation, claiming the practice is a key strategy for maintaining and improving dental health.

Proponents of water fluoridation, with help from the mainstream press, often attempted to cast those questioning fluoride’s benefits and raising concerns about its safety as conspiracy theorists.

The EPA in 1975 recommended adding fluoride to water at an optimal level of 1.2 mg/L for its dental benefits, but recommended a maximum level of 4 mg/L, the ruling said.

As more evidence has emerged about fluoride’s adverse health effects, including skeletal fluorosis, recommended levels were revised.

Surgeon General Vivek Murthy, officially lowered the recommended dosage for water fluoridation in 2015 from 0.7-1.2 mg/L to 0.7 mg/L after considering “adverse health effects” along with alleged benefits.

However, evidence that fluoride poses a neurotoxic risk has existed for decades.

In 2017, after the EPA rejected their citizen petition to end fluoridation of drinking water in the U.S. based on evidence of health risks, namely neurotoxicity, the plaintiffs filed the lawsuit.

A seven-day trial took place in federal court in San Francisco in June 2020, but Chen put the proceedings on hold pending the release of the NTP’s systematic review of research available on the neurotoxic effects of fluoride.

The NTP sought to publish its report — which consisted of a “state of the science” monograph and a meta-analysis — in May 2022, but dental officials at the CDC and the National Institutes of Health National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research pressured HHS Assistant Secretary for Health Rachel Levine to prevent the review from being published.

The ADA also sought to suppress the report.

Levine told the NTP to not publish the report but to put it on hold and allow for further review.

Plaintiffs submitted documents obtained via the Freedom of Information Act exposing this intervention to the court. The revelation prompted Chen to rule that the trial should go forward using the draft report from the NTP.

The trial resumed in January in San Francisco, with arguments presented over the course of two weeks.

The NTP’s monograph was finalized and published last month on its website. The meta-analysis is forthcoming in a peer-reviewed journal.

Connett said that Congress created the citizen petition provision in TSCA as a counterweight to bureaucratic lethargy and as a check on the EPA.

The statute, he said, is a powerful tool for overcoming politicized science.

“When science becomes fossilized in political inertia, the citizen petition provision of TSCA is a very powerful tool for citizens,” Connett said. “Through this case, we have been able to effectuate what Congress had envisioned with this part of the statute.”

Connect with The Defender, Children’s Health Defense

Cover image credit: Myriams-Fotos

The Transhumanist, Anti-Natural-Life Agenda: What Is CERN Really About? Whose Civilization Is This? What Is the Purpose of These Parasites Who Seem to Control This World?

“So the world we live in, we have to rewrite it according to how we gradually understand it now.

“It is our world, not their world. And we have to write it in a human code.

“But this is their civilization. It is only when we realize that, that we start our year zero of civilization, and we start to write our history.”

~

“We don’t really know anything about ourselves and what we’re doing here.

So when we start to see things this way, then we can open the windows… that the truth can come in, through.”

~ José Luis Sevillano

Truth Comes to Light editor’s note:

For those of you who, like me, have always found themselves observing from a place mostly “off the map” and seeking to understand more about the nature of our perceived reality, this video conversation hosted by La Quinta Columna will likely interest you.

I’m going to make a brief comment here about Dr. José Luis Sevillano’s speculations about the connection between Switzerland’s gold and CERN…

Last night I was listening to a man speak about the strange events in 1933 in the US wherein all “citizens” were directed to turn in their gold. It dawned on him, as he studied the financial history of what has now come to be known as the United States, that historically gold has been given to conquerors as tribute when a new power steps in (and a bowing down to or submission to this “authority”).

There is a lot of speculation about the events during that time and who intended what. It’s clear that our ancestors who were already living on these lands and those who came here seeking a freer life, were coerced, brutally forced, as well as bamboozled into consenting to be governed. And that somehow the clever pro-freedom word-spells led them to imagine that being governed could somehow equate to being free.

This mention of gold, for me, also brought to mind the stories of Annunaki and humans as enslaved gold miners. Michael Tellinger is one who has a lot to share about that topic. Listen to the video or read the transcript below to hear about José Luis’ speculation related to gold.

There is so much discussed in this latest by La Quinta Columna: control of humans and all life via frequency and induced thoughts, that strange project known as CERN, the creepy centuries-old connections between the various central global control locations and organizations, so-called aliens, underground bases and tunnels, the inversion of so much knowledge, the need to completely rewrite human history, and much more. 

La Quinta Columna has always had the courage and intelligence to look deeper into what is unfolding around us. They don’t have all the answers but, since the start of the “covid” global-spell, they have consistently pointed out clues to what might be happening, have asked essential questions that few even thought to ask, and have continued to challenge prevailing narratives in the mainstream and in the “alternative” spheres of influence.

I’ve prepared some show notes, excerpts and partial transcript, which can be found below the video. Reference links and explanations are for the benefit of readers who aren’t familiar with some of the words used in the video. About half way through the video, instead of full transcript, key excerpts and bullet points are shared. I simply ran out of time to complete a full transcript. Any errors in the transcript are mine. 

As always, this is provided in the spirit of conversation for those of us who have freed ourselves to question everything.

This is all about the questions and exploring ideas, not about creating or adopting rigid belief systems about how things are. It is also not about accepting whistleblower information as infallible. (None of us are infallible here. Not a one.) This is not about “believing” anything but is about questioning everything about our ourselves and about all that we perceive around us on all levels of perception. And it is about allowing the truth to come to light.

As always, no fear. We always have the power to find and stand in the eye of the storm, stay in peace and trust life on its deepest, often unseen, levels. 

~ Kathleen

The E-Factor: Interview with Dr. Astrid Stückelberger and La Quinta Columna

by La Quinta Columna
September 22, 2024

Video available at Odysee & Rumble

Show Notes & Transcript prepared by Truth Comes to Light:

Following an introduction to the Humania (Humanity) project which includes an overview of the key concepts to be discussed, Ricardo Delgado and Dr. José Luis Sevillano of La Quinta Columna, share conversation with Dr. Astrid Stückelberger.

Ricardo and José Luis speak in Spanish in this video. For the convenience of English-speaking listeners, their natural speech is covered by an English translation in a female voice. The video is available in Spanish at their various channels.

La Quinta Columna describes its work this way:

La Quinta columna is a movement of free thought, a website of reflection, of critical thinking of a creative nature, current news and dissemination of topics of interest apart from the current indiscriminate censura.

The fifth column has as its primary objective to show reality, however uncomfortable the truth may result from the nature of the events or news in which it participates, without being subject to damages and conflicts of economic, moral, ethical, political, religious interest, ideological or otherwise.

In the video shared below, Astrid speaks in English (not her first language).

Astrid is a scientist, researcher and teacher for 25 years at the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Geneva and Lausanne (Switzerland) who previously worked with the WHO on International Health Regulation (IHR) and public health emergency management between 2009 and 2013. She is now a whistleblower, exposing the WHO’s attempts to tighten control over its member states and the entire planet.

Transcript:

Introduction

The human being is in danger.

Everything that defines him as a species, such as his intelligence, his sensitivity, to his capacity for willful interaction with the environment, is at serious risk of being lost very soon and forever.

In fact, the process has already started, and only those who designed it, together with some of their implementers, know it.

La Quinta Columna, made up of free human beings from all over the planet, is on a mission to reveal to the world, the premeditated plan, that lies behind the events driving us in a near future to the integral loss of our very nature.

This project is the transhumanism, also called the fourth revolution.

Three characteristics define it. It’s universal, involuntary, and harmful.

It’s already being applied to us to all human beings, without our consent and with serious damage to our health, including death.

To this end, four parallel operations have been set in motion.

The health crisis, the deployment of artificial intelligence with its surface and satellite networks relying on supercomputers, the Ukrainian war with its political and economic consequences, and the climate change.

These four operations have a final objective to transhumanize a large part of our species within the shortest period of time.

From La Quinta Columna, we wish to bring together all human beings aware of this situation, in a movement of consciousness that we will call: Humania.

We don’t want any other thing than the awareness that we are in danger, and for that we offer you the evidence.

Everything starts from the optical microscope observation of the contents of the vaccines to be accepted very soon, if not enforced, upon the entire population.

What they contain is likely to form a brain-machine interface, and to be modulated from mobile phone antennas.

We have thus neuroscience developing an interface introduced by deception through trickery and coercion to all humanity, while implanting a whole planetary network of antennas with the collaboration of all governments in the world.

And on the other hand, a war and a climate change that will reset the economy, politics and our way of life to the point of ultimately subjecting them to the interests of transhumanism.

We don’t know who are the ones that are doing this to us. We don’t know what they’re trying to get by doing it, but they’re doing it.

A large part of humanity is collaborating in its own destruction, and does not know it.

Humania has arrived for the whole world to know. We want to stay being humans. We want to live in harmony with our ecosystems and with our fellow human beings. We want to take advantage of all our scientific technological knowledge, to put an end to diseases and misery in the world.

But they will never allow it.

Humania will help us defend what we are and what we want to be. It is the hour of humanity. Help us let the world know. Humania. [Humanity]

Ricardo Delgado:

Hello and good morning. Welcome to this meeting, this talk, conversation with La Quinta Columna.

And obviously we have Dr. José Luis Sevillano with us and also Dr. Astrid Stückelberger, who is our special guest because we want to talk about a series of subjects that we think are of great importance for the development and the future events with regards to human beings.

So we’re going to be partial in this meeting and we can talk freely because probably later we will edit some parts that they otherwise be censored by the official narrative and has to do with everything to do with the message.

So just to put this in context, Astrid, you know the empirical scientific result of the first part of La Quinta Columna’s research.

And at a certain moment in time we opened up to the energy paradigm in order to look into another series of entities that were purely energetic in nature.

And just to summarize, basically we have reached the conclusion that this type of entities direct or govern the world. They govern our civilization and they’ve been doing this forever. And quite possibly they also did this with older humanities that they’ve already resetted.

So in this respect, one of the subjects that we would like to touch upon is everything to do with the CERN, the European Organization for Nuclear Research, based in Switzerland.

I’m not giving anything any new news because they might say that they’re going to discover the famous “God particle” or the boson. But quite obviously that is not its purpose, that famous physics laboratory that is located in Switzerland.

And so based on our research, we have come to the conclusion that this type of entity needs two types of energy, either to be able to survive or to feed themselves.

They prey on the human being.

And one of them is geo-energies, i.e. energies that are within or on the planet with a high magnetic content, or an electromagnetic content in an artificial fashion.

And bio-energies, which they extract from human beings in this case.

Even from animals. And this, therefore, leads to everything that we know about sacrifices or history.

It would appear that the CERN was founded in 1954 as a big physics laboratory, where the so-called logistical deployment and the economic deployment was to find the famous “God particle”.

And that is everything that they tell us. But quite clearly, that is not its purpose.

And we very much suspect that all of this has to do with food, energy, energetic food to these entities, i.e. these people, within this terraforming of the planet, they are generating the conditions that are suitable for a very probable appearance.

And so, therefore, what we would like to know is what it is you’ve been able to discover about the CERN, any information you might have, and probably amongst us all, we may be able to gain some more knowledge about all of this.

Perhaps José Luis would like to add something before you take the floor?

José Luis:

Well, I actually will wait until Astrid has spoken, because I have an idea that’s just come to me in the last few days that will surprise, I think, surprise people.

I mean, I think everything we’re living through is like a book almost, a novel, and I believe that the CERN, which is located in a mountainous area in Switzerland with underground tunnels, right next to the biggest gold deposits in the world, maybe there’s a manufacturing of a huge coil with a high level of conductivity, which is probably manufactured with gold.

And quite possibly these people are using the gold from the reserves of the Swiss banks, that they’ve accumulated since this existed, in order to generate a very high level field that allows them to exist. Not in an entry portal, but rather it allows for their existence in our medium in conditions that are kept very secret.

And this has to do maybe with the satanic ceremonies and the inauguration of the [?] facility, which is not far from the CERN, and all those tunnels that are being… exist in all directions underground in Switzerland towards Zürich and Bern.

And that… this country is plagued with tunnels. And it’s probably the only country out of all the countries around it that has maintained, even in the most awful wars throughout the last few centuries, they’ve maintained these tunnels to maintain the reserves of goodness-knows-what down there.

So, for many centuries now, it is a place that accumulates its gold as countries in Latin America did.

So gold is being accumulated underground, such as the [?] out there in Peru. It’s called the Golden Chamber.

And so those golds have existed everywhere. Energy entities, and like this, they can generate big electromagnetic fields.

So we’re not seeing a portal through where they can come in and out, but rather a condition — well, they need that energy and they generate that energy with those elements that they find.

And so they are quite clever. And they find these precious metals. And they make human beings accumulate these metals so that we work on devices that we think are for a certain purpose, but they’re actually for another purpose.

And so it’s another trap that they use so that we can work for them without actually knowing what for. And like this, we can condition the medium in which they can survive very nicely.

So to go to the CERN, to the 15-minute cities, is a question of power and electromagnetic…

And we see what they’re doing with our density in all these electromagnetic fields all over the world. And this will continue to be the case.

But the fact that they’re talking about the CERN — this is one of the main mysteries that exist — means that we are touching upon something — the existence of these beings amongst us — and we are discovering the reality.

And probably you, as you’re in Switzerland and are in touch with people who have worked on this, you may have been able to discover things that go along these same lines. And so it’s good for us to be able to exchange ideas.

Astrid:

Woah. Thank you very much, José Luis and Ricardo, for inviting me to this extraordinary approach to humanity, which is hidden to all of us. And I think that you’re the only one who goes so far.

And I’m very grateful, because I’ve always been very interested in going beyond and finding the power, scientific explanation, and metaphysical explanation to what we’re living. So we’re right here.

So about the CERN first, in Switzerland. I want to say that Switzerland — actually, you’re absolutely right. Switzerland is situated on a geo-biological apex of Europe.

It is the highest mountain is Monte Bianco that I see since 30 years from my window. And working with geo-biologists, the Monte Bianco and the mountains of Switzerland, from Zermatt — which is a pyramid, actually — and all the chain up to [?], are very powerful in the vortex of our electromagnetic earth field.

As we all know, free energy comes from the highest mountains down.

And so when I speak with people who understand energy, geo-energy, they say that Switzerland is a highly telleric¹, powerful plant.

And many have gone to study this in the mountains, in the highest mountain. And there’s even a person who gave me a book that I can show you.

You see, I can give it to you. [Astrid holds up a book titled “Genève – Mont-Blanc”] but it’s written by [Jacques ?], and he says Geneva Mont-Blanc, a very high planetary energy field — because of his feng shui, [?], sacred geometry, geomancy, geobiology.

So this is important to know that very often — it’s not just very often, it’s always — the satanic and the dark energy comes and positions itself, specifically in places where the high energy are.

You have Tibet, you have Maui, who was attacked, and etc.

So the CERN is no wonder that, in fact, the CERN is situated like a broadband from the Mont-Blanc down to Geneva. That’s how they explained it, those experts.

And they can measure that with their instruments of high frequency, low frequency, and above its scale, which was known since a long time. Merme Abbé [Abbé Mermet] — and it comes actually from a lot of monks who were very advanced.

But anyway, so you’re right, I never heard about this gold, but it makes completely sense why Switzerland has become the root of where even the CIA is based.

I have documents here. Ten reasons why Switzerland is home to the CIA, Central Intelligence Agency, is because all the UN agencies, the most important, are in Geneva. And the Bank, the International Bank of Settlement, which decides for the gold, for everything, is in Basel, which is Baal, where Stückenberger is from origin of Baal… So I’ve been interested in the story.

So this makes sense, I want to say energetically. Now, I’ll just give one more information.

So I was very interested in the CERN, and I had relations with them because they are part of the United Nations. Nobody knows this, but they have exactly the same type of documents and agreements.

It’s always the same thing referring to the International Court of Justice, the UN, and it was the history — dates just after the World War. You know, all the Nazis were in Switzerland, and they started rebuilding this UN Euro lab, and the Euro lab with CERN².

CERN is, it stands for European Council for Nuclear Research, but actually it was — the first resolution was in 1952 and 11 countries signed an agreement of provisional countries in 1953. And then more and more came. And then there was a convention. And then now, I mean, the United States is part of it, etc.

So they have a name CERN that refers to Cernunnos, which is the god of the deer, and you can go and look at the history of where it is situated.³

It is an altar of Appolyon [also spelled Apollyon] and this altar is actually a cult, a cult for evil.

And they are having cults… I had just last week, a French priest, exorcist, said that he was there when they have killed the baby on the altar of Shiva, this symbol that you see in CERN.

So I’m just taking case studies to exemplify things that are hidden to us. You can even see on YouTube a video of the CERN making their cult in the CERN.

So it is a very mysterious place, it’s a place where I have been for scientific collaboration for showing what they do at the UN Open Day. And I was always shocked to see very old officers. The museum is pitiful, like if they don’t do anything, like they’re all, you know, old presidents who don’t know how to decorate the buildings. And when you know what they’re doing, it’s absolutely crazy.

And I will say one more thing, and then we can discuss more in detail. I encountered — I’ve always been interested to meet those nuclear physicists. And I was in Portugal in 2016 for the kind of wedding dinner, and I was lucky enough to not be at a boring table, I was with two physicists, nuclear from the CERN.

So the whole dinner, I bombarded them with questions. And my key question was: how many dimensions do we have in this world. Because we know one, two, three, four, some say there are six. Michio Kaku says there are 11. But, in fact, they said 17. Very clearly.

And I said ‘is there an agreement with the whole CERN that there are 17 dimensions?’. He said ‘yes’. I said, ‘so where is it published?’. They couldn’t answer that. And I said ‘give me a proof’, (I’m making it short), but ‘give me a proof’. And they said that something extraordinary that happened.

And that’s when they said, (I might have said that before), but that’s when they said ‘well, we have a portal of the LHC, the Large Hadron Collider⁴, you know, where they put all our subatomic experiment, and they were sitting in front of that door. And they opened the LHC, and another being came out, and sat at the table.

And I said ‘what type of entity is that, what type of being?’. And they said ‘We can’t describe. We don’t know. We are just second-hand in the CERN, we know that.’

And then I said, ‘Well did it come back?’ And he said ‘Yes, they came back.’ And this being, it left a scarf. ‘What type of scarf?’. I was like very puzzled. And they had not more information, but they had that information in 2016.

And it’s confirmed now by the CERN agenda. Just to go and type the CERN research agenda and the director called Sergio Bertolucci. On 8th of April, when there was the eclipse, there was a whole, a big propaganda that the CERN was going to roll out their activity again with the Large Hadron Collider LHC.

And this director said in a report that he was expecting beings to come through the portal — entities, he said entities. He said the word entities. And he says that they’re exploring ways in which extra dimensional space and entities might interact with our own

That’s very important for what you’re doing.

The second thing is that the research agenda has different topics that we can go in details another time. It’s entities, extra dimensional dimension with entities coming in and out, portals. The other one is wormholes. The other one is black holes. Another one is space time change.

There are many others like that. All the things that nobody understands. It’s like you know micro lab at one point nobody understands, and space is exactly the same. So we are in front of something not normal, that nobody knows. And it’s great we can talk about it here.

Ricardo:

Well there is something very interesting in what you said because you’ve spoken in terms of inter-dimensional portals whereby these type of entities would come in and out.

For us, all of this is a kind of confusion. It’s there to confuse us, because they don’t need a portal to come in and out. What they need is electromagnetic density to be able to manifest themselves.

And CERN is not a portal. It is that electromagnetic density that is manifest probably through very strong magnets and electromagnetic fields.

And, in fact, in the introduction that you have done, yes, Mont Blanc, the mountain, the first condition is that it is a geomagnetic field of the energies that they need. And then the second thing, the bioenergy you referred to, you said that sacrifices are done there. So therefore they have the necessary conditions to be able to coexist.

I’m going to allow José Luis to take the floor now

José Luis:

Yes, the most innovative thing here, because what it’s all about is that lately we have a mindset in that inter-gloom there whereby we create a barrier in terms of all the concepts that they’ve conveyed to us from parascience or official science, and we try to look at things in a different way.

We try to think out of the box as it said. Because otherwise we’re managing incorrect concepts as they want us to do. Because we realize that the information comes from them. So we constantly place a shield around us.

In terms of the wormhole, for example, and the energy portal, in our opinion, we think these hide a trap. They try to induce that in our minds. And it’s because they actually come from other dimensions or elsewhere. That’s what they say.

Whereas we know that they govern everything. And what they’re doing is hiding themselves behind that idea, and that there are portals, that they come from elsewhere, so that we don’t realize that they actually live amongst us.

The difference from us is that we know that they are here and that they need an energy, and an extra contribution of energy to be able to manifest themselves, before our ability to perceive them.

And so, therefore, what we’re seeing lately is a global manifestation of these entities in our reality. And it could be called the apocalypsies or other religious terms because I’m sure they’ve manipulated those texts too.

But basically that translates into the idea that they are attempting to be present amongst us as they already were in the past, in older civilizations. And there’s ample proof of that in our own physical world with drawings of them, stories about them, carvings in stone.

So we know that these people were here and they were visible for older humanities and for us. There are certain cultures that have co-existed with us up until very recently in terms of millenniums.

So this CERN business, we believe, is part of one of the mysteries that hides their presence amongst us.

And the fact, as you quite rightly said, the fact that there are governmental bodies of a very high level means precisely — that confirms our hypothesis or our thesis that those people govern the world, and they need to be present in certain places from where they can govern our world.

And in fact, I haven’t taken a look but from the time in history where Switzerland started collecting gold, we need to know when those people then started locating themselves in that place in the world. Since when are they there and governing the world?

There were centers of the world elsewhere, but when did it go to the center of Europe and when did they start looking at the possibility of being able to create the necessary machinery to manifest themselves to us?

Ricardo:

José Luis, this business about gold, I think it’s because of the high conductivity it has. Is that right?

José Luis:

Yes, I’m not obviously a physics expert but gold is the third element with the highest conductivity I believe, whereas the micro circuits only use gold very occasionally in certain devices, giving it privilege over copper and other metals.

Now, why would they use only small amounts of gold in some circuits to give greater quality and rather than using it, maybe to make it not too expensive, these circuits — but maybe they’re hiding the fact that gold actually has a higher conductivity than other metals.

In fact, gold impregnates the walls of the tunnels of the Kongkancha,in Lima, in Peru and we know that it is full of energy entities of this nature — where they carried out sacrifices, and where they go have always come in and out, and they’ve been described in the Inca culture. So we know that they need gold and mercury, metals of high conductivity, to manifest themselves or to relate with us.

So the fact that gold is the third element in terms of conductivity and they gather it. It’s not a precious metal for us. It’s not us that say it’s a precious metal, vis-a-vis others. It’s them that say these are precious metals. And then we have to get it out of the mines and gather it, and consider it precious, and place it in certain places.

But if I had access to CERN and could find out what those coils were made out of, I’m sure there would be gold there. And it’s interesting to know that a huge coil might be impregnated or mixed,\, to be able to create an alloy or even pure gold that is next to the highest reserves of gold in the world.

It just seems like chance or random, but there’s no, it’s not by chance at all. And if we take into account the E-factor — which for us is that those that govern the world, that represent those who govern the world — that’s when we start to understand how the world works, why the CERN is in Switzerland, why everything is underground in tunnels.

So for us this is one of the many mysteries where we can look into this and discover what world we’re living in under this idea of the E-factor.

I don’t know if you’ve been able to read the book, Astrid, and whether you think these ideas might be true, but when you start looking at things in this light you see the economy, war, science, medicine in a totally different light.

Look, lately I’ve been drawing up a list of authors, famous writers, who have been parasitized, prayed upon by these beings to insert thoughts into human beings.

So even the culture that we’ve inherited from times back, they’ve actually taken possession of the authors and they have used them to convey messages.

So there’s no manifestation in our culture. It’s not their culture through ours. And we can’t know that what surrounds us is their world. It’s ours.

I just want to say that this is really a passionately interesting work of fiction. So really these reserves in the paving of Zurich is being used for the construction of the work in CERN. And this is the demon’s work for human beings.

Ricardo:

Astrid, I wanted to ask you, when you talk to those physicists who worked at CERN, did you have the impression that they were developing any kind of technology? Collaborating more likely in our destruction, self-destruction? Perhaps actually realizing they were collaborating in this destruction?

Astrid:

Well, the physicists I talked to at the table, they were very kind and nice and looked naive.

But what I can witness is, when you go to CERN itself and you are with the high level people, they’re always very secretive about it and this is all about research, research, research.

But like you said, when now we can reread everything they’re saying, everything they have done, as I said, the movie they’re making is that it is very old buildings.

But this since “covid”, the pseudo-covid, they have made new incredible tubes above ground that look like some space ship. So what I think, like, I really think it’s absolutely right, what you’re saying. Where you’re going with the book is that they are actually now manifesting much more obviously their presence on earth.

I have been there. I’ve met people. I thought they were alien from the club of Rome when they wanted me to get in. I thought this guy doesn’t look like a normal person. Anyway, I’ve met on my way.

But now everything that’s happening, of deception, and everything they’re lying about is so crazy that we have to do what you’re doing — is question everything.

Even the linear way of evolution, the linear way of history, the dates of history are not correct.

I mean, we know that, but we are very high beings and, for me, they also want to use, like you said, Ricardo at the beginning, our very high level frequency. They want to bring it down and they want to take off the gold from us, because everybody has gold in his being. That is something in biology, I didn’t know.

And some people who did the vax have lost the gold, which means the light, which means the vagues⁵.

So there is something about gold, which is also used in all the religious or the geometric sacred geometry, because it is also a protector apparently. You cannot conduce, like with other material.

So we have to look at both sides. That we are getting elevated and they don’t want that. So they’re manifesting.

I want to get back to how Switzerland was constructed. And I see now the origin was founded by the Knight Templars and Saint John in the 1300s.

And then what is interesting in the story that the Nazi started to put — the dictator(s) all came here. And the Holy See⁶ has a very important “Holy C”. The “C” is for CIA, they say, and it is because CIA is in Switzerland, headquarters in Switzerland. I was confirmed by a military, from the US military retired and I would really trust him and I never mentioned his name.

But I said, ‘Is it right that the CIA is under the lake of Geneva, the headquarters?’ And he said, ‘Yes. And I can even tell you there are 400 people, entities, living there. And that they have tunnels all over it. That’s we know this, to Jerusalem, to the Vatican. And the tunnel goes to Genova.

And I have a hard time to believe this, of course, because we have been programmed that we cannot live under a lake.

But the Russian army came. There’s a monastery on the other side of the lake, San Benedicto, you know, those guys who combat the devil. And I had a talk at the beginning in 2021. They invited me and we discussed.

And I said, ‘You have any manifestations around?’.

And he said, ‘Yeah, the Russians came, and they did it with a big submarine to go and look what is under the Lake of Geneva.’

So you have it there also — this whole power plant of granite and mix of the geobiological. I think there are many things they’re doing. But there’s one thing they do, they try to get rid of our power of electromagnetic field.

And in the mountains, it’s much easier for us to be heightened. If you go up 1000 meters, I know this from geobiologists, and exorcists and priests, because I think we have to read this in many ways. If you go high up in the mountain, it’s much easier to not be polluted by all their their horrible things. So we are safer.

So this whole Switzerland. So the Holy See has a base in Switzerland. It makes so much sense.

And Switzerland is called confederate, “Confoederatio Helvetica” CH. [This is the Latin name for the Swiss Confederation. This term is often abbreviated as “CH.”]

Helvetica, I say many times, “helvetet”… you say in Swedish and Norwegian, which means go to hell. So Helvetia, I never understood why they use this word, is the door to hell.⁷

And many people with the Appolyon, everything I read, a site, is that it is a door to hell.

So they’re trying to make a hole for themselves to block our own free energy and freedom. Beautiful Switzerland doesn’t understand this.

I always wanted to leave, but I’m here probably for my mission. I signed to come here, to talk about it, and to collaborate with you, because it’s a very important, energetic place. But I never liked Geneva energy.

It’s cosmetically nice, but the energy here with the banks, the Freemasons, the secret societies, this materialism that’s so, so hard. It is very difficult to take.

Show Notes & Excerpts (starting at approximately 37 mins in).

Astrid:

• • Calvinist agenda.
  • Attempt to disrupt and confuse the equilibrium between men and women.

“Why are they wanted to do confusion in this. Is because we create energy…”

~

“There is something there that we have to go and look into because they really try to replace a man with woman, and woman and man, and confuse everything about our own creation, not only geobiologically. Those entities are crazy…”

~

“It’s not just about human animal biology, but it’s synthetic biology, technological and alien.”

• •  Reference to the work of Robert (Bob) Dean on government/alien connection.

José Luis:

“So, well, what is definitely true for — whatever reasons, we don’t know exactly — all this is accelerating, has been accelerating lately, something we didn’t expect. So that we seem to have entered an apocalyptic stage that we cannot, we did not expect. And this is true, but we don’t know exactly why this is being done.

“Why? Perhaps we’re at a technological level that has allowed us to speed up and speed up, because these are not material entities. They depend on us to work in the reality that they live in.

“So they depend on us, in our work, and we’re not going to talk about dimensions here, but in this reality, our reality, material-energy-based reality, which is dense as it works, this is thick energy or dense energy. And in this reality, we are the only people that can modulate and contribute to the reality, but they’re directing it…”

~

“And now we’re at the moment where they are very, they’re all powerful because they are directing their societies, with total secrecy, and nobody realizes and they’re being totally effective in this…”

~

“So perhaps possibly in the CERN, you were contacting scientists possessed by these beings, so that they themselves didn’t realize they were creating portals and mediums which would suit these beings…

“So it was a German scientist after the war who talked about people suddenly disappeared when they wouldn’t collaborate in the scientific projects.

“And they were one or two people who were kept alive even if they didn’t collaborate because they were particularly necessary. But their thought … put into human beings’ minds so that the science that these beings want is being developed by human beings.

“So this is perhaps too big for most people to understand. It’s almost impossible, for most people to believe that our world is being directed by others. But this is the only way that we can really understand what’s going on.

“So the world, these thinking physicists are not so free-thinking or independent-thinking as we might think…”

• • Creation of coils, isolators Insulator
  • Creation of underground tunnels and underground bases, including the work of engineer Rafael “Raph” Kamler⁸

“So all beings, human beings who are able to develop great things are interesting for these beings and they induce in us this ability to be able to create what they want…”

~

“So what’s going on here is a center of research which is a human research base but directed by these beings. And they are experimenting with densities which are needed by these beings, so that they can finally manifest themselves in front of us…”

Ricardo:

 “So the general idea that José Luis is talking about, and I agree with this, is that these people lead human beings, talented human beings that they channel, so that they will develop the technology that these beings want, and they can manifest themselves indirectly and then directly in our world later on…”

~

“So this is why they are officially creating with these coils what they need. And so, when they talk about portals and dimensions, as you mentioned Astrid, this is the argument that they want to keep away from human beings. But they need densities, electromagnetic densities, to be able to exist and be able to manifest themselves to show themselves.

“So this is why they’ve placed millions of antennas of all around the planet…”

~

“And part of this fumigation, this spraying from the air with these self-assembling polymers which amplify microwave signal, that’s all part of it.”

José Luis:

• • Mysterious, very tall, castles of the Rhine that have never been inhabited by human 0beings and could not have been used for defending routes

“So we are being fooled totally. Whatever they want to fool us with — at the top of the pyramids, for example…

“So the world we live in, we have to rewrite it according to how we gradually understand it now.

“It is our world, not their world. And we have to write it in a human code.

“But this is their civilization. It is only when we realize that, that we start our year zero of civilization, and we start to write our history.”

~

 “Our civilization is theirs. They’re directing us. They’re not just passing through…”

~

“We don’t really know anything about ourselves and what we’re doing here. So when we start to see things this way, then we can open the windows… that the truth can come in, through.”

Ricardo:

• • Shares some information about the work of engineer Diego Hernandez
  • Video demonstration of a football event and human emotion being measured on an electro-magnetic meter
  • Correlation of animal sacrifice in amphitheaters to generate emotional response that can be harvested
  • Symbolism used in public events 
  • The tie-in with religions

José Luis:

“So they are everywhere, these beings. Absolutely everywhere. Their rights, their cultural rights are directed by these beings.”

• • Catholic church and exorcisms

“So nothing in our civilization, when we looked at these events, can be considered as real. Because there is a filter. They’ve touched everything that we’ve done. And everything is useful to them, everything that helps them to fight against us is approved, and everything’s manipulated. And we are made to think that we created these things.”

• • Governments are working for these beings, and operate to protect these beings and harm human beings.
  • CIA, UFO narratives
  • Comets in medieval times seen as bad omens

Astrid:

“I want to say there is a constant. When I listen to you also, it makes clear it clearer that they need fear. They need despair, fear. Even a football match.”

• • Australian studies on changes in hormones when fans team is winning or losing.

“They don’t they don’t want us to have happiness. This is a constant.”

• • Media promotion of how horrible everything is.
  • Promotion of mass vaccination
  • The UN propaganda about “the future”

“They need to say that the world is a horrible place when it’s not true.”

• • Difference between Christus and Fibonacci energies. Christus energy repels lower “satanic” energies. ⁹
  • The “covid” injection to lower human frequency and transhumanize us. They also do this with vaccinating our animals.
  • QR codes lower frequencies by structural design
  • The importance of gaining more understanding of how plasma is used
  • How the history of the Vikings has been hidden. 
  • Gods, demi-gods, etc. as part of history and not just myth

Richardo:

“Yes, quite clearly the energy that they use, or that they need, is that of suffering. And this is why human sacrifices generate the conditions to create concern, fear in humans…”

• • The attempt to genetic-modification and vilification of tobacco, which has been used in healing by indigenous people throughout history.
  • Recently nicotine has been shown “to neutralize, or offset, or even destroy the inter-body technology that has been into introduced into us via those inoculations”.

“So they have the capacity to be able to organize, control and govern our world to that extent. And most human beings will work and collaborate hand-in-hand with them, thinking they’re actually doing some good.

“Everything works in the same manner. Just like technicians and engineers, high level engineers, that may be working in the CERN, they think that they are working on positive things for the good of humanity, doing or making certain discoveries. Nevertheless, they are actually developing or carrying out the agenda of these entities, because it is in their interest to do so. And it includes sacrifice and suffering of many human beings.

“José Luis, would you like to add anything to that?”

José Luis:

“…This fight between species and the meaning that this has for creation on a global level…”

~

“But this, in terms of Creation, is important. Nothing is by chance. It submits species into very difficult situations to perfect these species. And we haven’t actually touched upon this yet.

“That if we touch about on this we come to what the Mexican chap said. He said the human beings, when they were able to have a high vibrational level, they could not be attacked by these other species.

“And, so those human beings that have a behavior that allows them to live full lives as human beings, and not vibrating on low levels but a higher level, they are protected by the Creation system. …”

• • First part of our work is to describe everything that is happening
  • Second part is to understand what we are living through
  • We have been living through a physical chapter the last few years
  • We are now coming into the metaphysical world and the meaning of all this

Astrid:

“Yeah, I really do agree with you all. It’s this hive which David Icke was talking about. This hive group that they’re trying to collect during those Olympic games and those ceremonies…”

• • Misleading us through diagnostics including in medical treatment
  • Carbon-dating is another incorrect diagnostic for historical records
  • “I think they they are trying to lead us in the wrong place for many things with diagnostics…
  • Essential oils of lemon and grapefruit for dissolving nano-tech.
  • Cinnamon and black cumin seed oil are also mentioned for healing.

Ricardo:

“I think that this business about the CERN, I see this as a neurologic center of their operations… And probably they will manifest through them — not through a portal, but because they have the electromagnetic conditions to manifest their density, which is the nature that they are made of.”

References:

¹ The term “telleric” is often associated with “telluric” energy, which refers to natural electromagnetic phenomena that arise from the Earth. Telluric currents are low-frequency electrical currents that flow through the Earth, influenced by various factors like solar activity and the Earth’s magnetic field. In some contexts, it can also relate to earth energies in alternative healing or spiritual practices, where it’s believed that the Earth’s energy can affect human well-being.

² The “C” in CERN stands for “Conseil,” which is French for “Council.” The full name is “Conseil Européen pour la Recherche Nucléaire,” or “European Organization for Nuclear Research” in English. Despite the English name, CERN is often referred to by its French acronym.

³ Cernunnos is a deity from ancient Celtic mythology, often associated with nature, fertility, and animals, particularly deer. He is typically depicted as a horned figure, sometimes with antlers, which symbolize his connection to the wild and the animal kingdom. Cernunnos is often linked to themes of abundance and the cycles of life, embodying the spirit of the forest. He is commonly recognized as a god of the earth and wilderness, and he is sometimes associated with the underworld and the afterlife.

⁴ LHC stands for the Large Hadron Collider, which is the world’s largest and most powerful particle accelerator located at CERN. The LHC is designed to collide protons and heavy ions at very high energies to explore fundamental questions about the universe, including the properties of particles, the forces that govern them, and the conditions that existed just after the Big Bang. One of its most famous achievements was the discovery of the Higgs boson in 2012.

⁵ The word “vagues” is French, and it translates to “waves” in English. In various contexts, it can refer to:

1. Physical Waves: Such as water waves or sound waves.
2. Electromagnetic Waves: Including light waves and radio waves.
3. Metaphorical Use: Describing general ideas or movements, like “waves of change.”

⁶ The Holy See (pronounced “see”) refers to the jurisdiction of the Pope and the central governing body of the Catholic Church. It encompasses the Vatican City and its administrative functions. The term “see” comes from the Latin “sedes,” meaning “seat,” indicating the bishop’s authority.

The Holy See is distinct from the Vatican City itself, which is the physical territory. It has its own sovereign status and conducts international relations, making it a unique entity in global affairs.

⁷ The Swiss word for Hell is “helvetet”. Helvetia is the Latin name for Switzerland, often used in formal contexts. Helvetisk is an adjective meaning “Swiss,” derived from “Helvetia.”

⁸ Rafael “Raph” Kamler was known for his involvement in the construction of underground tunnels during World War II, particularly in connection with the Nazi war effort. His work focused on creating extensive tunnel systems that were used for various purposes, including munitions storage and hiding military assets.

⁹ Christus Energy likely refers a higher spiritual consciousness attributed to Jesus Christ (or others with “Christ consciousness” regardless of religion) that would include the qualities of love, compassion, healing, and enlightenment.

Fibonacci Energy typically relates to the Fibonacci sequence, symbolizing natural patterns, growth, and harmony found in nature, such as in the arrangement of leaves or the spiral of shells. It can represent a balance and connection to the universe, as this sequence is often linked to the Golden Ratio, which is aesthetically pleasing and prevalent in art and nature.

Christus energy often implies a connection to the divine or a higher spiritual plane, whereas Fibonacci energy reflects universal laws and natural phenomena.

Connect with La Quinta Columna & Humania

Connect with Astrid Stückelberger

Related articles:

La Quinta Columna: Urgent Warning About the “Transhumanist Invasion and the Control of Human Beings Through Artificial Intelligence”

Here We Go Again: Bill Gates, Johns Hopkins, and WHO Simulate Another Deadly Pandemic

There Is No Nanotechnology In the Nanotechnological C19 Shots? That Is Not Logical

Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger on Graphene Oxide, Parasites, and Transistors Found in Vaccines

Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger: On the Bio-Hacking of Humanity via Graphene Oxide in Vaccines & 5G/WiFi

Astrid Stuckelberger on the Purpose of the World Health Organisation

Cover image credit: Lumapoche

Hidden Agendas: Beware of the Government’s Push for a Digital Currency

by John & Nisha Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute
September 24, 2024

“The greatest tyrannies are always perpetrated in the name of the noblest causes.”

~ Thomas Paine

The government wants your money.

It will beg, steal or borrow if necessary, but it wants your money any way it can get it.

The government’s schemes to swindle, cheat, scam, and generally defraud taxpayers of their hard-earned dollars have run the gamut from wasteful pork barrel legislation, cronyism and graft to asset forfeiture, costly stimulus packages, and a national security complex that continues to undermine our freedoms while failing to making us any safer.

Americans have also been made to pay through the nose for the government’s endless wars, subsidization of foreign nations, military empire, welfare state, roads to nowhere, bloated workforce, secret agencies, fusion centers, private prisons, biometric databases, invasive technologies, arsenal of weapons, and every other budgetary line item that is contributing to the fast-growing wealth of the corporate elite at the expense of those who are barely making ends meet—that is, we the taxpayers.

This is what comes of those $1.2 trillion spending bills: someone’s got to foot the bill.

Because the government’s voracious appetite for money, power and control has grown out of control, its agents have devised other means of funding its excesses and adding to its largesse through taxes disguised as fines, taxes disguised as fees, and taxes disguised as tolls, tickets and penalties.

No matter how much money the government pulls in, it’s never enough (case in point: the endless stopgap funding deals and constant ratcheting up of the debt ceiling), so the government has to keep introducing new plans to empower its agents to seize Americans’ bank accounts.

Make way for the digital dollar.

Whether it’s the central bank digital currency favored by President Biden, or the cryptocurrency being hawked by former President Trump, the end result will still be a form of digital money that makes it easier to track, control and punish the citizenry.

For instance, weeks before the Biden Administration made headlines with its support for a government-issued digital currency, the FBI and the Justice Department quietly moved ahead with plans for a cryptocurrency enforcement team (translation: digital money cops), a virtual asset exploitation unit tasked with investigating crypto crimes and seizing virtual assets, and a crypto czar to oversee it all.

No surprises here, of course.

This is how the government operates: by giving us tools to make our lives “easier” while, in the process, making it easier for the government to crack down.

Indeed, this shift to a digital currency is a global trend.

More than 100 other countries are considering introducing their own digital currencies.

China has already adopted a government-issued digital currency, which not only allows it to surveil and seize people’s financial transactions, but can also work in tandem with its social credit score system to punish individuals for moral lapses and social transgressions (and reward them for adhering to government-sanctioned behavior). As China expert Akram Keram wrote for The Washington Post, “With digital yuan, the CCP [Chinese Communist Party] will have direct control over and access to the financial lives of individuals, without the need to strong-arm intermediary financial entities. In a digital-yuan-consumed society, the government easily could suspend the digital wallets of dissidents and human rights activists.”

Where China goes, the United States eventually follows.

Inevitably, a digital currency will become part of our economy and a central part of the government’s surveillance efforts.

Combine that with ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) initiatives that are tantamount to social media credit scores for corporations, and you will find that we’re traveling the same road as China towards digital authoritarianism. As journalist Jon Brookin warns: “Digital currency issued by a central bank can be used as a tool for government surveillance of citizens and control over their financial transactions.”

As such, digital currency provides the government and its corporate partners with a mode of commerce that can easily be monitored, tracked, tabulated, mined for data, hacked, hijacked and confiscated when convenient.

This push for a digital currency dovetails with the government’s war on cash, which it has been subtly waging for some time now. Much like the war on drugs and the war on terror, this so-called “war on cash” has been sold to the public as a means of fighting terrorists, drug dealers, tax evaders and even COVID-19 germs.

In recent years, just the mere possession of significant amounts of cash could implicate you in suspicious activity and label you a criminal. The rationale (by police) is that cash is the currency for illegal transactions given that it’s harder to track, can be used to pay illegal immigrants, and denies the government its share of the “take,” so doing away with paper money will help law enforcement fight crime and help the government realize more revenue.

According to economist Steve Forbes, “The real reason for this war on cash—start with the big bills and then work your way down—is an ugly power grab by Big Government. People will have less privacy: Electronic commerce makes it easier for Big Brother to see what we’re doing, thereby making it simpler to bar activities it doesn’t like, such as purchasing salt, sugar, big bottles of soda and Big Macs.”

This is how a cashless society—easily monitored, controlled, manipulated, weaponized and locked down—plays right into the hands of the government (and its corporate partners).

Despite what we know about the government and its history of corruption, bumbling, fumbling and data breaches, not to mention how easily technology can be used against us, the shift to a cashless society is really not a hard sell for a society increasingly dependent on technology for the most mundane aspects of life.

In much the same way that Americans have opted into government surveillance through the convenience of GPS devices and cell phones, digital cash—the means of paying with one’s debit card, credit card or cell phone—is becoming the de facto commerce of the American police state.

At one time, it was estimated that smart phones would replace cash and credit cards altogether by 2020. Since then, growing numbers of businesses have adopted no-cash policies, including certain airlines, hotels, rental car companies, restaurants and retail stores. In Sweden, even the homeless and churches accept digital cash.

Making the case for a digital wallet, journalist Lisa Rabasca Roepe argues that there’s no longer a need for cash. “More and more retailers and grocery stores are embracing Apple Pay, Google Wallet, Samsung Pay, and Android Pay,” notes Roepe. “PayPal’s app is now accepted at many chain stores including Barnes & Noble, Foot Locker, Home Depot, and Office Depot. Walmart and CVS have both developed their own payment apps while their competitors Target and RiteAid are working on their own apps.”

So what’s really going on here?

Despite all of the advantages that go along with living in a digital age—namely, convenience—it’s hard to imagine how a cashless world navigated by way of a digital wallet doesn’t signal the beginning of the end for what little privacy we have left and leave us vulnerable to the likes of government thieves, data hackers and an all-knowing, all-seeing Orwellian corpo-governmental state.

First, when I say privacy, I’m not just referring to the things that you don’t want people to know about, those little things you do behind closed doors that are neither illegal nor harmful but embarrassing or intimate. I am also referring to the things that are deeply personal and which no one need know about, certainly not the government and its constabulary of busybodies, nannies, Peeping Toms, jail wardens and petty bureaucrats.

Second, we’re already witnessing how easy it will be for government agents to manipulate digital wallets for their own gain in order to track your movements, monitor your activities and communications, and ultimately shut you down. For example, civil asset forfeiture schemes are becoming even more profitable for police agencies thanks to ERAD (Electronic Recovery and Access to Data) devices supplied by the Department of Homeland Security that allow police to not only determine the balance of any magnetic-stripe card (i.e., debit, credit and gift cards) but also freeze and seize any funds on pre-paid money cards. In fact, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that it does not violate the Fourth Amendment for police to scan or swipe your credit card. Expect those numbers to skyrocket once digital money cops show up in full force.

Third, a government-issued digital currency will give the government the ultimate control of the economy and complete access to the citizenry’s pocketbook. While the government might tout the ease with which it can deposit stimulus funds into the citizenry’s accounts, such a system could also introduce what economists refer to as “negative interest rates.” Instead of being limited by a zero bound threshold on interest rates, the government could impose negative rates on digital accounts in order to control economic growth. “If the cash is electronic, the government can just erase 2 percent of your money every year,” said David Yermack, a finance professor at New York University.

Fourth, a digital currency will open Americans—and their bank accounts—up to even greater financial vulnerabilities from hackers and government agents alike.

Fifth, digital authoritarianism will redefine what it means to be free in almost every aspect of our lives. Again, we must look to China to understand what awaits us. As Human Rights Watch analyst Maya Wang explains: “Chinese authorities use technology to control the population all over the country in subtler but still powerful ways. The central bank is adopting digital currency, which will allow Beijing to surveil—and control—people’s financial transactions. China is building so-called safe cities, which integrate data from intrusive surveillance systems to predict and prevent everything from fires to natural disasters and political dissent. The government believes that these intrusions, together with administrative actions, such as denying blacklisted people access to services, will nudge people toward ‘positive behaviors,’ including greater compliance with government policies and healthy habits such as exercising.”

Short of returning to a pre-technological, Luddite age, there’s really no way to pull this horse back now that it’s left the gate. To our detriment, we have virtually no control over who accesses our private information, how it is stored, or how it is used. And in terms of our bargaining power over digital privacy rights, we have been reduced to a pitiful, unenviable position in which we can only hope and trust that those in power will treat our information with respect.

At a minimum, before any kind of digital currency is adopted, we need stricter laws on data privacy and an Electronic Bill of Rights that protects “we the people” from predatory surveillance and data-mining business practices by the government and its corporate partners.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, the ramifications of any government having this much unregulated, unaccountable power to target, track, round up and detain its citizens is beyond chilling.

Connect with The Rutherford Institute
Cover image credit: TheDigitalArtist

The Corruption Is Real and Sickening

by Paul Cudenec, The Acorn
September 3, 2024

The difference between conspiracy realists and conspiracy deniers is, of course, that the latter never question anything, never think for themselves, never do their own research.

They simply lap up every last drop of drivel and delusion presented to them, including the laughable conceit that in so doing they are proving themselves somehow more “advanced”, more “adult”, more “astute” than those tin-foil-hat-wearing idiots who dare challenge official top-down truth.

As they remain rooted to their theatre seats, stuffing their faces with propaganda popcorn and fizzy fakery, their scientifically-sealed minds cannot even grasp the possibility that others might have taken the initiative to have a peek backstage and work out what The Spectacle is all about.

I don’t suppose there are many conspiracy deniers reading this, but just in case one or two have wandered in by mistake, here are some more stones to look under, if you can find the courage to face the reality of the seething maggot-infested corruption that lies beneath the surface of our society.

First of all, have a read of Hedley Rees’ Inside Pharma blog and in particular his reporting on what he describes as “the latest Big Pharma feeding frenzy”.

He points us to the existence of an annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference, which will next be held in San Francisco in January 2025.

Its site states: “This premier conference is the largest and most informative healthcare investment symposium in the industry which connects global industry leaders, emerging fast-growth companies, innovative technology creators and members of the investment community”.

Hmmm…

J.P. Morgan is, as I set out in Enemies of the People, a longstanding front for the Rothschilds, those leading members of “the investment community” who have long been involved in profiting from bio-tech and the grotesquely-misnamed “healthcare” industry.

As I report in my booklet, International Biotechnology Trust (IBT), a division of Rothschilds, says on its website that it “offers investors access to the fast-growing biotechnology sector”.

Predictably, in view of the Rothschilds’ intimacy with UK governments, their biotech wing was involved in the country’s “response” to Covid.

IBT proudly relates that its investment manager Kate Bingham was in May 2020 appointed chair of the UK Vaccine Taskforce “reporting to the Prime Minster to lead UK efforts to find and manufacture a COVID-19 vaccine, on a six-month engagement”.

It says: “On December 8th 2020 the UK started COVID-19 vaccinations – the first Western country to do so. She [Bingham] was awarded a DBE in the Queen’s Birthday Honours in June 2021 for services to the procurement, manufacture and distribution of COVID-19 vaccines”.

One of the most prominent UK enthusiasts for the Covid jabs, vaccine passports and the digital ID to which they were designed to lead is former Prime Minister Tony Blair.

Last November I wrote about the research by the UK Column’s Ben Rubin which revealed that in June 2022 Blair was the main speaker at a conference on the “Future of Britain” hosted, with the organisation My Life My Say, by the Institute of Global Health Innovation at Imperial College, London.

In investigating My Life My Say, Rubin discovered that trustee Glen Manning was a senior banker with Rothschild & Co.

Blair himself, after resigning from British politics, in January 2008 joined the Rothschilds’ JPMorgan Chase in a “senior advisory capacity”, on a modest salary of £2.52m per year.

A thank-you, perhaps, for having led the UK into the invasion of Iraq in 2003, among many other invaluable services to the money power?

Blair is very keen on the “modernisation” of public services in the UK, including, of course, the National Health Service.

This would involve our data being held centrally in a “new NHS cloud infrastructure” and “used as a collective national asset to help our life-science sector to be world-leading”.

Marvellous.

In the light of all that, it is hardly surprising to read, back on the Inside Pharma blog, that the key speaker at the 2024 JP Morgan Healthcare Conference was none other than “The Rt. Hon. Tony Blair: Executive Chairman of the Institute for Global Change”.

I would once again echo Rubin’s warning that “Tony Blair is coordinating with the Rothschild family to fundamentally reshape British society and implement a global, digital slave state”.

Of course, for my (probably imaginary) conspiracy-denying readers this will all no doubt be seen as a meaningless series of complete coincidences.

So I would suggest they also take a peek at this article from Australian researcher Warren Ross about the climate scam.

Rightly describing this as “a whole new area of investment and opportunity” for the billionaire class, he notes that “BlackRock are eager to fill as much of this space as they can and have proved their commitment to this by purchasing infrastructure investment fund Global Infrastructure Partners”.

He adds: “ESG compliance is used by companies like BlackRock to direct investment away from companies that choose not to comply or don’t comply with sufficient zealotry”.

BlackRock is part of the Rothschilds’ empire.

In addition, as I note in Enemies of the People, Edmund de Rothschild was the key player behind the World Conservation Bank, later renamed Global Environment Facility (GEF).

The Corbett Report has explained that the idea for an international “conservation” bank had been around for some time before France put forward a formal proposal at a joint ministerial meeting of the IMF in 1989.

“The project was put under the umbrella of the World Bank and by 1991 the World Conservation Bank was formally established”.

The article adds that the GEF has made and co-financed tens of billions of dollars worth of grants and “is the funding mechanism for five different UN conventions, including the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change”.

As well as establishing so-called “protected areas”, it has funded Chinese companies producing solar cells and wind farm technology…

The reality that conspiracy deniers cannot bear to see, and that those in power want to keep hidden, is that our society is dominated by one single giant global organisation.

I have seen this time and time again through all the joined dots, all the revolving doors, all the zig-zagging public-private career paths that are incomprehensible unless they amount to a series of internal transfers within one single entity.

This mega-organisation is not one that aims to do good for us or for our world, which is why it has to take such pains to conceal its existence and its activities.

It is an unimaginably vast, ruthless, greedy, destructive crime syndicate which has grabbed global control by means of lies and usury, blackmail and bribery, manipulation and murder.

The sooner we all wake up to this nauseating reality, and get together to do something about it, the better.

Connect with Paul Cudenec substack | The Acorn

Cover image credit: CDD20

See related video by Mark & Samantha Bailey highlighting the article above by Paul Cudenec:

Read show notes for the video and related links

Connect with Mark & Samantha Bailey

Don’t Trust the Government. Not with Your Privacy, Property or Your Freedoms

by John & Nisha Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute
September 17, 2024

“In questions of power then, let no more be heard of confidence in man, but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.”

—Thomas Jefferson

Public trust in the government to “do what is right” understandably remains at an all-time low.

After all, how do you trust a government that continuously sidesteps the Constitution and undermines our rights? You can’t.

When you consider all the ways “we the people” are being bullied, beaten, bamboozled, targeted, tracked, repressed, robbed, impoverished, imprisoned and killed by the government, one can only conclude that you shouldn’t trust the government with your privacy, your property, your life, or your freedoms.

Consider for yourself.

Don’t trust the government with your privacy, digital or otherwise. In the more than two decades since 9/11, the military-security industrial complex has operated under a permanent state of emergency that, in turn, has given rise to a digital prison that grows more confining and inescapable by the day. Wall-to wall surveillance, monitored by AI software and fed to a growing network of fusion centers, render the twin concepts of privacy and anonymity almost void. By conspiring with corporations, the Department of Homeland Security “fueled a massive influx of money into surveillance and policing in our cities, under a banner of emergency response and counterterrorism.”

Don’t trust the government with your property. If government agents can invade your home, break down your doors, kill your dog, damage your furnishings and terrorize your family, your property is no longer private and secure—it belongs to the government. Hard-working Americans are having their bank accounts, homes, cars electronics and cash seized by police under the assumption that they have allegedly been associated with some criminal scheme.

Don’t trust the government with your finances. The U.S. government—and that includes the current administration—is spending money it doesn’t have on programs it can’t afford, and “we the taxpayers” are being forced to foot the bill for the government’s fiscal insanity. The national debt is $35 trillion and growing, yet there seems to be no end in sight when it comes to the government’s fiscal insanity. According to Forbes, Congress has raised, extended or revised the definition of the debt limit 78 times since 1960 in order to allow the government to essentially fund its existence with a credit card.

Don’t trust the government with your health. For all intents and purposes, “we the people” have become lab rats in the government’s secret experiments, which include MKULTRA and the U.S. military’s secret race-based testing of mustard gas on more than 60,000 enlisted men. Indeed, you don’t have to dig very deep or go very back in the nation’s history to uncover numerous cases in which the government deliberately conducted secret experiments on an unsuspecting populace—citizens and noncitizens alike—making healthy people sick by spraying them with chemicals, injecting them with infectious diseases and exposing them to airborne toxins. Unfortunately, the public has become so easily distracted by the political spectacle out of Washington, DC, that they are altogether oblivious to the grisly experiments, barbaric behavior and inhumane conditions that have become synonymous with the U.S. government, which has meted out untold horrors against humans and animals alike.

Don’t trust the government with your life: At a time when growing numbers of unarmed people have been shot and killed for just standing a certain way, or moving a certain way, or holding something—anything—that police could misinterpret to be a gun, or igniting some trigger-centric fear in a police officer’s mind that has nothing to do with an actual threat to their safety, even the most benign encounters with police can have fatal consequences. The number of Americans killed by police continues to grow, with the majority of those killed as a result of police encounters having been suspected of a non-violent offense or no crime at all, or during a traffic violation. According a report by Mapping Police Violence, police killed more people in 2022 than any other year within the past decade. In 98% of those killings, police were not charged with a crime.

Don’t trust the government with your freedoms. For years now, the government has been playing a cat-and-mouse game with the American people, letting us enjoy just enough freedom to think we are free but not enough to actually allow us to live as a free people. Freedom no longer means what it once did. This holds true whether you’re talking about the right to criticize the government in word or deed, the right to be free from government surveillance, the right to not have your person or your property subjected to warrantless searches by government agents, the right to due process, the right to be safe from militarized police invading your home, the right to be innocent until proven guilty and every other right that once reinforced the founders’ belief that this would be “a government of the people, by the people and for the people.” On paper, we may be technically free, but in reality, we are only as free as a government official may allow.

Whatever else it may be—a danger, a menace, a threat—the U.S. government is certainly not looking out for our best interests, nor is it in any way a friend to freedom.

Remember the purpose of a good government is to protect the lives and liberties of its people.

Unfortunately, what we have been saddled with is, in almost every regard, the exact opposite of an institution dedicated to protecting the lives and liberties of its people.

“We the people” should have learned early on that a government that repeatedly lies, cheats, steals, spies, kills, maims, enslaves, breaks the laws, overreaches its authority, and abuses its power at almost every turn can’t be trusted.

So what’s the answer?

For starters, get back to basics. Get to know your neighbors, your community, and your local officials. This is the first line of defense when it comes to securing your base: fortifying your immediate lines.

Second, understand your rights. Know how your local government is structured. Who serves on your city council and school boards? Who runs your local jail: has it been coopted by private contractors? What recourse does the community have to voice concerns about local problems or disagree with decisions by government officials?

Third, know the people you’re entrusting with your local government. Are your police chiefs being promoted from within your community? Are your locally elected officials accessible and, equally important, are they open to what you have to say? Who runs your local media? Does your newspaper report on local events? Who are your judges? Are their judgments fair and impartial? How are prisoners being treated in your local jails?

Finally, don’t get so trusting and comfortable that you stop doing the hard work of holding your government accountable. We’ve drifted a long way from the local government structures that provided the basis for freedom described by Alexis de Tocqueville in Democracy in America, but we are not so far gone that we can’t reclaim some of its vital components.

As an article in The Federalist points out:

“Local government is fundamental not so much because it’s a “laboratory” of democracy but because it’s a school of democracy. Through such accountable and democratic government, Americans learn to be democratic citizens. They learn to be involved in the common good. They learn to take charge of their own affairs, as a community. Tocqueville writes that it’s because of local democracy that Americans can make state and Federal democracy work—by learning, in their bones, to expect and demand accountability from public officials and to be involved in public issues.”

To put it another way, think nationally but act locally.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, there is still a lot Americans can do to topple the police state tyrants, but any revolution that has any hope of succeeding needs to be prepared to reform the system from the bottom up. And that will mean re-learning step by painful step what it actually means to be a government of the people, by the people and for the people.

Connect with The Rutherford Institute

Cover image based on creative commons work of GDJ

Dr. Mark Sircus AC., OMD, DM (P)
Professor of Natural Oncology, Da Vinci Institute of Holistic Medicine
Doctor of Oriental and Pastoral Medicine
Founder of Natural Allopathic Medicine

Connect with Dr. Mark Sircus

Cover image credit: CMElixirs

Something in the Water

by Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath, Nature of Healing
updated from February 2016

Rocket fuel (Perchlorate) is in the news…again.

Rocket fuel chemical found in dozens of food items.

Testing showed that “fast food and fresh produce had the highest levels, while beverages, seafood and meats had the lowest.”

However, rocket fuel contamination has been well known for decades as a contaminant, widespread in the water supply. How does rocket fuel get into the food and water?

Most drinking water contamination comes from activities related to the manufacture, disposal, and research of propellants, explosives, and pyrotechnics, as well as to accidental releases from manufacturing facilities and rocket launch failures, according to the National Institutes of Health’s Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry. There are other sources of contamination, too, according to the ATSDR, including fireworks, road safety flares, and certain fertilizers. When crops are irrigated with contaminated water, that leads to contaminated produce.

The scientific way around any toxin is to normalize and naturalize it. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) states, Perchlorate may occur naturally, particularly in arid regions such as the southwestern United States. 

Perchlorate is anything but natural.

As a known goitrogen, Perchlorate prevents the uptake of iodine to affect the thyroid. Along with chloride and fluoride, added to public water supplies, as well as lead, PCBs, pesticides, nitrates, formaldehyde, and other toxins, Perchlorate is only one reason for a global epidemic of thyroid disease.

Thus, Perchlorate is not the only toxin in the water.

In 2016, toxic water made headlines when the EPA announced that water was unsafe to drink in Flint, Michigan due to lead contamination. But water dangers in Flint go back to 2003. By 2017, the consequences of drinking toxic water turned up as an increase in fetal deaths and a drop in fertility rates. In 2024, the EPA says lead in Flint water is at acceptable levels.

…financial motives are causing government science agencies to ignore inconvenient truths—like high levels of lead in public drinking water. – Marc Edwards, the Virginia Tech civil engineering professor who helped expose the Flint water crisis, February 4, 2016

Instead of reassuring residents of Michigan, that lead could be filtered from the water using carbon filters, the government supplied bottled water – one bottle per day per resident – bottles which carry their own toxins of nanoplastics.

The researchers found that, on average, a liter of bottled water included about 240,000 tiny pieces of plastic. About 90% of these plastic fragments were nanoplastics. – NIH, January 2024

Ironically, most bottled water in the U.S. is tap water.

In 2018, Mark Edwards, the Virginia Tech researcher who helped expose the 2016 Flint, Michigan water crisis, was barred from testing well water in South Carolinia.

Not Safe To Drink

Agencies, such as the Department of Natural Resources, and the EPA claim  public water supplies are safe to drink. Some of the reported water-related disasters over the last decade show otherwise:

1. Fluoridation of water using waste byproducts (hydrofluorsilicic acid) from the phosphate fertilizer industry.
2. August 2015 Gold Mine disaster in Colorado that sent 3 million gallons of contaminated wastewater (lead, arsenic, mercury, cadmium, uranium, cyanide, sulfuric acid, etc.) into rivers that supply drinking water to at least three states (Colorado, New Mexico and Utah) as well as the Navajo Nation. The spill resulted from a blow-out, a risk that EPA knew about, but are washing their hands of any responsibility.
3. November 2015 Mining disaster in Brazil, from the Samarco mine in an area where around 150,000 people are still reliant on deliveries of drinking water.  “The best thing that can happen now is for the mud to flow out to sea as quickly as possible,” said Antonio de Padua Almeida, a biologist and head of the local Comboios nature reserve. “The mud will have much greater impact on the river than on the sea.”
4. Discovery of PFOA’s (Perfluorooctanoic acid, also known as C8), chemicals from Dupont’s Teflon manufacturing process, that are now pervasive around the world though water systems. “DuPont pumped hundreds of thousands of pounds of PFOA powder through the outfall pipes of the Parkersburg facility into the Ohio River.
5. One million tons of oil enters the marine environment annually. The 2010 BP Oil disaster in the Gulf —and the addition of the toxic chemical Corexit  has longterm human and environmental effects.
6. Fracking water being used to irrigate organic crops, such as fruits and vegetables in numerous states like Texas and California.
7. Flint, Michigan water crisis, 2016 (lead)
8. Ohio 2023 train derailment  spills hazardous chemicals. As of October 2023, 742 incident reports for train derailments in the U.S. have been recorded. [See derailment and spills map of U.S.].
9. Graphene oxide  and hydrogels (nanotechnology) used in vaccines, wastewater treatment, and water filtration, is also spread via cloud seeding and  climate engineering.

Various synthetic medications, hormones,  anti-depressants, and nanotechnologies make their way to public water that cannot be filtered out. Chemicals, such as Triclosan used in hand sanitizers, creates chloroform when mixed with tap water. Triclosan is an antimicrobial chemical, also known to affect thyroid function.

Nitrates in ground water from pesticide run-off, fertilizers, and septic tank waste affect fertility. [See evidence of nitrates in drinking water by state].

Focus on age-old contaminants distracts from new threats at a nano-level.

How do we control an unseen threat?

Nanotech Toxicity

What is a nanoform? How would EPA regulate it?

Current regulations do not adequately address the development and use of nanomaterials in any system, human or otherwise.

A nanometer is roughly 10,000 times smaller than the diameter of a human hair and 1 million times smaller than a single grain of sand. A major concern with new technologies are unknown risk factors.

First, due to their extremely small size, nanoparticles are difficult to contain, meaning they could escape into the environment and pose a threat to aquatic life, all life. Secondly, the enhanced reactivity of nanoparticles increases their toxicity.

 As we inject a nanomaterial into groundwater to remediate a problem are we simultaneously creating a new problem by injecting a material that may have adverse environmental effects? – Troy Benn, ASU researcher in environmental engineering

Graphene oxide, as an electrically-charged magnetic nanoform, is considered relatively ‘new.’ Even the structure of graphene oxide, as a one atom thick layer of carbon atoms, is still unclear due to its complicated non-stoichiometric nature.

There are never any regulations published before new technologies are unleashed into the environment (eg. GMO crops and mosquitoes). Yet, graphene is now used in all industries, from plastics, and water filtration, to dental anesthetics, biomedical applications and cloud seeding.

Impacts and Solutions

A little known fact is that water holds memory. Humans are 99% water at the molecular level.

What does nano-contamination do to the collective memory of humanity? We know Alzheimer’s is a disease of Aluminum toxicity.

The problems are multifaceted: 1) the failure of government scientists, and agencies, to acknowledge a problem, 2) failure of agencies to do their job to protect the public health, 3) the failure of people to question the status quo.

The impacts are many, from reproductive harm to shortened lifespan, to the destruction of habitats, and oxygen depletion. Unfortunately, mitigation solutions are far behind the rollout of contamination.

Basic Solutions to Complex Problems

1. Test your well water or water source.
2. Find and collect a clean source of water, or boil and filter tap water (avoiding nanofiltration)
3. Stop eating processed foods; know your farmer, and grow your own.
4. Reduce your plastic consumption and reuse or recycle plastic when you can.
5. Don’t drink bottled water.
6. Don’t flush old medications.
7. Opt for herbs and homeopathy over synthetic medications.
8. Properly dispose of chemical cleaners, oils, and nonbiodegradable items to keep them from going down the drain.

While individual solutions are a mere drop in the industrial toxic waste bucket, they can protect your health where you live. Simply take responsibility for what you inhale, ingest, imbibe, and inject.

Related Articles:

• Fluoride to Zeolite: Safe or Shaky?
• Fluoride in the Water
• Water, the New Oil

Rosanne Lindsay is a Traditional Naturopath, Herbalist, Writer, and Author of the books The Nature of Healing, Heal the Body, Heal the Planet and Free Your Voice, Heal Your Thyroid, Reverse Thyroid Disease Naturally. Find her on Facebook at facebook.com/Natureofhealing. Consult with her remotely at www.natureofhealing.org. Listen to her archived podcasts at blogtalkradio.com/rosanne-lindsay.

Connect with Rosanne Lindsay

Cover image credit: cocoparisienne

Covid, 9/11 & Forever War

From the war on terror to the “pandemic”, the elite are constructing fake threats to start wars that never have to end. 

by Kit Knightly, OffGuardian
originally published September 13, 2021

“The war was not meant to be won. It was meant to be continuous.”

George Orwell, 1984

Our 9/11 coverage this year, the 20th anniversary, has been focused on viewing the attacks of 2001 through the lens of the Covid “pandemic” rollout.

The point is not that both Covid19 and 9/11 are necessarily part of the same grand plan, were carried out by the same people, or were in any way directly connected. Rather, they are thematically connected, on the meta-level.

They spring from the same collective urge all rulers and governments harbour, and are employed to the same end.

They are different tools designed to achieve the same end. Different approaches to the same problem. Different evolutionary stages of the same animal: The decades-long change in the core aims of warfare and even the very meaning of “war” itself.

War has always been vital to the preservation of the state. Wars make rulers rich, and people scared. They unite nations behind leaders, and distract from domestic political issues.

But, as nations become more powerful, weapon technology more advanced, and global power centralises in giant corporations rather than nations, war – in the traditional sense – becomes more expensive, more dangerous, and largely meaningless.

Essentially the old-fashioned motivations for warfare no longer apply, but the ancillary domestic benefits of war-like policy remain. While the state, and their corporate backers, no longer need to take part in pitched battles over the best farmland, they do still need their subjects to believe they are under attack.

In short, by necessity, “war” has gradually shifted from genuine inter-state conflicts over control of resources, into a top-down tool of psychological manipulation.

And the first stage of that evolution was 9/11.

9/11 and the war on terror

9/11 was an inside job. Any objective examination of the evidence can only lead to that conclusion. (I’m not going to lay that out here, we have dozens of articles detailing that. That’s not what I’m writing about today.)

The US government blew up their own buildings, killed their own civilians, terrified their own people. The ruling class engaging in what Orwell called “war against their subjects”, in a very literal sense.

Much like the Reichstag fire in Nazi Germany, this staged “attack” was done to create a war-like mentality. To make people believe they were under threat, and serve as the basis for new “temporary emergency powers” for the government.

But 9/11 went further, serving as the casus belli for a war: “The war on terror”.

The War on Terror was a new kind of war, yes it was used as a starting point for more traditional wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, and then proxy wars in Syria, Libya and Yemen, but its main target was actually domestic. A nationwide psy-op war designed to keep 350 million people in a semi-permanent state of fear.

It was the natural next step in the Orwellian redefinition of “war” as a concept.

If the primary aims of your war are a) To maintain domestic control of your population, and b) To funnel tax-payer money into bloated contracts with the private sector, then do you really need to declare war on a foreign country?

In fact, do you need an actual physical “war” at all? Isn’t the idea of a war just as good?

And if all you need is the idea of a war, what better way than to declare war on an idea. Why not make your enemy an abstract concept?

Because the great thing about going to war on an abstract concept is you can’t ever lose, and you never have to win. The war can go on forever.

This idea was first trialled with “the war on drugs”. But that didn’t work because a) people actually quite like drugs and b) Drugs are a vital income stream for the deep state. So it fizzled.

The war on terror is better. Since “terror” is an abstract noun with no solid reality, it can mean anything you want it to mean. “The war on terror” can be domestic or foreign, political or military, overt or covert or both. It can’t be won, it can’t be lost, and it only ends when you say it does.

It’s perfect.

Well, almost perfect.

There are still a few issues.

For example, it’s actually quite difficult to keep people afraid of an abstract concept. You need real-world reminders. Essentially, for the war on terror to continue, you need to keep reminding people terror is out there. Which means terrorism needs to happen. Which means either letting it happen or making it happen (the vast majority of the time it’s the latter).

If you’re staging terror attacks they either have to be real, resulting in real victims and real grieving families asking real questions…or they’re fake, meaning paying actors. Either way is logistically complicated, difficult to control and potentially embarrassing.

There’s also the problem of the terrorists themselves. You’ve publicly declared war on them…but they’re also very useful. There’s a reason you’ve funded them for decades. The inevitable result is you end up with “good terrorists” in country A, and “bad terrorists” in Country B. And when they are revealed to be essentially exactly the same, well that looks bad.

But the biggest problem, really, is that it caps your ambition.

You may have chosen an abstract concept as the target of your war, but that concept needs to take human form somehow. And any human enemy can only be so scary, and can only do so much damage. There’s no way you can frighten everyone at once that way.

Plus, picking a human enemy – along racial, national, ethnic or ideological lines – is inescapably divisive. You can’t ever unite everyone behind that flag.

In short, a war on terror and terrorists is fine if you want to rule a country, but what if you want to rule a planet?

Well, what you need then is a new enemy. An enemy that can be anywhere and everywhere, and that definitely isn’t human.

The war on Covid

The Covid19 “pandemic” has been pitched to the public as a war from the beginning.

As early as March 2020, the UN Secretary General was urging countries to “declare war on the virus” and already calling Covid “the greatest threat since World War II”. A sentiment UN spokespeople have repeated. A lot.

National leaders were just as eager to equate Covid as a new grand cause, in line with the fight against fascism.

Italy’s Prime Minister referred to the nation’s “darkest hour”. New South Wales premier Gladys Berejiklian told the press “this is literally a war” just last month.

In the UK, the government made numerous transparent attempts to instil a Churchillian “spirit of the Blitz” atmosphere. Unashamedly working World War II parallels into all their Covid messaging, the Queen’s cloying public speech of shamelessly using the line We’ll Meet Again.

In America, ever the hub of military metaphors, Trump called himself a “wartime President” fighting an “invisible enemy”. Former Governor of New York Andrew Cuomo referred to healthcare professionals as “soldiers” in the battle against Covid.

Worldwide, pundits frequently compare Covid to the war on terror, and Covid to terrorists. The war metaphor has been ubiquitous in speeches, headlines and TV spots.

The message is clear and simple: The virus is our enemy. We are at war.

And this war really is perfect.

It has all the benefits of a real war, and none of the drawbacks. All the ephemeral malleability of the “war on terror”, and none of its potential complications.

Think about it…

In the name of Covid we have seen taxation, censorship, surveillance, state expenditure to the private sector and state powers all increase. These are all the cliche “emergency powers” the state seeks out in wartime.

And they’ve achieved it with a simple three-stage trick.

First, take a virus, give it a name and attribute to it the exact same symptoms of every other cold and flu virus. You just created a new disease.

Second, take a test that can “find anything in anybody”, run it on everyone who goes into hospital (especially the terminally ill) and change the legal definition of “cause of death”. You just created “deaths” from your new disease.

Third, start running that same test on everyone, multiple times a week. You just created millions upon millions of “asymptomatic cases”.

Combine these three, and you have created a “pandemic”.

They created an enemy out of thin air, through a wave of propaganda and statistical manipulation. “Covid” is nothing but a filter, a lens placed in front of the public eye that distorts reality without actually changing anything at all.

Just as with the “war on terror”, the real threat is almost entirely imaginary, but this time the optics are so much better. Instead of worshipping the troops, we now pay homage to “healthcare heroes”, the “soldiers on the frontline against the virus”. No bombs, no violence, just dancing nurses.

And what can’t happen with Covid? Simple, anything they don’t want to happen. Because of the very nature of the manufactured pandemic, they have total control of the narrative.

They can control the “cases” through the tests. They can control the “deaths” through the definition of “cause of death”. They can just tweak the meaning of a word here and there, and start and stop the “pandemic” on a whim. They can slow down the “spread”, or speed it up. Introduce a new test or treatment or “cure” it, then create a new variant to bring it back.

This war doesn’t even really exist, so it never has to end and they definitely can’t lose.

Meanwhile, every new law that passes expands the power of the state over the citizen, and every step of the way there new bloated private sector contracts up for grabs. Testing and tracing and PPE. Vaccines and ventilators and quarantine hotels. Public money is pouring into private hands.

And the best part? It’s all being done in the name of “helping people”.

Following 9/11, the Patriot Act empowered mass surveillance, detention without charge and huge infringement of civil rights, because people might be terrorists.

Now, allegedly anti-Covid “public health measures” are allowing the exact same things…because people might be sick.

The state has transformed. What was once considered paranoid and aggressive, is now simply beneficent and paternalistic.

That’s the genius of the War on Covid.

The real forever war

So…how are Covid and 9/11 linked?

One flows directly into the other. They form a continuum of control narratives designed to frighten people into accepting draconian limitations on their freedom, whilst justifying a permanent society-wide warlike mentality.

“The war on terror” and the “war on Covid” are twin psy-ops that show the transformation of “war” from a foreign policy into a purely domestic one.

Orwell described it perfectly in 1984:

In just the last two years we have all seen the truth of this. Covid has shown us supposedly enemy nations suddenly come to an accord and demonstrate almost total unity of purpose to spread one big lie.

The global capitalist hegemony doesn’t need to conquer land or steal resources anymore. They already own everything worth owning, all they need now is to control their workers and preserve the inequality they have created.

That’s the real war being waged here. Not the ridiculous war on terror. And not the laughable war on Covid. No, the real “forever war” is what Niels Harrit calls the vertical war, waged by the very top against everyone below them.

Covid is the most recent and most overt expression of this, but for years now the corporate media has been the spokesperson of the authoritarian heart of the state.

I have written before that we are entering the era of “progressive” statism. Where tyranny is sold as a regrettable inevitability and our leaders are portrayed as a new breed of reluctant dictators, sculpting dystopian political landscapes out of necessity, and with only the purest intentions.

We’re told that our caring masters aren’t controlling or dictatorial because they want to be, but because they need to be, for our sake.

The “great reset” is not a malign “conspiracy theory”, it’s just our kindly overlords child-proofing the world to protect us from ourselves. Tearing our society down so they can build back better into a neo-feudal utopia, where nobody owns anything and everyone is happy and everyone does what they’re told…or else.

This “pandemic” is the thin end of a rapidly widening wedge. Next comes the flu and obesity and global warming. No more meat. No more sugar. No more vacations. They’re bad for you, and bad for the planet, and bad for the polar bears.

Ban homeschools and protests and misinformation. Ban the wrong kind of books and the wrong kind of speech and the wrong kind of thoughts.

Wear the mask and take the jab and live in the pod and eat the bugs.

Global hegemony isn’t going to come about via traditional warfare or Imperial conquest, instead it is being shaped by a conglomeration of restrictions on individual freedom.

That’s the war that links 9/11 and Covid. The real war, and it’s not against drugs, or terrorism or even Covid…it’s against us.

Connect with OffGuardian

Cover image credit: DangrafArt

Recent Study Shows Self-Assembly Nanobots in the COVID-19 Injectables

Research from Korea and Japan confirm previous reports of nanotech in the COVID-19 

by Greg Reese, The Reese Report
September 11, 2024

Recently published research from Korea and Japan confirm previous reports we’ve heard of nanotech in the COVID-19 injectables.

Contents of the COVID-19 injectables produced by Pfizer and Moderna were examined under a stereo-microscope at four-hundred-times magnification. Specimens were cultured in different media to observe the effect they had on living cells.

The study concluded that the anomalous injuries that have occurred worldwide since the injectables were “pressed upon billions of individuals,” were caused by the nanotechnology contents of the COVID-19 injectables.

The research found cellular toxicity, and over the course of a few weeks, simple one dimensional structures grew into complex three dimensional structures. Numerous artificial self-assembling nano-sized objects of many different shapes. Including animated worm-like entities, discs, chains, spirals, tubes, and right-angle structures containing other artificial structures within them. Some structures even “seemed to appear and then disappear over time.” All of this was found to be well “beyond any expected and acceptable levels of contamination.”

This was first reported on nearly three years ago by Ricardo Delgado and La Quinta Columna, out of Spain. Who found a relationship between the nano-tech and 5G

“The Fifth Column recently published their findings and conclusions on the strange self-assembling nano tech they discovered in the Pfizer mRNA vaccines via Optical Microscopy Analysis.”

The objects they found in the vaccine correspond with known items in the scientific record. And the conclusion they come to seems quite clear, that the well documented scientific goal to use nanotechnology in living human beings to form networks capable of controlling several nanomachines, is currently being deployed in the COV-19 vaccines”
~ Greg Reese “5G Powered Graphene Based Nano-Tech in the Pfizer Vaccine” (2022)

5G towers were fired up for the first time in Wuhan the same time they were reportedly experiencing a COVID-19 outbreak. David Icke said there was a relationship between COVID-19 and 5G back in 2020. And it got him banned.

Using Dark-field microscopy, Doctor Ana Maria Mihalcea has found these same artificial nano-structures in the blood of both those who got the COVID-19 injectables, and those who did not.

Decades ago, Silicon Valley guru Ray Kurzweil, said that by 2045, most of human civilization will be non-biological machines thanks to the advancements of nano-robots which could cure aging and death.

While talk of mRNA is making it easily into the mainstream, the nano-tech is being ignored.

According to the work at La Quinta Columna, there is no mRNA spike protein. According to their research, it’s all about the nano-tech. Which they recently reported can be “totally destroyed” by a nicotine mixture derived from tobacco and distilled water.

Hopefully this nicotine study will be repeated by other independent scientists, because the mass infection of humanity with experimental nano-tech has now been ignored for at least three years. And all sides of political leadership are steering us towards a brave new world of A.I. and the internet of things. Where being an organic human being seems to not be an option.

Connect with Greg Reese substack | Rumble

CDC Confesses: Our DHCPP “Experts” Have Never Obtained Scientific Evidence of Any Alleged “Virus”… Including “Hantavirus”

by Christine Massey, Christine Massey’s “germ” FOI Newsletter
August 26, 2024

Greetings and Best Wishes,

April 12, 2024:

A FOIA request was filed with the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) (see pages 1 & 2) for all studies/reports in the possession, custody or control of the institutions:

• that scientifically prove/provide evidence of the existence of any alleged “hantavirus” (showing that the alleged particles exist and cause the illness/symptoms they are alleged to cause), or
• that even describe purification of particles alleged to be “hantavirus” directly from bodily fluid/tissue/excrement of “hosts”, with purification confirmed via EM imaging, or
• wherein the purported genome of the alleged “hantavirus” was found intact (as opposed to fabricated in silico aka computer modeled), or
• that scientifically demonstrate contagion of the illness / symptoms that are allegedly caused by said purported “virus”.

As usual I asked that if records matching my request were held but were already publicly available, I be given citations so that I may identify and access each one. I also clarified that my request was not limited to records authored by the CDC or ATSDR but included records authored by anyone, anywhere, ever.

May 10, 2024, #24-00976-FOIA:

Roger Andoh acting as CDC/ATSDR FOIA Officer in the Office of the Chief Operating Officer responded, citing only the first section of my request where I asked for studies providing scientific evidence of the existence of the alleged virus.

Before looking at Roger’s response, please review the exact wording of that section of my request. I hadn’t even asked for evidence of particles infecting cells, hijacking them and making copies of themselves, which according to “virus” dogma “viruses” do. I have never asked for such evidence in any of my requests. My requests have been much simpler than that.

And yet, despite the simplicity of my request, not only did Roger confess that “we do not have any documents pertaining to your request” (written by anyone, anywhere, ever)…

… he also disclosed that the “experts” in the Division of High-Consequence Pathogens and Pathology have never obtained scientific evidence of purported “viruses” existing in “hosts” and causing the illness/symptoms that they are claimed to cause. Because virology was never a science.

See pages 7 & 8:

“The Division of High-Consequence Pathogens and Pathology has stated that the procedure asked about in this FOIA request is not a methodology or procedure that the branch utilizes or has ever implemented. DHCPP routinely, per protocol, places samples on cell culture post sample receipt or conduct RT-PCR.” (emphasis added)

(The various problems with PCR “tests” and the use of cell cultures in virology have already been discussed by many at great length.)

I followed up with Roger (pg 9) asking about the remaining sections of the request: records of the alleged “virus” simply being found and purified from bodily fluid/tissue/excrement of “hosts” (required for valid analysis and experiments), records of the alleged “viral genome” having been found intact anywhere, and studies providing scientific evidence of illness contagion.

Roger never responded. Based on my knowledge of the virology literature and the 100% failure rate of 224 institutions in 40 countries responding to requests for foundational “virus” evidence I am confident that such studies do not exist, anywhere.

Here is the CDC’s web page on imaginary “hantaviruses”. Hmm, where have we seen those “signs and symptoms” before?

(Note: this information has been sent to ~200 people who work for “the state”, lamestream media, etc. at Canada, Isle of Man, England and the U.S., so that they can’t claim later that they didn’t know.)

More Official Confessions/Evidence Showing that Virology is Pseudoscience

Freedom of Information Responses reveal that health/science institutions around the world (224 and counting!) have no record of SARS-COV-2 (the alleged convid virus) isolation/purification, anywhere, ever:
https://www.fluoridefreepeel.ca/fois-reveal-that-health-science-institutions-around-the-world-have-no-record-of-sars-cov-2-isolation-purification/

Excel file listing 224 institutions:
https://www.fluoridefreepeel.ca/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Institution-list-for-website.xlsx

FOI responses re other imaginary “viruses” (HIV, avian influenza, HPV, Influenza, Measles, etc., etc., etc.):
https://www.fluoridefreepeel.ca/fois-reveal-that-health-science-institutions-have-no-record-of-any-virus-having-been-isolated-purified-virology-isnt-a-science/

FOIs re secretive and unscientifically “mock infected” cells (aka invalid controls) and fabricated “virus genomes”:
https://www.fluoridefreepeel.ca/do-virologists-perform-valid-control-experiments-is-virology-a-science/

3000+ pages of “virus” FOIs in 8 compilation pdfs, and my notarized declarations re the anti-scientific nature of virology:
https://tinyurl.com/IsolationFOIs

Failed freedom of Information responses re contagion:
https://www.fluoridefreepeel.ca/freedom-of-information-responses-re-contagion/

Do health and science institutions have studies proving that bacteria CAUSE disease?
https://www.fluoridefreepeel.ca/do-health-authorities-have-studies-proving-that-bacteria-cause-disease-lets-find-out-via-freedom-of-information/

Because “they” (HIV, influenza virus, HPV, measles virus, etc., etc., etc.) have never been shown to exist, clearly don’t exist and virology isn’t a science.

For truth, freedom and sanity,
Christine

Connect with Christine Massey & support her work at substack

Cover image credit: kalhh

‘We Will Not Comply’ With Pandemic Treaty, 26 Republican Governors Tell WHO

In a joint statement issued Aug. 29, the governors accused the WHO of using the Pandemic Agreement to attempt “one world control over health policy.”

by Suzanne Burdick, Ph.D., The Defender
September 4, 2024

Twenty-six U.S. governors — over half of the nation’s state leaders — have stated publicly that they will not comply with a World Health Organization (WHO)-led global attempt at controlling U.S. Americans’ health.

In their Aug. 29 statement, the 26 governors — all Republicans — and the Republican Governors Association accused the WHO of “attempting one world control over health policy” by promoting a “pandemic agreement” or “pandemic treaty.”

“Put simply,” they wrote, “Republican Governors will not comply.”

Since 2021, the WHO has been drafting proposals for a pandemic agreement and amendments to its International Health Regulations.

During the organization’s most recent World Health Assembly session, which ended on June 1, WHO negotiators did not agree on a final draft of a pandemic agreement. However, they did make “concrete commitments to completing negotiations on a global pandemic agreement within a year, at the latest, and possibly in 2024,” the WHO stated.

Health freedom activist Dr. Meryl Nass, an internist and founder of Door to Freedom, an organization that lobbied against the WHO pandemic treaty proposals, told The Defender the governors’ statement is “very necessary at this time” because the United Nations (U.N.) — which runs the WHO — “seeks to gain world control over emergencies such as cyber emergencies, supply chain emergencies or outer space emergencies.”

“The jig is up,” Nass said. “It has become widely understood that the U.N. system is being used in an attempt to centralize its control and usurp national sovereignty.”

The governors said they refuse to comply with a WHO pandemic agreement because it would consolidate power in the hands of the WHO, thereby threatening nationa

Nass said:

“This was every Republican governor in the United States with the single exception of Vermont Republican governor [Phil Scott]. He governs a state that is strongly Democrat and may have felt he could not expend the political capital required to go along and make this statement unanimous.”

The 26 governors pointed to a May 22 letter to President Joe Biden in which 24 Republican governors voiced their concerns about the WHO’s proposal.

According to the letter, the WHO’s proposed treaty would “empower the WHO, particularly its uncontrollable Director-General, with the authority to restrict the rights of U.S. citizens, including freedoms such as speech, privacy, travel, choice of medical care, and informed consent, thus violating our Constitution’s core principles.”

WHO fails to pass pandemic treaty but says it’s still committed to it 

For more than two years, the WHO has been trying to pass a pandemic treaty deal.

In December 2021, the agency’s World Health Assembly established an “intergovernmental negotiating body” to draft an international agreement under the WHO’s constitution to strengthen the agency’s pandemic prevention, preparedness and response. The U.S. federal government supported the initiative.

Although WHO negotiators disagreed on a final draft of the agreement during the most recent World Health Assembly session, they did approve a set of revisions to the WHO’s International Health Regulations.

However, the approved revisions did not include many of the most restrictive proposals that worried health freedom advocates, The Defender reported.

Nass wrote on her Substack that the World Health Assembly “had to adopt something to save face, and it had become apparent to the globalists that they would not do any better if they delayed a decision.”

U.S. states’ actions ‘central’ to defeating WHO pandemic plan

Action by U.S. states was “central” to defeating the WHO plan to centralize control of public health during declared emergencies, Nass told The Defender.

“Children’s Health Defense and Door to Freedom were central in devising this strategy,” she said, adding:

“The Constitution’s 10th Amendment reserves for the states all powers that were not specifically granted to the central government. Healthcare was never a federal authority.

“Therefore, we urged citizens to contact their attorneys general, governors, legislators — and federal officials — to demand they not turn over authority for health to the WHO.”

In May, in addition to 24 governors writing their letter of opposition, 49 senators called on the Biden administration to reject the WHO agreement.

Additionally, 22 attorneys general told Biden they would “resist any attempt to enable the WHO to directly or indirectly set public policy for our citizens.”

Numerous states — including Utah, Florida, Louisiana and Oklahoma — wrote legislation to prevent the WHO from overriding states’ authority on matters of public health policy.

“I am certain,” Nass added, “that these efforts reverberated around the world and helped lead to rejection” of the WHO’s proposals.

Connect with The Defender

The Doctor Will Spray You Now 

by Peter A. Kirby, Activist Post
August 25, 2024



My talk with journalist Cheryll Jones on Coast to Coast AM is scheduled for late in the evening of this coming Thursday, the 29th. Please stay up late and join us, won’t you? It’s too hot to sleep anyway!

Marvin Herndon, PhD, my science advisor Ginny Silcox and I will be presenting as part of the second annual Children’s Health Defense ‘Attack on Food and Farmers’ online symposium Sept. 6 & 7. Other presenters include Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., James Corbett, Dr. Meryl Nass, Catherine Austin Fitts and Dr. Sherri Tenpenny. This is going to be BIG!

Dr. Harland Cleveland (1918-2008) is honored with a whole section in my book. The only individual more honored in my book is Vice Admiral William Raborn, who has an entire chapter. Cleveland publicly advocated for global weather control at the highest levels of world power. As we are interested in exposing chemtrails, which play a central role in today’s global weather modification operations, let us take a closer look at Dr. Cleveland. For the whole story, please buy and read my book Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project.

Cleveland was the U.S. ambassador to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), a Rhodes Scholar and, along with his brother Harold van Buren Cleveland (1917-1993), a CFR member. He served as Assistant Secretary of State for International Organization Affairs, a United Nations relief administrator in China and Italy, and a foreign aid manager under the Marshall Plan. In his role as an Assistant Secretary of State during the Kennedy and Johnson administrations, Cleveland was apparently instrumental in the founding of the UN’s World Weather Watch as well as outer space treaties and international arrangements to divvy up the electromagnetic frequency spectrum.

Dr. Cleveland was also the chairman of a government group called the Weather Modification Advisory Board. In the spring of 1978, the Weather Modification Advisory Board finished their report titled “Weather Modification: Programs, Problems, Policy, and Potential.” Among many other findings, the 746-page report stated that, “It will soon be possible to influence the weather more reliably and in a much greater variety of ways.”

One year previously, during House weather modification hearings, Dr. Cleveland had advocated for more national and international weather modification efforts as he spoke of electromagnetic energy modifying the weather. He said,” The review here is an informal general theory of what kind of changes can be wrought in the atmospheric environment by what the experts call brute force, by seeding of various kinds in different circumstances – at the moment with chemical agents, perhaps in the future with forms of electromagnetic energy…” The Weather Modification Advisory Board submitted a paper to these proceedings in which they reiterated Mr. Cleveland’s assertion about using electromagnetic energy to modify the weather. The global use of electromagnetic energy to modify the weather is the distinguishing aspect of today’s New Manhattan Project.

In 1976, the MITRE Corporation sponsored the Aspen Institute’s Symposium on Living with Climatic Change. Dr. Cleveland’s talk was titled “The Climate for a New World Order.” The gist of his speech was that the validity of the science of man-made climate change is not important because the theory is simply a good way to bring about a necessary, authoritarian New World Order. He said, “There are two options, each of them backed by weighty evidence, or at least by weighty meteorologists. One is that the weather is getting warmer. The other is that the weather is getting colder. You can pay your scientists and take your choice.” Cleveland served as the director of international affairs at the Aspen Institute from 1974 to 1980.

Cleveland was a long-time, staunch supporter of a program of global weather control and he asserted his support many times. In his 1977 book The Third Try at World Order, Cleveland writes that, “the international control of weather modification had better be just around the corner.” In this book Cleveland also writes that a concerned ‘community of nations’ needs to, among many other things, “control the modification of weather at human command.” He writes that, “It is this impressive agenda, taken as a whole, that will amount to a third try at world order.” Further still in this book, Cleveland writes that new or adapted international institutions are needed to, “collect and disseminate better information and guesses about the weather – and move toward international standards for weather modification.” He characterizes this proposed effort as, “among the most urgent systems waiting to be born.” In a short 1978 piece titled “The Management of Weather Resources,” Cleveland once again advocated for weather modification. During the 1980s, Cleveland served two three-year terms as a trustee at large of the University Corporation for Atmospheric Research (UCAR) in Boulder, Colorado, which is heavily implicated in today’s New Manhattan Project. In Cleveland’s 1990 book The Global Commons: Policy for the Planet, he writes, “As the sciences and technologies create the capacity to modify the weather at human command, new concepts of law and practice will have to be invented to match humankind’s new power to change its physical surround.”

As it became a big political issue, Cleveland became a staunch supporter of the theory of man-made global warming. He stated the problem and supported the proposed solution. In his 1993 book Birth of a New World: An Open Moment for International Leadership, Cleveland wrote, “Global warming already looms as the biggest environmental issue on the political horizon.” In the same book, he noted that, “Some short-term weather can be modified at human command.” Today’s geoengineers propose similar scenarios.

GeoengineeringWatch.org
NoGeoingegneria.com
NuclearPlanet.com
SaveOurSkies.org
GlobalSkyWatch.com
ChemtrailsExposed.com
StopSprayingCalifornia.com
ChemSky.org
ChemtrailsProject.com
ChemtrailsProjectUK.com

Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, author, and activist. Find his books Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project and The Fall of San Francisco at Amazon. Join his email list at his website PeterAKirby.com

Connect with Peter A. Kirby

Connect with Activist Post

La Quinta Columna: Demonstration of Tobacco/Nicotine Destroying Injectable Nanotechnology

Truth Comes to Light editor’s note: Below you will find a video released today by La Quinta Columna wherein Ricardo Delgado shares the work of one of their associates, Rafa Calvin, who demonstrates the destruction of (apparent) nanotechnology as found in dental anesthetics (used locally via injection) by applying drops of a distilled water/tobacco mixture. As readers here will know, La Quinta Columna has done great work in researching the graphene and nanoparticles found in the so-called covid vaccines. They have also revealed similar toxins in dental anesthetics.

The video speaks for itself. As the video was produced in Spanish, I have included their transcript (as found in the video) along with a few additional translated notes that were displayed in Spanish without English translation. You will need to watch the video to understand context of Richardo’s words. At approximately 5:05 minutes into the video, the demonstration begins.

This has inspired me to begin researching the medicinal uses of tobacco throughout history and spanning many cultures. As with most natural healing options gifted to us by nature, the strange humans who seek to control by any means have buried the truth and offer us endless toxins in their place — all requiring “money”, thus not only poisoning us, but harvesting our energy by making us work within their system to supply them with “payment”.

~ Kathleen

Nicotine Destroys Injectable Nanotechnology

by Ricardo Delgado, La Quinta Columna
August 23, 2024

La Quinta Columna would like to inform you that we are working on further studies in the light of the recent findings.

Today, Friday 23rd August, we will begin to carry out more tests directly on the Pfizer “vaccine”.

We do not want with this discovery to encourage smoking in the population, only to show the evidence that nicotine, as we already suspected, apparently interacts negatively with what has been introduced to millions of people around the world.

We are continuing our research and will show more results in the near future.

Yours sincerely;

La Quinta Columna,.Ricardo Delgado

Transcript:

Let’s remember some news. Some articles that were published at the time and recently as well.

For example, Turkish doctor:

‘Smoking and drinking alcohol make COVID-19 vaccines less effective.’

And someone will say, from now on… Well, if precisely what they call vaccines, we now know that it is a neuronal implant that precisely amplifies and catalyzes microwave electromagnetic radiation because it contains graphene.

In this sense. Smoking and drinking, as they say here, and we’re not going to encourage that here, eh?

But smoking, which is what we are focusing on, does make them less effective, since it would cause fewer deaths. Right?

That’s the first logic that comes to mind.

The following study tells us:

Vaccines COVID [covid vaccines] and tobacco. Here we are focusing precisely on nicotine.

‘Can smoking affect the effectiveness of Pfizer doses?’ he says.

A study that has yet to be reviewed claims that people who smoke develop fewer antibodies.

Another example. The Infobae newspaper published: ‘Are COVID vaccines less effective in smokers?’

This is to say, do they do less harm? This is the question we have to ask ourselves?

A recent review of studies showed that antibody levels are lower in this group compared to non-smokers.

What is the cause? Well, we are going to read it here because these are his arguments — his lies, in short.

The study here or the news, February 2022, okay?

And we must remember the emphasis that the Minister of Health, Monica Garcia, places on the issue of tobacco. Listen.

[Monica Garcia] ‘Today is a great day for quality of life. Today, the plan for tobacco control that had not been updated for 14 years was approved and I insist that it puts our country back on track…’

And after 14 years it had not been updated and now they are making it more restrictive for the health of the Spanish people above all, right?

[Monica Garcia] ‘The vanguard of the world in the fight of tobacco, which is the main cause of preventable mortality. As I said, it is the cause of 30% of cancers in our country and is also the cause of more than 16 types of cancer. Today we do it…’

We don’t talk about graphene, the cancers it causes and so on. No, we don’t say that. It far exceeds those of tobacco, almost certainly. And in record time, too, eh?

[Monica Garcia] ‘We are going with ambition, we are doing it with pride, we are doing it with coherence, and we are also doing it without fear. Dusting off this plan will give more years of life to our citizens and that will give a better quality of life in those years.’

Clear!…

[Monica Garcia] ‘It is others who will have to explain why they do not want to adhere to this plan. It is others who will have to explain why they turn their back on scientific evidence, why they turn their back on health, why they turn their back on their own technicians, and they will have to explain why they are not in favour of a consensus that I believe is a fairly broad social consensus. Regardless of this refusal, the origin of which we do not know exactly, they will have to explain it to us. I don’t know if they have given in to the pressure. We don’t know if they have already embarked on this established denialism.’

Wow!

[Monica Garcia] ‘that some people in this country have, we don’t know if..’

So, denialism has to do with tobacco?

Do you see how this woman’s subconscious instinctively betrays her?

What does denialism have to do with a proposal to restrict, after all — the sale or prohibition of tobacco in this regard? See?

Because they’re not very smart, huh?

And when she’s reading, it all seems somewhat coherent since they write the speech for her, but when she interprets, she completely screws up.

[Monica Garcia] ‘As if it were already the result of the obsessive attack on the central government. But this attitude will not tarnish the splendid and wonderful news we have today. And I insist that in our country we will once again be at the forefront of the fight against smoking and at the forefront of the fight for the health of our citizens.’

Denialism, smoking!

But this all stinks pretty bad, huh? In the sense of making you see that now, precisely now. This incisive fight against tobacco and which reduces the effectiveness of the COVID vaccine and the effectiveness of what they call a vaccine, which is not a vaccine — will not in any case reduce the effectiveness of this intracorporeal technology introduced?

Indeed, La Quinta Columna has carried out some kind of tests on the part of that follower Rafa Calvin. And he has mixed. Let’s watch the video.

[Video begins.]

Nicotine extracted directly from a gram of tobacco with distilled water and added it to a sample of a dental anesthetic, local, for dental use, where that micro tech appears.

First part 5cc of distilled water, 1 gram of tobacco. Place the mixture in the centre of the object holder.

[Image] Dental anesthetic 30 days drying.

[Hundreds of micro tech bits can be observed at 100x magnification.]

Well, I’m going to make a little clarification for people who are asking what this is. Surely there is still a lot of research time left, even from the year 2021-2022 until now of La Quinta Columna. What we are seeing is an intracorporeal network of biosensors introduced in local anesthetics. OK?

[I put a small amount of the water/tobacco mixture.]

Well, good for Rafa Calvin. Let’s watch another video. I think they show more results here. There it goes.

Let us also remember what we said about nicotine having a neuroprotective action, and that there were some studies that seemed to determine that it could be an effective treatment for diseases such as Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s and other types of neuropathies.

However, it does not necessarily have to be inhaled and smoked. There are many ways to administer nicotine, including chewing gum. This substance passes in certain doses into the blood, which we now know is contaminated with you know what.

It is an indication that should be tested and more tests must obviously be done.

Starting tomorrow, I’m going to get pure liquid nicotine, which they also sell, and we’re going to test the Pfizer vaccine in different doses and quantities. We will show the results as soon as we have it.

Connect with La Quinta Columna: website | Odysee | Rumble | telegram

From Agrarianism to Transhumanism: The Long March to Dystopia

by Colin Todhunter, Global Research
August 18, 2024

“A total demolition of the previous forms of existence is underway: how one comes into the world, biological sex, education, relationships, the family, even the diet that is about to become synthetic.”

 — Silvia Guerini, radical ecologist, in ‘From the ‘Neutral’ Body to the Posthuman Cyborg: A Critique of Gender Ideology’ (2023)

We are currently seeing an acceleration of the corporate consolidation of the entire global agri-food chain. The big data conglomerates, including Amazon, Microsoft, Facebook and Google, have joined traditional agribusiness giants, such as Corteva, Bayer, Cargill and Syngenta, in a quest to impose their model of food and agriculture on the world. [1]

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and big financial institutions, like BlackRock and Vanguard, are also involved, whether through buying up huge tracts of farmland,  pushing biosynthetic (fake) food and genetic engineering technologies or more generally facilitating and financing the aims of the mega agri-food corporations. [2]

The billionaire interests behind this try to portray their techno-solutionism as some kind of humanitarian endeavour: saving the planet with ‘climate-friendly solutions’, ‘helping farmers’ or ‘feeding the world’. But what it really amounts to is repackaging and greenwashing the dispossessive strategies of imperialism.

It involves a shift towards a ‘one world agriculture’ under the control of agritech and the data giants, which is to be based on genetically engineered seeds, laboratory created products that resemble food, ‘precision’ and ‘data-driven’ agriculture and farming without farmers, with the entire agrifood chain, from field (or lab) to retail, being governed by monopolistic e-commerce platforms determined by artificial intelligence systems and algorithms.

Those who are pushing this agenda have a vision not only for farmers but also for humanity in general.

The elites through their military-digital-financial (Pentagon/Silicon Valley/Big Finance) complex want to use their technologies to reshape the world and redefine what it means to be human. They regard humans, their cultures and their practices, like nature itself, as a problem and deficient.

Farmers are to be displaced and replaced with drones, machines and cloud-based computing. Food is to be redefined and people are to be fed synthetic, genetically engineered products. Cultures are to be eradicated, and humanity is to be fully urbanised, subservient and disconnected from the natural world.

What it means to be human is to be radically transformed. But what has it meant to be human until now or at least prior to the (relatively recent) Industrial Revolution and associated mass urbanisation?

To answer this question, we need to discuss our connection to nature and what most of humanity was involved in prior to industrialisation — cultivating food.

Many of the ancient rituals and celebrations of our forebears were built around stories, myths and rituals that helped them come to terms with some of the most fundamental issues of existence, from death to rebirth and fertility. These culturally embedded beliefs and practices served to sanctify their practical relationship with nature and its role in sustaining human life.

As agriculture became key to human survival, the planting and harvesting of crops and other seasonal activities associated with food production were central to these customs.

Humans celebrated nature and the life it gave birth to. Ancient beliefs and rituals were imbued with hope and renewal and people had a necessary and immediate relationship with the sun, seeds, animals, wind, fire, soil and rain and the changing seasons that nourished and brought life. Our cultural and social relationships with agrarian production and associated deities had a sound practical base.

People’s lives have been tied to planting, harvesting, seeds, soil and the seasons for thousands of years.

Silvia Guerini, whose quote introduces this article, notes the importance of deep-rooted relationships and the rituals that re-affirm them. She says that through rituals a community recognises itself and its place in the world. They create the spirit of a rooted community by contributing to rooting and making a single existence endure in a time, in a territory, in a community.

Professor Robert W Nicholls explains that the cults of Woden and Thor were superimposed on far older and better-rooted beliefs related to the sun and the earth, the crops and the animals and the rotation of the seasons between the light and warmth of summer and the cold and dark of winter.

Humanity’s relationship with farming and food and our connections to land, nature and community has for millennia defined what it means to be human.

Take India, for example. Environmental scientist Viva Kermani says that Hinduism is the world’s largest nature-based religion that:

“… recognises and seeks the Divine in nature and acknowledges everything as sacred. It views the earth as our Mother and hence advocates that it should not be exploited. A loss of this understanding that earth is our mother, or rather a deliberate ignorance of this, has resulted in the abuse and the exploitation of the earth and its resources.”

Kermani notes that ancient scriptures instructed people that the animals and plants found in India are sacred and, therefore, all aspects of nature are to be revered. She adds that this understanding of and reverence towards the environment is common to all Indic religious and spiritual systems: Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism.

According to Kermani, the Vedic deities have deep symbolism and many layers of existence. One such association is with ecology. Surya is associated with the sun, the source of heat and light that nourishes everyone; Indra is associated with rain, crops, and abundance; and Agni is the deity of fire and transformation and controls all changes.

She notes that the Vrikshayurveda, an ancient Sanskrit text on the science of plants and trees, contains details about soil conservation, planting, sowing, treatment, propagating, how to deal with pests and diseases and a lot more.

Like Nicholls, Kermani provides insight into some of the profound cultural, philosophical and practical aspects of humanity’s connection to nature and food production.

This connection resonates with agrarianism, a philosophy based on cooperative labour and fellowship, which stands in stark contrast to the values and impacts of urban life, capitalism and technology that are seen as detrimental to independence and dignity. Agrarianism, too, emphasises a spiritual dimension as well as the value of rural society, small farms, widespread property ownership and political decentralisation.

The prominent proponent of agrarianism Wedell Berry says:

“The revolution which began with machines and chemicals now continues with automation, computers and biotechnology.”

For Berry, agrarianism is not a sentimental longing for a time past. Colonial attitudes, domestic, foreign and now global, have resisted true agrarianism almost from the beginning — there has never been fully sustainable, stable, locally adapted, land-based economies.

However, Berry provides many examples of small (and larger) farms that have similar output as industrial agriculture with one third of the energy.

In his poem ‘A Spiritual Journey’, Berry writes the following:

“And the world cannot be discovered by a journey of miles,
no matter how long,
but only by a spiritual journey,
a journey of one inch,
very arduous and humbling and joyful,
by which we arrive at the ground at our feet,
and learn to be at home.”

But in the cold, centralised, technocratic dystopia that is planned, humanity’s spiritual connection to the countryside, food and agrarian production are to be cast into the dustbin of history.

Silvia Guerini says [3]:

“The past becomes something to be erased in order to break the thread that binds us to a history, to a tradition, to a belonging, for the transition towards a new uprooted humanity, without past, without memory… a new humanity dehumanised in its essence, totally in the hands of the manipulators of reality and truth”.

This dehumanised humanity severed from the past is part of the wider agenda of transhumanism. For instance, we are not just seeing a push towards a world without farmers and everything that has connected us to the soil but, according to Guerini, also a world without mothers.

She argues that those behind test-tube babies and surrogate motherhood now have their sights on genetic engineering and artificial wombs, which would cut women out of the reproductive process. Guerini predicts that artificial wombs could eventually be demanded, or rather marketed, as a right for everyone, including transgender people. It is interesting that the language around pregnancy is already contested with the omission of ‘women’ from statements like ‘persons who can get pregnant’.

Of course, there has long been a blurring of lines between biotechnology, eugenics and genetic engineering. Genetically engineered crops, gene drives and gene editing are now a reality, but the ultimate goal is marrying artificial intelligence, bionanotechnology and genetic engineering to produce the one-world transhuman.

This is being pushed by powerful interests, who, according to Guerini, are using a rainbow, transgenic left and LGBTQ+ organisations to promote a new synthetic identity and claim to new rights. She says this is an attack on life, on nature, on “what is born, as opposed to artificial” and adds that all ties to the real, natural world must be severed.

It is interesting that in its report Future of Food, the UK supermarket giant Sainsburys celebrates a future where we are microchipped and tracked and neural laces have the potential to see all of our genetic, health and situational data recorded, stored and analysed by algorithms that could work out exactly what food (delivered by drone) we need to support us at a particular time in our life. All sold as ‘personal optimisation’.

Moreover, it is likely, according to the report, that we will be getting key nutrients through implants. Part of these nutrients will come in the form of lab-grown food and insects.

A neural lace is an ultra-thin mesh that can be implanted in the skull, forming a collection of electrodes capable of monitoring brain function. It creates an interface between the brain and the machine.

Sainsburys does a pretty good job of trying to promote a dystopian future where AI has taken your job, but, according to the report, you have lots of time to celebrate the wonderful, warped world of ‘food culture’ created by the supermarket and your digital overlords.

Technofeudalism meets transhumanism — all for your convenience, of course.

But none of this will happen overnight. And whether the technology will deliver remains to be seen. Those who are promoting this brave new world might have overplayed their hand but will spend the following decades trying to drive their vision forward.

But arrogance is their Achilles heel.

There is still time to educate, to organise, to resist and to agitate against this hubris, not least by challenging the industrial food giants and the system that sustains them and by advocating for and creating grass-root food movements and local economies that strengthen food sovereignty.

Renowned author Colin Todhunter specialises in development, food and agriculture. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Notes

[1] See Food, Dispossession and Dependency: Resisting the New World Order.

[2] See Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth

[3] A debt of gratitude is owed to Paul Cudenec and his article Truth, reality, tradition and freedom: our resistance to the great uprooting on the Winter Oak website, which provides quotes from and insight into the work of Silvia Guerini.

>The original source of this article is Global Research

Copyright © Colin Todhunter, Global Research, 2024

Cover image credit: sujp26 

The Left and Right Are Two Cheeks of the Same Ass

(Title thanks to Gareth Icke)

by Gary D. Barnett
August 15, 2024

“In the present case it is a little inaccurate to say I hate everything. I am strongly in favor of common sense, common honesty and common decency. This makes me forever ineligible to any public office of trust or profit in the ‘Republic.’ But I do not repine, for I am a subject of it only by force of arms.”

~ H.L. Mencken

Actually, all politicians and parties fit into the same paradigm called rule, regardless of so-called rhetorical grandstanding when attempting to claim that they are different spots on the same ass. However, in this country, the claimed left and right control the entire narrative, because they control the entire political process. (Not really, but their controllers do) The others, including ‘independents’ and ‘libertarians,’ would be no different, because the most common denominator of all those who seek rule and therefore power, is to control and manage the people by taxation and force of government. The only entity that is exempt from this power-seeking insanity, are anarchists, but then, anarchists abhor government and governing of people, believe only in “no rule,” so are not a risk to any freedom seeking individual. It is the single only thought existing that is completely non-political, and therefore the only sane option based on natural law.

This is not anything new or current, it has always been the case, even though many would attempt to argue this point; each side claiming to be one thing or the other, and in opposition against each other, when both seek the very same agendas. Certainly, there are some necessary exceptions, but those exceptions are fraudulent, and meant only to falsely distinguish one from the other, and this is just in order to fool the fools.

To figure this out, one need only look at all the connections of both parties, and other political entities as well, and the overlap will be so damning as to easily be seen as sinister; this going back many decades. Probably the best and most referenced material to view concerning this issue, is the work of Whitney Webb, now of the Unlimited hangout. Once one takes the time to do individual research and study, it becomes obvious that everything going on, and much more than 99% of the population are completely unaware of, the ties among all the criminal governing elements are not only telling of the mass collusion (conspiracy) between parties, corporations, banking, all ‘intelligence’ organizations, media, and the Zionist Israeli cabal, but are so massive in scope as to be nearly unbelievable. It is literally astounding.

But with all this said, and all the information available from very reliable sources, with reference and source material easily available to any willing to look, (at least for now) there is no excuse for the insane behavior of the general population. It lends to the credibility that the indoctrination and brainwashing of the masses has been a complete success, as stated by myself and many others, that this population is too far gone to be relied upon to ever seek real freedom. It is my contention that the bulk of society will continue to ‘vote’ for masters to rule them, will continue to obey as slaves, and to cower and bow down to the mandates and orders handed down by the ruling class. The most evil Trump and Harris fiasco will bear this out, as a narcissistic, lying, egotistical political plant will face off with an evil woke communist and perverted specimen plant, as most of the ‘voting public’ will fully participate in the wicked process called elections. This will guarantee the finishing destruction of all that is sane, regardless of which piece of garbage is selected by the deep state mob this time around.

Looking deep into the backgrounds of all four of these political scum, (Trump, Vance, Harris, and Walz) is enough to sicken even the most loyal followers or ignorant among this population. With that said, it matters not who is running for office, as all are of the same cloth, regardless of any claims to the contrary, and regardless of any party affiliation. Any targeted research whatsoever, any understanding of the close connections among all these high-level politicians, and throughout our history, is enough for anyone who still possess any aptitude toward logic, reason, or any ability whatsoever to think critically, to abandon immediately any connection to any nation-state, country, or governing structure.

Obviously, I cannot go into all the connections, all the corruption, all the perversions, all the lying, all the theft, and all the murderous policies of those politicians who claim to rule this country, in this short overview. Even if I simply added much of the reference material appropriate for this subject matter, it would take reams of paper; so much so as to guarantee that few if any would wade through all the material (or any) available exposing the mass criminal exploits of all of the political class in this country. It is overwhelming to say the least.

Two of the best sources are certainly the work of James Corbett and Whitney Webb, but there are many more. In just this one piece by Webb, “Government by Blackmail,” there is enough information linking all these criminals, that any who read this article thoroughly, will come away stunned at this fully referenced information, and it only begins to touch the surface of the criminal and conspiratorial nature of all U.S. politics.

Mencken declared perfectly the state of being concerning ‘democracy’ and the collective ignorance of humanity:

“Democracy is a pathetic belief in the collective wisdom of individual ignorance. No one in this world, so far as I know—and I have researched the records for years, and employed agents to help me—has ever lost money by underestimating the intelligence of the great masses of the plain people. Nor has anyone ever lost public office thereby.”

Since the beginning of time, man has been oppressed by the very few who claimed control over all through one or another psychotic governing structure. The few kings, dictators, and oligarchs were able to gain control over billions, while those billions did absolutely nothing to eliminate the heinous system called rule. It is no different in this country, as the few in power took it by force and deceit, while the masses fully accepted it without resistance. In other words, all freedom was voluntarily abandoned in favor of rule, of a master/slave model based on total obedient submission to false authority. This can only lead to a slaughterhouse effect, where the weak and all those who actively dissent, can be rounded up, put into cages, (camps) subject to constant wars, and be made dependent on the very government that was intentionally allowed to gain power over them.

This is madness, this is insanity, and this next ‘election’ cycle will bear this out in spades, but I suspect that few will even have a clue as to what they have allowed to take place. That is the sad state of affairs that consumes this ‘country’ and its controlled and compliant population; one that risks total annihilation at the hands of its chosen masters.

“I have never voted in my life… I have always known and understood that the idiots are in a majority so it’s certain they will win.”

~ Louis-Ferdinand Céline

Connect with Gary D. Barnett website | substack (additional articles available to paid members)

Cover image based on creative commons work of Clker-Free-Vector-Images

Return of The Monkeypox! 

by Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath, Nature of Healing
August 15, 2024

Get ready for a feature event sequel!

Remember, the original Monkeypox story from 2022? If not, read The Monkeypox Story:

Do you have a desire to swing from trees, pick breakfast bugs off your mate, to screech, yell, and generally monkey around? But seriously…. 

Back in 2022, the CDC called Monkeypox a “rare” disease, but spreading. The World Health Organization (WHO) declared it a public health emergency of international concern. Amidst many contradictions, suddenly, the story ended. Nothing more was reported. Of course, at the time. another event had taken center stage.

But we all know how stories become epic sagas.

What is once considered rare soon becomes ripe (as a banana) for an epidemic then a pandemic.  Give it two years and one outbreak of rash goes global. Today’s Monkeypox story claims that back in 2023 there were warnings similar to HIV-AIDS in how the disease was targeted:

Some of these cases are being found in communities of gay, bisexual and other men who have sex with men. Transgender people and gender-diverse people may also be more vulnerable in the context of the current outbreak.

However, in 2024, Monkeypox has been renamed Mpox, perhaps because we all have shorter attention spans. All reference to HIV-AIDS has all but disappeared. Early reviews of this feature story include the following:

Mpox is an infectious disease closely related to but much less severe than smallpox, and is suspected to originate in African rodents and non-human primates. Mpox spreads through close contact with an infected person, including from sexual and skin-to-skin-contact. Pregnant people can also pass the virus to their child during pregnancy and after birth. The most common symptom of mpox is a blister-like rash that typically lasts for two to four weeks. Other symptoms include fever, fatigue, muscle aches, cough, and sore throat.

New Classification System

This time, Mpox is divided into two clades.  A clade indicates a grouping of animals or plants (or in this case, a strain of virus) from a shared ancestor.

There are two main strains of mpox: clade I, which causes more severe illness and has historically been confined to central Africa, and clade II, which has historically caused infections in west Africa.

Why call it a clade when we all know a group of monkeys is a troop?

The International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses has not determined an official name for the virus.  Various groups of scientists argue over the clades, while others avoid tying pathogens or diseases to geographic areas (Africa) by name because “it can be stigmatizing” to the area.

while the virus was first discovered in monkeys, it’s thought that the natural reservoir of the virus may be a rodent, leading to complaints that monkeypox is a misnomer.

Why shorten the name from Monkeypox to Mpox? Why not just make the “k” silent?

This time there is also a Monkeypox Tracker!

According to a situational WHO report, published in August 2024, as of June 2024, there were 175 cases (of Monkeypox) reported across North, Central, and South America; 100 cases were reported in Europe, and 11 cases were reported in Southeast Asian countries.

Monkeypox Rash

In 2022, officials released photos of rash dubbed “Monkeypox.”

Looking closer, any image labelled “Monkeypox” could double as an image labelled as Shingles.

Any skin rash often traces back to a congested liver. The liver needs to be cleansed for the skin to clear. According to Traditional Chinese Medicine, there is a blood imbalance, which involves the health of the liver.  Even the 2007 Journal of Hepatology states:

Chronic liver disease of any origin can cause typical skin findings.

What the WHO and CDC have not disclosed is that vaccine ingredients are widely known to cause rashes, often a full body rash.

A vaccine-associated rash is a consequence of an influx of toxins to the body that results in a suppressed immune system. Frequent Strep Throat infections are another indication of a suppressed immune system. A.S.I.A is not a continent when it comes to vaccine damage. A.S.I.A is Autoimmune/Inflammatory Syndrome Induced by Adjuvants, (ie, induced by toxins), where adjuvants are vaccine ingredients (eg. aluminum sulphate).

Is there a relationship between the pox and a rash? Between the CoV-SARS vaccine/boosters and a rash? Between the new SHINGRIX recombinant vaccine and a rash?

Dermatological reactions have been reported following Shingrix vaccine administration. 

Will Chickenpox become Cpox? Will Horsepox become Hpox?

It is recommended to do your own research. Reflect before you inject.

Spoilers to Endings

Beware of the spoilers! We may know how the story ends! The question is, do we share it and spoil the ending for everyone else?

Recent news reports fail to disclose that in February of 2021, patent application #20210260182 was filed for RECOMBINANT POXVIRUS BASED VACCINE AGAINST SARS-CoV-2 VIRUS. This is a combination pox/COVID vaccine patent filed over a year ago. After all, where there is a will, there is a vaccine patent!

The terms “chimeric” or “engineered” or “modified” (e.g., chimeric poxvirus, engineered polypeptide, modified polypeptide, engineered nucleic acid, modified nucleic acid) or grammatical variations thereof are used interchangeably herein to refer to a non-native sequence that has been manipulated to have one or more changes relative a native sequence.

In some embodiments, the SARS-CoV-2 protein is inserted into the Thymidine Kinase (TK) locus (Gene ID HPXV095; positions 992077-92610; SEQ ID NO: 1) of the horsepox virus or the synthetic horsepox virus.

Then came the pipeline of new patented pox-combo vaccines.

There are more than 292 COVID-19 candidates’ vaccines being developed as of July 2021 of which 184 are in human preclinical trials. 

Problem-Reaction-Solution

In the movie business, sequels are made to increase profit not gained by the first movie. The directors do not always expect people to remember the first version, especially if it was a flop. But now, the virus has mutated! It’s spreading!

So the red carpet is being rolled out.

Of course, there are those who question the merit of vaccination schemes as “the light at the end of the tunnel.”

But the era of Reverse Genetics is here. That is: engineering viruses from deadly Smallpox, which they admit could lead to the reemergence of Smallpox, as well as to future pandemics.

Since the first Monkeypox event, many labs have been developing tests for the unseen Monkeypox virus.

Get ready for the temperature checks. You know the routine.

Are we watching science fiction or have we become part of the script?

This story does not mean that humans need fear monkeys or eradicate them, like they did when they agreed to put chickens into lockdown from Pennsylvania to France, then exterminate 95 million chickens, turkeys, and other poultry out of fear since February 2022.

Do we care where this sequel goes? Or that it goes back to a patent?

Related Articles:

• The Monkeypox Story
• Birdflu BS
• The Rise of EV-D68 and the Death of the Flu

Connect with Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath

Cover image credit:jonleong64

Fluoride To Zeolite: Safe or Shaky?

by Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath, Nature of Healing
August 14, 2024

Zeolite.

It’s an aluminosilicate mineral by definition. Silico-aluminate. Powdered aluminum.

Toxic.

Ironically, in the natural health world, zeolite is advertised and promoted as a metal detoxifier; something that binds to and removes metal toxins from the body.  Zeolites are promoted in industry to minimize environmental issues linked to landfill disposal leakage.

Zeolites constituent [SiO4]4 −and [AlO4]5 . According to this 2005 article, they share all corners to create a three-dimensional framework structure carrying a negative charge.

Nearly 100 different frameworks have been crystallographically defined for zeolites, and related structures, each one having a unique molecular architecture. The internal dimensions of their channels and cavities are close to molecular dimensions and this has led to their employment as ‘molecular sieves’ and catalysts.

Some zeolite structures, high in aluminum, cannot be used in living systems (in vivo) because they are not stable in acids. But how do zeolite manufacturers assure the right form is used in human health applications?

Are zeolites safe in the body?

Waste Incineration Fly Ash

Whether recycled from volcanic ash, or synthesized from incineration fly ash, both sources of zeolite are synthesized from toxic ash clouds, i.e. waste.

Normally, waste is incinerated and sent to landfills for disposal. However, with the problems of available landfill space decreasing, hazardous substances leaching out of landfills, not to mention the cost of solidification, or burial of hazardous waste, what can be done?

From the 2021 Journal of Environmental Chemical Engineering:

The ash or residue materials containing rich silica and alumina are dissolved in the alkaline solution to form the aluminosilicate as the precursors of zeolite, after aging for a period of time, the aluminosilicate solution is put into an autoclave to conduct hydrothermal reactions at a specific temperature and pressure and the crystalline zeolite is formed gradually.

The recycling of hazardous waste to become a “healthy” additive is nothing new.

Fluoride in The Water

The same has been done with toxic waste byproducts from phosphate fertilizer production; hydrfluoroosilicic acid (HFSA), also known as fluoride.

The CDC and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) allow HSFA to be added as “fluoride” to municipal drinking water. For more than 80 years, HFSA has been deemed by “experts” as “safe” in preventing tooth decay. Even though there is plenty of proof that HFSA causes dental fluorosis.

These agencies know that, if buried, poisonous arsenic leaches into groundwater worldwide. Thus, the problem was transferred to public water supplies.

If a fluoride level of 0.7 mg/L, the “optimal” level used in U.S. and Canadian drinking water fluoridation projects, can create neurodevelopmental harm to the fetus, bottle-fed infant, and child, then what does it do to an adult who has been drinking tap water over the course of a lifetime?

Fluoride increases the body’s ability to absorb aluminum. And where does the aluminum go? The bones. The brain. What metal shows up in the brains of Alzheimer’s victims? Autism? Multiple Sclerosis? Aluminum.

The studies show a lowered I.Q. in any population that drinks fluoridated water. Within phosphate fertilizer waste (HFSA) is arsenic and lead, among other toxins. This leads to numerous forms of cancer in any population that drinks municipal fluoridated, water.

Even the American Dental Association (ADA) says fluoride is safe in community water fluoridation programs. Yet, the ADA also calls fluoride “a mineral that is found in all natural water sources and is the ionic form of the trace element fluorine, which is commonly found in the environment. Why the contradictions?

An April 22, 2013 Earth Day petition from a U.S. University, delivered to the U.S. EPA Administrator appealed to reason regarding HFSA’s carcinogenicity, but also the costs saved by eliminating  fluoridation of the public water supply (of between 1 and 6 billion annually). However, no amount of information, legal wrangling, or courtroom trials, have ended the addition of industrial toxic waste products to the water supply. The latest court case sits in California without a ruling.  Will EPA ever be forced to ban toxins in tap water?

Are fluoride drinkers more likely to disregard the dangers of nanotechnology?

Nanotechnology can be defined as “the art and science of manipulating matter at the nanoscale (down to 1/100,000 the width of a human hair) to create new and unique materials and products…seemingly ordinary materials may behave completely differently than in their larger bulk or macro form.

Due to their small size, nanoparticles can cross biological membranes, cells, tissues and organs more readily than larger particles. Once in the blood stream, nanomaterials can circulate throughout the body and can lodge in organs and tissues including the brain, liver, heart, kidneys, spleen, bone marrow and nervous system. Once inside cells, they may interfere with normal cellular function, cause oxidative damage and even cell death.

Ironically, calcium nano-fertilizer is being used to counter the effects of oxidative stress from fluoride uptake in rice!

Zeolite NanoTechnology

Zeolite is used in nanotechnology, specifically in the nanotech delivery of medications, as biosensors.  Biosensing is the basis of Smart Delivery, Monitoring, Surveillance, and Healthcare.

More broadly, zeolites are important to the industries of Artificial Intelligence, A.I.  Their nano-crystalline structure is useful to biomedical applications, not only as biosensors, but also as: Vaccine adjuvants, Antimicrobial agents, Drug and Gen delivery, Hemodyalisis, external applications, Diabetes Mellitus, Detoxicants, Bone formation, Anti-diarrheal agents, Anti-tumor adjuvants, and Enzyme mimetics.

Today, zeolites bind, while also building nano-systems for medical interventions.

Zeolites were used as part of the CoV-BAN, Internet of Things (IoT) Network, as a real time health monitoring system. A biosensor map of the world can identify people in real-time, whether you are pharmaceutical-friendly or “alternative.”

Before applying zeolite to your routine, or listening to “experts” who promote it for their own profit, do your own research.  Even with a lowered I.Q. from drinking fluoridated water, anyone can protect themselves by asking questions and checking the source.

These days, toxins are not only in the water, but also in fast foods, and in the air we breathe. People, who turn to supplements for help, need to ask if any new-and-improved product is safe or shaky?

Related articles:

Nano Drug Delivery Systems in Smart Healthcare

Rosanne Lindsay is a Traditional Naturopath, Herbalist, Writer, and Author of the books The Nature of Healing, Heal the Body, Heal the Planet and Free Your Voice, Heal Your Thyroid, Reverse Thyroid Disease Naturally. Find her on Facebook at facebook.com/Natureofhealing. Consult with her remotely at www.natureofhealing.org. Listen to her archived podcasts at blogtalkradio.com/rosanne-lindsay.

Connect with Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath

Cover image credit: OfotoRay

Chemical Poisoning of Our Skies: The Secrets of Majors Field in Greenville, Texas



The Abstract episode 42 “The Secrets of Majors Field”

by Peter A. Kirby, Activist Post
August 11, 2024

Dr. Marvin Herndon, my science advisor Ginny Silcox and I will be presenting as part of the second annual Children’s Health Defense ‘Attack on Food and Farmers’ online symposium Sept. 6 & 7. Our talk will be about how geoengineering harms food production. Other presenters include Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., James Corbett, Dr. Meryl Nass, Catherine Austin Fitts and Dr. Sherri Tenpenny. This is going to be BIG!

Majors Field in Greenville, Texas (known today as Majors Airport) is heavily implicated in the production of chemtrail spraying aircraft. For many decades aerospace businesses operating there have had only the most serious implications for what is referred to here as the New Manhattan Project. To this day it appears that businesses operating at Majors Field are cranking out the chemtrail sprayers. It all started with something called Temco. For the whole story, please buy and read my book Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project.

Immediately following WWII, two aeronautical engineers by the names of Robert McCulloch and H.L. Howard founded the Texas Engineering and Manufacturing Company (Temco) on November 17, 1945. After attracting some investors, McCulloch and Howard leased from the federal government the same gigantic, 5-year-old, government-built, $30M production facilities in Dallas, TX where the two engineers had run military aircraft production operations during the war. The founders of Temco also leased the vast majority of their tools (some $850K worth) from the federal government. From the beginning, the U.S. Government had a huge stake in Temco. Of the two Temco founders, the more notable is McCulloch. Robert McCulloch was widely known in the industry as an astute executive as well as a sharp aeronautical engineer.

David Harold Byrd (1900-1986) was one of the original investors in Temco. David Harold Byrd, cousin of the famous Admiral Richard E. Byrd, was an aircraft enthusiast who, over the course of his lifetime, among many other aircraft-related activities, owned 58 aircraft and organized and operated three commercial aircraft services. He helped found the Texas Civil Air Patrol and his picture hangs on the wall of the Civil Air Patrol ‘Hall of Honor’ at Wright-Patterson AFB in Ohio. Byrd was famously good friends with the driving political force behind the creation of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the then Majority Leader of the Senate Lyndon Baines Johnson (LBJ). In fact, in July of 1957, one year before the bill that created NASA was signed into law, Byrd had fortuitously organized and become chairman of the board of something called Space Corporation. Space Corporation specialized in aerospace ground support equipment. As detailed in an article and episode a few weeks ago, NASA and their many former Nazis have apparently played a central role in the production of the New Manhattan Project. Equally as curious, Byrd was the owner of the book depository building in downtown Dallas where Lee Harvey Oswald supposedly fired the magic bullet that killed President John F. Kennedy.

Temco’s combination of McCulloch and Byrd garnered the critical support of the local Texas congressional delegation which helped bring lots of business to the fledgling Temco. In 1945 the new Temco began producing the Fairchild F-24 aircraft as well as engaging in the conversion of surplus military aircraft. In late 1946, the firm was incorporated as TEMCO, Inc.

It is worth mentioning that Fairchild Industries, which developed the Fairchild F-24 and sub-contracted the production of said airplane to Temco, is the company where the famous Operation Paperclip Nazi Wernher von Braun went. In the early 1970s, not long before his death, von Braun was the Fairchild vice president for engineering and development.

Following the Korean war in 1953 Temco Aircraft moved to Majors Field.

We are primarily concerned with Temco Aircraft due to their connections to LTV Electrosystems. LTV Electrosystems was partly a product of the Temco Aircraft Corporation.

In 1960 the Temco Aircraft Corporation merged with an electronics company called Ling Altec. The resulting company was known as Ling-Temco. The following year, Ling-Temco absorbed the Chance Vought Corporation which produced Corsair aircraft for the Navy. After this absorption, the resulting company was known as Ling-Temco-Vought. LTV Electrosystems was a publicly traded spin-off from Ling-Temco-Vought, hence the ‘LTV.’ In fact, although it was cobbled together from a few different internal sources, the biggest part of the new LTV Electrosystems came from the old Temco Aircraft.

From the mid-1960s to the early 1970s LTV Electrosystems contracted for the United States Air Force in the repair, overhaul and modification of aircraft. Might these modifications have had anything to do with aerial spraying of substances and the collection of atmospheric data? The Air Force and the Navy have been ubiquitous throughout the development of the New Manhattan Project.

Furthermore, beginning in 1970, on the LTV Electrosystems board of directors sat Navy Vice Admiral William F. Raborn (1905-1990) who, for all the world, appears to have been a very central player in the historical development of today’s New Manhattan Project. In 1972 LTV Electrosystems was bought and taken private by a group of investors led by a man by the name of John W. Dixon. The company subsequently changed its name to E-Systems. Throughout this transition, Raborn stayed on the board.

John W. Dixon was a Kentucky native and a longtime employee of LTV Electrosystems before he became the first E-Systems CEO in 1972. Gregg Jones of The Dallas Morning News writes, “From the beginning, E-Systems sought top-notch engineers and experts with connections to the intelligence community. Drawing on contacts made as deputy Pentagon comptroller and at LTV, Mr. Dixon hired men such as a former CIA deputy chief of science and technology and a National Security Agency signals-intelligence expert.” As mentioned last week, in 1975, after congress ordered the CIA to divest itself of their airlines, E-Systems bought Air Asia for $1.9M. With this purchase, E-Systems got the largest aircraft repair and maintenance facility in Southeast Asia and loads of CIA affiliations. Peter A. Marino, a former director of the CIA’s technical services division and a defense industry executive became an E-Systems senior vice president in 1991.

In Reagan’s first year in office (1980), E-Systems’ order backlog went up 34 percent, topping $1B for the first time. It was only upside from there. Jones writes, “In an 18-month period in 1985-86, the company hired 2,100 people in the Dallas area alone. Revenue broke the $1 billion mark for the first time in 1986, the year that earnings topped the $100 million plateau.” Because of all their insider connections, Dan Peterson, a senior vice president at Martin Marietta said that E-Systems is, “Able to win contracts no one else even knows about.”

Because of all the history detailed here, it most probably has been the Temco Aircraft Corporation and all of its mutations over the years which have been responsible for the production of many airplanes used in today’s New Manhattan Project. One of those mutations is still operating today. That mutation is known as L3 ISR Systems. L3 ISR Systems claims their lineage as such: Temco Aircraft Corporation 1951-1960, Ling-Temco-Vought 1961-1971, E-Systems 1972-1994, Raytheon E-Systems 1995-2001, L3 Communications, Integrated Systems 2002-2011.

L3 ISR Greenville’s history is filled with connections to the New Manhattan Project. On their website they write that starting in 1961 their Majors Field location (then under Ling-Temco-Vought) worked on Boeing KC-135s. They write that after E-Systems took over in 1972, they worked on Boeing 707s – another aircraft that has been expertly identified as a common chemtrail sprayer. They proceed to write about how they do work for the Department of Defense and ‘select U.S. government intelligence agencies.’ L3 ISR Systems Greenville describes itself as, “The world’s premier SIGINT [signals intelligence] systems developer and integrator of airborne reconnaissance platforms.” They also write that their core capabilities consist of ‘specialized aircraft, maintenance and modification’ along with many other specialized and highly technical capabilities which would be necessary to retrofit and otherwise produce aircraft for use in the New Manhattan Project. From their website they write:

“L3 ISR Systems Greenville is an internationally recognized systems integration organization specializing in the modernization and maintenance of aircraft of all sizes, and the study, design, development and integration of special mission systems for military and commercial applications. L3 Greenville’s expertise spans the design, development and integration of advanced avionics, special purpose airborne systems and aircraft maintenance and modernization for government and military customers worldwide. L3 Greenville specializes in the modification, modernization and maintenance of a diverse group of mission aircraft. The division is a leader in advanced technologies for complete systems integration, signal processing, electronic countermeasures, sensor development and aircraft self-protection. With more than 6,500 employees, it has the capability to support programs from initial development through total life-cycle management.”

L3 recently merged with a company named Harris to form L3 Harris. Harris also comes from a background with relevance to the New Manhattan Project as they have produced components for weather satellites and missile systems. Today they describe themselves as, “a proven leader in tactical communications, electronic warfare, avionics, air traffic management, space and intelligence, and weather systems.” One can read all about them on their website L3Harris.com.

• GeoengineeringWatch.org
• NuclearPlanet.com
• SaveOurSkies.org
• GlobalSkyWatch.com
• ChemtrailsExposed.com
• NoGeoingegneria.com
• StopSprayingCalifornia.com
• ChemSky.org
• ChemtrailsProject.com
• ChemtrailsProjectUK.com

Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, author, and activist. His books Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project and The Fall of San Francisco are available now exclusively at Amazon. Join his email list at his website PeterAKirby.com 

Connect with Activist Post

“The DEDICATED Few” — Super High-Tech “Chemtrail” Aircraft Poisoning Our Skies

by Peter A. Kirby, Activist Post
August 4, 2024

Evidence indicates that there is a proprietary, specialized fleet of aircraft specifically developed and produced to spray chemtrails and otherwise exclusively participate in the ongoing global weather modification program referred to here as the New Manhattan Project. These planes are the work horses of today’s operations and probably number in the hundreds. For the whole story, please refer to my book Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project.



These planes of the dedicated chemtrail fleet must necessarily be of a certain breed. Any old plane rigged up with some spraying equipment or spiked jet fuel will simply not do and a commercial passenger or freight airliner following a predetermined route is not nearly as effective as a dedicated chemtrail spraying plane. An abundance of chemtrail spray needs to be emitted at specific locations at a moment’s notice. The super high-tech nature and extreme payload requirements of the New Manhattan Project demand specialization. The fuselage of this most-effective type of chemtrail spraying aircraft needs to be loaded up not with passengers and freight, but with chemtrail spray, spraying equipment, communications gear, computers and atmospheric monitoring equipment.

As we are interested in exposing chemtrails, we are interested in the origins, development, and current state of this covert, high-tech, jumbo jet air force routinely contaminating our environment and damaging our health. Not surprisingly, when one looks back in history for large fleets of covertly operating American aircraft, one finds plenty. It all began in 1940s China and, once again, it had everything to do with the CIA.

Many of us have heard of or seen the 1942 war epic starring John Wayne called Flying Tigers. It is a finely crafted propaganda piece based on the real Flying Tigers. The real Flying Tigers were an officially sanctioned mercenary air force operating out of Burma and consisting of former U.S. military personnel fighting for Chiang Kai-shek’s Nationalist Chinese against imperial Japan in 1941 and 1942. They were officially known as the American Volunteer Group. Although they did not operate beyond the purview of your average American (in fact, the media coverage was quite good), strong evidence suggests that the Flying Tigers were the beginnings of what eventually became today’s top-secret, proprietary New Manhattan Project chemtrail fleet. The Flying Tigers were supported by a large network of very powerful people and organizations Stateside as well as in the theatre by Chiang Kai-shek’s Chinese government. Please see my book for extensive details.

Of course, the Flying Tigers, an American air force waging war for China against a foreign power, was totally illegal. It violated the Neutrality Act. But on April 15, 1941, in support of the Flying Tigers, President Roosevelt signed a secret, unlisted executive order which mollified the situation by authorizing a private corporation holding a contract with a foreign government to hire U.S. military officers. The fact that many other ethical and legal issues remained with these U.S. military officers engaging an enemy for a foreign power was hence made irrelevant. Roosevelt supported China and the Flying Tigers and Roosevelt was the President. Henry Luce made it look good in the media, and that was that.

In 1942, the Flying Tigers were disbanded and integrated into the U.S. Army Air Force when the United States armed forces officially entered the ongoing China/Japan conflict in support of Chiang Kai-shek’s Nationalist Chinese. After the dropping of the atomic bombs and the subsequent Japanese surrender in 1945, U.S. troops were pulled out of the theatre. Then, the same people who had brought us the Flying Tigers a few years earlier, along with some new players from both America and China, immediately formed something called Civil Air Transport.

Civil Air Transport (CAT) was a hybrid commercial/paramilitary airline. After Chiang Kai-shek’s defeat at the hands of Mao’s communist forces in 1950, CAT fled to the island of Taiwan where they established their headquarters in Taipei and began operating out of Songshan Airport; more commonly known today as Taipei International Airport. A large maintenance base was also established at Tainan in southwestern Taiwan.

CAT gave rise to what is known as Air America. Air America was a collection of airlines that included CAT as well as a specific airline calling itself ‘Air America.’ It had little to do with the 1990 Mel Gibson box office flop. From the 1950s to the early 1970s, CAT, Air America and about 10 other similar operations collectively became the single biggest airline in the world. By 1973, near the end of their reign, Air America had contracts with the defense department worth 41.4 million dollars.

As far as our investigation goes, the most significant thing about the airlines operating collectively as Air America is that they were all run by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). This is most significant because there is a staggering amount of evidence implicating the CIA in today’s chemtrail spraying operations. For more, please see the article and video I did some weeks back detailing the CIA’s implications here.

The airlines collectively known as Air America were organized under a CIA front called the Pacific Corporation. While providing freight and passenger services to the general public, pilots of these airlines operating under the Pacific Corporation also smuggled everything from currency to guns to drugs to precious metals to human beings. Air America’s slogan was ‘Anything, anywhere, anytime.’ Of these different contrabands, opium was the most prevalent. One of these Pacific Corporation airlines known as Southern Air Transport was later implicated in the Iran-Contra scandal.

Believe it or not, CAT performed weather modification operations. This is the author’s thesis. Christopher Robbins in his book Air America writes:

“…during a severe drought in Japan, CAT was chartered to carry a group of rainmakers over Osaka in an effort to sow the clouds with silver iodide. A fine sprinkle of rain fell over the countryside as a result, but the skeptical farmers were more inclined to credit nature than CAT for the phenomenon. On the next trip, the pilot took the precaution of mixing a little emerald-colored dye with the other chemicals. Startled Japanese were treated to a chlorophyll cloudburst and CAT collected wherever it rained green.”

In 1973, the secret war in Laos ended and a major portion of Air America’s business operations vanished with it. In 1974, all the airlines of the Pacific Corporation were finally disbanded due to federal legislation passed as a result of congressional hearings conducted by Idaho Senator Frank Church. Shortly before it was broken up, the Agency’s Pacific Corporation and all its proprietary airlines employed about 20,000 people, more people than the CIA itself. The Church Committee Hearings also uncovered that the Pacific Corporation was majority-owned and controlled by Chinese interests.

~ ~ ~

One of the airlines of Air America was known as Intermountain Aviation. In 1975, after the Pacific Corporation had been broken up, in a sweetheart deal, a previously unknown outfit called Evergreen International bought Intermountain Aviation. The deal came complete with 12 aircraft as well as Intermountain’s legendary Marana air base at Pinal Air Park in Marana, Arizona which became the Evergreen Air Center and their new headquarters. Among other things, the Marana base at Pinal Air Park had previously been the site where thousands of Chinese pilots had been trained as part of the original deal with the Chinese government for the Flying Tigers operation. Most Intermountain employees and executives stayed on to become Evergreen employees and executives. Most notably, on the board of directors at Evergreen was none other than the former boss of the CIA’s Pacific Corporation, George A. Doole, Jr. (1909-1985). Mr. Doole stayed on Evergreen’s board of directors until his death in 1985.

It appears that, as a result of the Intermountain/Evergreen deal, much of the former Air America became Evergreen. Christopher Robbins writes that shortly after the Intermountain acquisition, “The company [Evergreen] expanded rapidly to own almost 100 aircraft operating on four continents.”

Along with aircraft trading, Evergreen’s specialty became spraying substances from aircraft. They called it ‘application’ work. The Evergreen Story by Bill Yenne states, “…75 percent of its [Evergreen’s] revenue flying hours in the mid-sixties were devoted to application [spraying] work…” Evergreen’s mechanics even designed and patented aircraft spraying equipment.

Evergreen did a lot of work for the United Nations. The operations the UN was bankrolling often involved the spraying of insecticides in locations all over the world. Just as today’s geoengineers say that they will save us from the dreaded global warming, one can rest assured that Evergreen’s global spraying operations were all humanitarian efforts as well. We covered the UN’s implications in today’s spraying operations a few weeks ago.

Evergreen has also worked extensively for the U.S. military. There’s nothing wrong with that per se, but being that today’s New Manhattan Project is military in nature and that our U.S. military has been foundational to its production and development, it is worth mentioning.

In 2011, Evergreen sold their maintenance and repair facilities at Marana, Arizona to a New York based private equity firm called Relativity Capital. The facilities now go by the name Marana Aerospace Solutions. In 2017 Marana Aerospace Solutions merged with Ascent Aviation Services. In 2014 Evergreen Aviation International filed for bankruptcy and the company has since been sold.

~ ~ ~

There is evidence indicating that today’s proprietary chemtrail fleet consists of Boeing KC-135s and 707s as well as Lockheed C-141s. These three models of aircraft are known as ‘tanker’ jets or ‘supertankers.’ They are referred to this way due to their sizable fuselages which provide a large cargo carrying capacity. Being that the planes of the New Manhattan Project necessarily need to be loaded up with electronics and lots of chemtrail spray, it makes sense that planes with lots of interior space and hauling capacity are used. There is more evidence for this assertion.

In congressional testimony, geoengineer Alan Robock suggested retrofitting existing U.S. Air Force planes for use as proprietary sprayers. Also, Aurora Flight Sciences published a 2010 study titled “Geoengineering Cost Analysis.” In this report, the authors write about utilizing different kinds of aircraft, including blimps, to spray stuff into the atmosphere. Of readily available solutions, it was found that retrofitting old jumbo jet airplanes would be the most cost effective choice.

Further, the specific models of chemtrail fleet planes mentioned here have been expertly identified. Allan Buckmann is a former United States Air Force weather observer who worked on the Tiros III weather satellite system with NASA, RCA and the U.S. Navy. He wrote that he has repeatedly witnessed Boeing KC-135s, Boeing 707s and Lockheed C-141s spraying chemtrails. The KC-135 has also been identified by an air traffic controller as being a plane that regularly sprays chemtrails. The KC-135 would be particularly suitable as an experimental ‘test bed’ aircraft due to its extensive history of modifications performed for weather-related ops.

These KC-135s, 707s and C-141s could be either used or new. The used ones would be overhauled and refurbished originals. New planes based on old plans could also be fashioned from scratch due to the widespread use and knowledge of the particular models as well as the widespread availability of parts and services. There are a few locations that have most probably been involved in the overhauling and refurbishing of original planes and/or the fashioning of new ones. These locations include: the Davis-Monthan Air Force Base, Tinker Air Force Base, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, the aforementioned Tainan Airport as well as the Evergreen Maintenance Center in Marana, AZ. For details, please see my book.

~ ~ ~

Circumstances and evidence suggest that aircraft of our proprietary fleet of chemtrail sprayers have a great number of peculiarities about them. Aircraft of today’s proprietary chemtrail fleet may very well be remotely powered drones and the airfields upon which they land may be utilizing an array of automated aircraft handling systems. These are things that could greatly improve operations. These highly specialized planes were most probably developed at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. There’s much more about all of this in my book.

~ ~ ~

Evidence indicates that Tainan Airport in southwestern Taiwan serves as the global headquarters of today’s proprietary chemtrail fleet. A global headquarters is required. A fleet of anything, be it bicycles, boats, cars, airplanes or any type of vehicles needs a home base. In order to run a fleet of vehicles, there needs to be at least one location where vehicles and drivers can always get everything they need and from where administrators can effectively manage the operation. Tainan is most probably that location.

As noted in the first section, in 1950 CAT fled to the island of Taiwan and established a large maintenance facility at Tainan. This facility was to become known as Tainan Airport and it was established as Air Asia’s maintenance center. Air Asia was another CIA proprietary airline organized under the Pacific Corporation. These extremely extensive maintenance facilities at Tainan Airport continued operating long after the 1975 breakup of Air America though and they have had the capability to not only overhaul and refurbish large airplanes, but also (with a little help from the CIA) to produce untraceable aircraft from scratch. There are extensive details in Chemtrails Exposed.

In their book The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence Marchetti and Marks write, “It not only services the CIA’s own planes, it also repairs private and military aircraft. The U.S. air force makes heavy use of Air Asia and consequently has not had to build a major maintenance facility of its own in East Asia, as would have been necessary if the CIA proprietary had not been available.”

Although Marchetti and Marks casually refer to these facilities as ‘Air Asia,’ in 1975, these vast, world class maintenance facilities were actually purchased from Air Asia by a company called E-Systems. E-Systems built the world’s first large-scale ionospheric heater known as HAARP. HAARP has undeniable connections to today’s New Manhattan Project as it is known to be able to modify or control the weather with electromagnetic energy. E-systems has an extensive history with the CIA and has had at least three CIA agents among its senior executives. There’s an entire chapter of my book about an E-systems board member by the name of William Raborn and all of his connections to today’s chemtrail spraying operations.

So in E-Systems there is a company that has only the most significant implications for both the dedicated chemtrail fleet as well as for electromagnetic energy capable of weather control. Substances sprayed from aircraft and electromagnetic energy are the two main components of today’s New Manhattan Project. In 1987 E-Systems sold their Tainan Airport aircraft maintenance facilities to Precision Airmotive Corp., of Everett, Washington. We will have more about E-systems next week as they also have a lot to do with the production of the larger, multi-purpose chemtrail fleet. Please stay tuned.

• GeoengineeringWatch.org
• NuclearPlanet.com
• SaveOurSkies.org
• GlobalSkyWatch.com
• ChemtrailsExposed.com
• NoGeoingegneria.com
• StopSprayingCalifornia.com
• ChemSky.org
• ChemtrailsProject.com
• ChemtrailsProjectUK.com

Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, author, and activist. Find his books Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project and The Fall of San Francisco at Amazon. Join his email list at his website PeterAKirby.com

Connect with Activist Post

Cover image credit: b52_Tresa

“Vaxxed III: Authorized To Kill” — Coming Soon. The Film They Don’t Want You to See.

“Vaxxed III: Authorized To Kill,” launching in over 200 theaters on Sept. 18, chronicles the stories of people injured or killed by the COVID-19 vaccines or hospital protocols. Children’s Health Defense gathered the testimonials during a nine-month, 50,000-mile bus tour across America.

by Children’s Health Defense
August 2, 2024

“Vaxxed III: Authorized To Kill” sheds light on the devastating risks of severe injury and death associated with COVID-19 vaccines.

The documentary, which also highlights the tragic fatalities that resulted from COVID-19 hospital protocols, will be released nationwide on Wednesday, Sept. 18.

Children’s Health Defense (CHD) gathered the powerful testimonies that will be featured in the documentary during its 2023-2024 bus tour across America — “The People’s Study.”

According to CHD.TV Program Director Polly Tommey, even before the film’s release, Facebook is reportedly removing posts about “Vaxxed III,” claiming it has been discredited by people around the world.

Tommey described the painful stories she witnessed during the CHD bus tour:

“We were horrified by the COVID hospital protocol deaths, which just kept coming and still are. The injuries from the COVID shots were beyond belief. We thought we had seen it all with the babies’ deaths following routine vaccinations and the Gardasil HPV vaccine injuries and deaths. This time around, we were not prepared for so much death — it was everywhere.”

“Vaxxed III” will launch via a “People’s Premiere,” showing simultaneously in over 200 theaters across the country. Tommey said the film aims to create a powerful grassroots movement, bringing communities around the nation together and empowering more people to share their stories.

The film’s creators are asking people to find a screening near you and buy tickets before Aug. 18, to ensure each theater meets its minimum target — at least 50% of seats must be sold for the showing to proceed, or tickets will be refunded.

Whether a parent, healthcare professional or concerned citizen, “Vaxxed III” offers an opportunity to engage with these critical issues and join a movement dedicated to transparency, accountability and informed choice.

Toby Tommey, “Vaxxed III” co-producer who also produced “Vaxxed II: The People’s Truth,” said:

“This film is powerful. It’s the result of 50,000 miles on a bus across the country, hundreds of interviews with doctors, scientists, nurses and parents who will no longer be silenced about the vaccine injuries and hospital protocol deaths they have witnessed.

“‘Vaxxed III’ is more than a movie — it’s a call to action. We encourage everyone to find their nearest showing, invite friends and family and engage in discussion with your local community.”

Be part of the conversation, share your story and help shape the future of public health reform in America. Together, we can prevent this catastrophe from ever happening again.

For more information about “Vaxxed III” and the People’s Premiere, visit the official website and join the discussion on Instagram and X (formerly Twitter).

Watch the ‘Vaxxed III’ Trailer:



Find Premier Locations Near You

Get your tickets: https://vaxxed3.childrenshealthdefense.org/

Connect with Children’s Health Defense

Bird Flu BS 

by Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath, Nature of Healing
July 31, 2024

In 2024, the Avian “Bird Flu” has flown the coop to infect dairy cows!

Or, so says the CDC:

A multistate outbreak of HPAI A(H5N1) bird flu in dairy cows was first reported on March 25, 2024. This is the first time that these bird flu viruses had been found in cows. 

The USDA says:

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1 in the hemagglutinin clade 2.3.4.4b,” the virus associated with the dairy cow outbreak, was first detected in a Texas dairy cow on March 25, 2024. Since then, there have been 172 confirmed cases of infected dairy milking cows in 13 states.

The CDC states that today’s suspicious strain of “Bird Flu” is known to cross the species barrier in poultry, dairy cows, as well as in dairy workers!  That’s three different species!

Why lump humans into animal categories, unless the government considers humans part of the herd?

The CDC claims only 13 humans have been “infected.” According to the CDC, Bird flu in humans is rare. But, always a source of contradiction, CDC also claims Bird Flu could cause a human pandemic.

The Species Barrier

The species barrier still exists, even if the definition has been scrubbed from the Internet! Read more here. The UK Dictionary once defined it as:

The natural mechanisms that prevent a virus or disease from spreading from one species to another.

The ‘species barrier’ explains why certain species of animals are not affected by a given infectious agent or parasite. It also describes the phenomenon of natural genetic resistance to pathogens. In general, a pathogen may encounter three successive lines of defense in attempts to infect or parasitize a potential host:

• first, the pathogen has to encounter the host animal;
• next, the pathogen has to penetrate the body, overcoming mechanisms of nonspecific, natural, constitutional or innate resistance;
• the pathogen may also face specific, adaptive or acquired resistance.

In other words, the species barrier makes animals, including humans, capable of resisting major infections. Such a concept explains the strength and power of an individual immune system. However, this would not apply when a substance breaks through the protective skin barrier, say, through an injection.

We don’t catch diseases, we create them by breaking down the natural defenses according to the way we eat, drink, think and live. – Dr. Constantine Hering, Father of American Homeopathy, Hering’s Law of Cure

Culling of Livestock is Common Practice

Whether designated “beef,” “poultry” or “dairy,” if an animal is deemed to be infected with bird flu, what follows is a mass extinction event of the herd and the subsequent elimination of the food supply.

According to Farm Policy News, today, states known for diary and beef herds are reporting higher death rates among cattle. And yet, the USDA insists the meat supply is safe.

Why suggest the flu results in immediate death by culling?

Why? Because every few years, the government justifies livestock depopulation. During the 2020 human pandemic, animal culling promoted  vaccination as a viable option for animals [and for humans, as well].

In 2020, chicken flocks were targeted. Covid-related slaughterhouse shutdowns resulted from killing millions of animals.  Chickens were “most at risk” followed by piglets. Five years earlier, in 2015, nearly 100,000 head of dairy cows were culled, compared to 2014, when 2000 were euthanized.  During 2014-2015, 50.4 million birds in 21 states were killed as “the nation’s largest animal health emergency.”

Official 2019 Guidelines for the euthanasia of animals was established in “response to natural or human-made disasters”… “in as humane a manner as possible.”

Yet, more than 10 million hens (at chicken or egg stage) and 10 million pigs were culled by suffocation.

In the Netherlands, the COVID virus was blamed for the culling of minks on mink farms, as a viral reservoir for human infection. Spain culled nearly 10,000 farmed mink. What was the rationale for the culling of mink?

Rationale for Culling

…these mutations might negatively impact the deployment of anti-coronavirus disease 2019 vaccines. – Journal New Microbes New Infect. 2o20 Nov

The authors of the 2020 study asked, “is it (culling of animals) a precautionary attitude or a panic-driven overreaction? These questions were never answered despite a 2022 CDC MMWR study documenting 75% of COVID deaths were related to the COVID shot.

A second rationale for culling is the growing industry of alternative meat products. The extinction of livestock (real meat) will necessitate the production of an alternative meat. Would that be fake meat?  Crickets anyone? What about the controversial mRNA technology that now targets livestock?

Is the meat supply safe from Bird flu, but not mRNA, unless you know your farmer?

Fear Dismantles Food Supply Chains

Fear is commonly observed in the face of a pandemic. However, fear and panic should not be the drivers because they lead to irrational reactions. Culling millions of animals with no evidence of actual danger but simply on the basis of fear is setting up a dangerous precedent. – Journal New Microbes New Infect. 2020 Nov

In 2020, the ‘depopulation’ of the food supply happened despite food banks across the US reporting extreme demand and widespread hunger during the pandemic, “with six-mile-long queues for aid forming at some newly set up distribution centers.“

More than 52 million birds in 46 states were culled in 2022. In 2015, more than 50 million birds were culled during that Bird Flu outbreak.

Any Excuse Will Do

In 2023, ranchers said the killing of 19 feral cattle by helicopter in a New Mexico wilderness area was inhumane.  [Note: Feral refers to freely roaming animals]. Yet, ground-based and aerial removal efforts, since October 2021, have substantially reduced the feral cattle population, even without blaming Bird Flu.

Does Bird Flu sound like a bunch of bull?

Long before culling Guidelines, in 2014, under the Obama presidency, the Dept. of Agriculture had killed 2,713,570 animals, of 319 different species. A 2015 article in Mother Jones stated:

much like the actual kill list—the USDA’s operations are shrouded in secrecy, prone to collateral damage…The contradictions can be glaring.

To wit, the USDA killed cats (730) to save rats, but if you’re scoring at home, it also killed 1,327 black rats, 353 Norway rats, 74 Hutia rats, 7 Polynesian rats, 4 bushy-tailed woodrats, and 3 kangaroo rats. It slaughtered more than 16,500 double-breasted cormorants to save salmon. It’s shooting white-tailed deer (5,321) to save various plant species and the small fauna, like rabbits, that eat them. But the woods aren’t safe for Thumper either—the agency bagged 7,113 cottontail rabbits, plus assorted varieties of jackrabbits, swamp rabbits, and feral pet rabbits. The USDA killed 322 wolves and 61,702 coyotes to save livestock, perhaps in an attempt to atone for the 16 unspecified livestock it killed by accident.

Can humans justify killing some animals to save others if humans are part of Nature? The decision to cull the flying fox in 2015-16 resulted in its addition to the endangered species list in 2018.

Humans make mistakes.

If any excuse can result in the official culling of livestock, or freely roaming animals, and flying creatures, then does government-sponsored euthanasia of animals also include the human species?

Related articles:

• Food Insecurity and RFID
• Conflicts of Interest in the Food Industry
• Let Them Eat Fake Meat!
• The Overpopulation Myth
• The Future of Food: Crickets!

Connect with Rosanne Lindsay, Traditional Naturopath

Cover image based on creative commons work of: OpenClipart-Vectors, MostafaElTurkey36, Zadok_Artifex

China — From Real Tao to Mao, and Then to Multipolar Fake Tao

by Mees Baaijen, Winter Oak
July 29, 2024

Abstract

This article, the second in a series, provides an overview of the manipulations that led to the incorporation of the former Chinese Empire into the global power structure designed by the Global Mafia (or Glafia, i.e. the Predators), the criminal owners of most of the planet’s wealth, governments, corporations and institutions. Many details and references not mentioned here can be found in my book The Predators versus The People.

Introduction

Chinese civilization goes back thousands of years and is one of the oldest in the world. It has seen many changes and wars, and someof these wars were certainly not defensive. The same goes for the Great Wall, which in part protected the Empire’s newly annexed territories.

Until the early 1800’s, Asia and especially China, was the dominant player in the world economy and technology (James Petras; Joseph Needham). The ships used in Admiral Zheng’s “charm offensive” in the 15^th century to visit India, Arabia, Egypt and Africa were up to 4 times bigger than the European ones. Yet China never colonized the world, probably for philosophical reasons (Confucianism, Taoism) and also because the rest of world had little of interest to offer to China (G. Arrighi).

In the early 19th century, the hidden driving force behind world history in the last 500 years – Glafia – placed China on its list of Eurasian empires to be “normalized”, to provide a “level playfield” for their plan to dominate the whole world. Activities were started to weaken all great Eurasian empires, in the case of China mainly the opium wars and the making of a subordinate (or comprador) elite.

However, for the final conquest of the still highly sovereign empires of Eurasia, a very strong force had to be established: an alliance between Glafia’s already fading but still very powerful British Empire, and its rising American Empire, helped by its European proxy states. That coalition, in which many Zionist proxies also participated, would instigate and execute the World Wars, the communist revolutions in Russia, China and elsewhere, and financial crises.

Indeed, in 1897 Britain and the USA made a secret agreement to carry out the gigantic project to subdue and colonize the whole of Eurasia, China included. This project, which included the setting up of bogeymen Hitler and Mussolini, is here called The Great 20^th Century Slaughter of Eurasia. It affected humanity more destructively and on a larger scale than had ever happened in history.

Rockefeller in China

In 1863, John D. Rockefeller (just 24 years old) sold his first (lamp) kerosene in China and made his first “disinterested” gift to China missions. In the usual Rockefeller style, he quickly established a monopoly. At the time, China had been made “the sick man of Asia”, due to the devastating opium wars launched at it by the British Empire. In cahoots with the USA, it forced China to accept opium produced in British India (and not bullion) as payment for its exports of luxuries to the West.

The Rockefellers and their influence would never leave China. Across the 20^th century, their “philanthropic” investment in China’s science, medicine, and higher education officially surpassed one billion dollars. Mary Brown Bullock writes:

“Over the course of the 20^th century, several hundred Chinese institutions and many thousands of Chinese scholars and practitioners received Rockefeller philanthropic support.  Rockefeller philanthropy’s sustained emphasis on science and medicine transformed and secularized the American cultural role in Republican China. It legitimized an American scientific influence and a tradition of intellectual and professional relationships that transcended Mao’s China and continues to distinguish the bilateral relationship.

“Rockefeller philanthropic institutions have long served as a bellwether for the American non-governmental presence in China. Their formative influence on China’s science and medicine defined the post-missionary era in the first half of the [20^th] century. Their re-entry into China after Nixon’s [1972] opening was carefully orchestrated by China’s leaders.”

Glafia, together with the Rockefellers and other minions, led China’s trajectory from sovereign Empire to global hegemon in three revolutionary steps, which are discussed below.

The first Glafia-led revolution in China: Sun Yat-sen

Japan had been corrupted since the 1860’s by Glafia’s British, and later also American, hegemon (for example through Jacob Schiff’s $200M loan to Japan), to serve as a future battering ram against China and Russia, which started with the 1904-05 Russo-Japanese war. Japan also served as the base for Sun Yat-sen’s overthrow of China’s Qing dynasty in 1912, financed by Wall Street & The City. According to A. Sutton:

“The best-documented example of Wall Street intervention in revolution is the operation of a New York syndicate in the Chinese revolution of 1912, which was led by Sun Yat-sen. Although the final gains of the syndicate remain unclear, the intention and role of the New York financing group are fully documented down to amounts of money, information on affiliated Chinese secret societies, and shipping lists of armaments to be purchased.”

Sun, a Christian who had studied in the USA, wanted to develop China in the same way. But as in the case of Russia, Glafia’s bankers did not, at least not at that time: their plan for the 20^th century was to make the USA their new hegemon. China had to be suppressed, by placing it in the “communist fridge”, under Mao Zedong, together with Russia (which had been in the communist fridge since the 1917 Revolution). Never forget that communism was also a Glafia project!

In 1925, Sun Yat-sen was poisoned, probably by the British, and died. Under Chiang Kai-shek and his successors, the Chinese Nationalists were sabotaged by the treasonous Americans, who officially supported them. That’s why, since 1928, they had to govern mainland China from Taiwan. In 1949, the Chinese Communists took over control of the Chinese mainland, and the Nationalists were left with the small island of Taiwan.

Glafia’s second revolution in China: communism

Already by 1919, Mao had been headhunted and earmarked by “Yale in China” school. It was a US intelligence front, in collaboration with members of the Skull and Bones Society at Yale University, which had been founded in the 1830’s by the US Russell family, opium dealers in China. Under the cover of WW2, the USA betrayed China into Communism (see James Perloff), with a treasonous key role for Glafia pawn General George Marshall, America’s wartime commander and name giver to the later Marshall Plan.

Mao received several Glafia advisors, all Jewish, to assist in the creation of a Glafia-desired totalitarian state. After David Rockefeller visited China in 1973 with his faithful agent Henry Kissinger, he was very satisfied about “this” – or should we say “his” – experiment:

“Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution … [this] social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in human history”.

With “whatever the price”, Rockefeller coldly referred to the fact that in the 1950’s and 60’s, Chinese communists slaughtered tens of millions of Chinese non-communists, often people dedicated to Tao. Today’s pro “pacifist, harmonious and Taoist” China and pro “multipolar order” Westerners – like Pepe Escobar and Matthew Ehret – seem to have forgotten this horrible episode.

An important reason for the US hegemon to put China on the communist path was to keep it backward and isolated for several decades, the same “refrigerator” trick as applied earlier on in Russia. That eliminated China and Russia as economic competitors, so the USA, the “great champion of liberty and free trade”, could have a typical, soaring Glafia career. It was also an experiment in the creation of the modern, Glafia-controlled totalitarian Chinese state – which it remains until today. Klaus Schwab and his pupil Justin Trudeau are big fans of present-day Communist China, and they show it on YouTube.

Glafia’s third Chinese revolution: global hegemon

When Glafia’s US hegemon started to prepare their “China hegemon” project in 1971 (a year of great change), that was because:

·      Glafia has no loyalty to any nation, religion, race, or ethnicity, and presently they see Communist China (assisted by Russia) as the best global system for their domination project (see also the Yalta Conference during WW2, in which the Allies gave Central Europe and North Korea away to communism).

·      China, with well over one billion clever and hardworking people, had by far the largest economic potential – just as it had shown before 1850.

·      China was severely humiliated in the 19^th century, which it will never forget, and was only going to participate in Glafia’s New World Order as its leader state (as confirmed in this George Soros interview).

In that very same year 1971, the People’s Republic of China, led by the Chinese Communist Party under Mao, was recognized as “the only legitimate representative of China to the United Nations”; with support of Glafia’s US hegemon, of course. The representatives of the Republic of China in Taiwan were immediately removed from the UN organization. So again a seed for a future conflict was planted, a trick also used by splitting North and South Vietnam, North and South Korea, and the giveaway of Crimea by Khrushchev.

Forty years ago, Antony Sutton prophesied about the development of China by American corporations. As it turned out, he was right – again:

“Bechtel Corporation has established a new company, Bechtel China, Inc. to handle development, engineering and construction contracts for the Chinese government… It appears that Bechtel is now to play a similar role to that of Detroit-based Albert Kahn Inc., the firm that in 1928 undertook initial studies and planning for the First Five Year Plan in the Soviet Union. By about the year 2000, Communist China will be a “superpower” built by American technology and skill…

And who is to say that the Chinese Communists will not make their peace with Moscow after 2000 and join forces to eliminate the super-super-power, the United States?”

In recent years, it was easy to see how all Western actions against China and Russia – the Ukraine war included – had their unification and reinforcement as main goal. The Pentagon’s 2017 budget was the first driven by Glafia-created bogeymen China and Russia. Yet another Glafia project to upset the global balance of powers is arriving at its harvest time! History shows that the Global Powers have no loyalty to any nation, religion or race, and Glafia-supported China is now simply their best totalitarian and hegemonic model.

This is how countries are used as “pieces on a chessboard upon which is being played out a great game for the domination of the world” (Lord George Curzon, 1859-1925, British politician, Vice Roy of India). Remember that there’s only one player behind the board!

The Great Shift: after 500 years, Glafia goes East     

To quickly recap: according to Giovanni Arrighi (1994), the world capitalist system developed in four cycles, each led by a temporary hegemon, respectively Spain, Holland, England, and the United States. Each cycle was divided into three phases:

1.   An accumulation phase, through trade (piling up of capital).

2.   A phase of industrial expansion.

3.   A period of financialization (investment, mostly foreign, of capital), dominated by bankers (the earlier merchants lending out their capital).

This last phase is “burning hot and then fading away”, or as Braudel called it, “a sign of autumn”. In it, not only the finance era runs its final course, but also the leader state itself. The gradual demise of one cycle would become the gradual birth of the next, on an ever grander and more global scale.

For Glafia’s present hegemon, the Arch-Fascist informal empire of the United States of America – officially “the free and democratic USA” – the turning point to autumn can be dated to 1971. When we take the recent developments into account, including the war in Ukraine, there can be no doubt: China, and Russia too, will be the new horses pulling Glafia’s chariot.

This time the move is cleverly being sold by stating that we will go from a bad and disgraced uni-polar world to a good, harmonious and even Taoist multi-polar world. With ALL LANDS now brought under control, and the Global Digital Prison on its way to controlling ALL PEOPLE, that powerful Western-Zionist coalition is no longer needed and is being dismantled.

The “China hegemon” project

Like practically all meteoric careers since the start of the Glafia project around 1500, either of persons, corporations or countries, Communist China’s skyrocketing rise after 1971 was Glafia-made.  Glafia’s proxy for this new state-building project was of course its 20^th century hegemon, the United States of America. Special roles were given to Henry Kissinger, Bill Clinton, and members of Yale’s Skull and Bones Society, amongst others as US ambassadors to China.

The US hegemon started the “China hegemon” project overtly in 1971, when the visible part of the preparations took off, with Henry Kissinger’s famous visit. No doubt that secret preparations had started long before (the book The Secret History of America’s First Central Intelligence Agency [OSS] provides evidence of such). To recap, the reasons for this project were:

1. Glafia’s core of dynastic families sees Communism – which they themselves launched and helped to establish in Russia, and later in China and elsewhere – as the best control system for their global domination project. Under their guidance (see here for an example), China has become the global leader of the “Digital Prison” project. Many Western leaders criticize it, while omitting to mention that their own countries are covertly implementing the same system.
2. China, with far over one billion capable and industrious people, has by far the largest potential for economic capacity – as it had already showed for thousands of years.
3. China, which was severely humiliated in the 19^th century, was only going to participate in Glafia’s New World Order as its leader. George Soros openly admitted this in 2009 (see George Soros interview).
4. The rude, brutish, and ruthless USA, with its constant see-through lies, has on purpose lost its credibility in most parts of the world, while China has been doing its best to gain – and buy! – global popularity.

China wasn’t the USA’s first big-state-making project: it had also managed Russia’s transformation into a communist empire, the Soviet Union. Then, after the Glafia-planned fake de-colonization, it made all the post-WW2 “newly independent” ex-colonies their dependent proxies, via bought and paid for sub-ordinate elites (also called vassals or puppet regimes). And in fact, there’s no difference in how they “made” Israel, the European Union, NATO, Japan as their battering ram in Asia, the 19^th century unification of Italy, and also of Germany, et cetera: as always, they bribed and corrupted the political and blueblood elites in those countries, including the mainstream media and academia.

Is China’s new role a reason for HOPE?

Will an era of global peace, prosperity and freedom rise with the proposed multipolar order led by China and Russia?

The answer is: Sorry, but NO, for the five major reasons are given below.

First, the Covid litmus test: China, and Russia too, knew that cheap HCQ and Ivermectin work, as shown on a large scale in China, Uttar Pradesh, Japan. But even so they suppressed their people massively with such crazy measures as mRNA jabs (Russia, not China) and lockdowns.

Second, read General Chi’s chilling speech (The secret speech of General Chi Haotian). Anthony Hall confirmed this is not a forgery. It leaves you wondering what’s really behind China’s big smile.

Third, the criminal Triads, who had a role akin to Freemasons in the West, have since long been in cahoots with the Hong Kong tycoons and the Chinese Communist Party, together forming a “Glafia-subordinate gangster elite”.

Fourth, a shocking 2014 article shows how nearly 22,000 members of China’s communist elite hold secretive offshore companies in British and other tax havens, which makes them highly dependent on Glafia’s banksters. Like all Glafia’s proxies, they can never stray from the agenda, because just as Glafia made them, it can also break them. Yes, that’s “autonomous” China!

An important fifth reason is the money system litmus test. Indeed, the whole multipolar effort will be futile if the present usurious money system, fully under control of Glafia’s banksters, is maintained, as it is totally incompatible with peace, prosperity, sustainability, and freedom. As long as Glafia’s bankers stay in charge of our money system, there will be no “autonomous” China, nor any other “self-reliant” countries or regions, or a “sustainable” world, or a “free” world.

Of course the new Chinese hegemon is sold to the public as a benovolent, and even Taoist country, “on the path to socialism with Chinese characteristics”. Just as the criminal and genocidal American hegemon was always presented as “the great champion of democracy and free trade”!

Only if we can create awareness in lots of people, if we re-discover our strength as miraculous and spiritual human beings, and if we cooperate in an open-minded manner with others seeking the truth, can this gigantic problem be tackled.

Connect with Winter Oak

Connect with Mees Baaijen, The Predators versus The People

Social Distancing – Why They Want You Isolated and Alone

by Academy of Ideas
July 19, 2024

The following is a transcript of this video.

“…totalitarian domination as a form of government is new in that it… bases itself on loneliness, on the experience of not belonging to the world at all, which is among the most radical and desperate experiences of man.”

Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism

Many people have amnesia regarding that fact that a mere few years ago we were forced to seclude ourselves in our homes, banned from partaking in social activities and attending communal gatherings, and even told to maintain our distance from others out in public or in our own homes. What was the intention of this extreme social isolation? Was it to protect us, or is there a more nefarious reason behind the social distancing and isolation we were forced to endure? In this video, we explain how tyrants and totalitarians in the 20th century, and into the modern day, have attempted to isolate and atomize individuals, in order to make them easier to control.

In his book Community and Power, Robert Nisbet writes:

“The genius of totalitarian leadership lies in its profound awareness that human personality cannot tolerate moral isolation. It lies, further, in its knowledge that absolute and relentless power will be acceptable only when it comes to seem the only available form of community and membership.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

Man has social needs that must be fulfilled as a basis for psychological health. Throughout most of history, these needs have been satisfied at a tribal or local level. For hundreds of thousands of years our hunter-gatherer ancestors lived in small, tight-knit tribes, and each member’s sense of self was deeply intertwined with the group. This tribal identity provided our ancestors with an unwavering sense of social belonging.

“History teaches that in the beginning the individual did not exist as an independent entity…In the early state there is a fusion of the individual with the group.”

Erich Neumann, The Origins and History of Consciousness.

In medieval society man started to emerge as an independent individual, yet his social needs were still satisfied through the diverse community associations that flourished in towns and villages, such as markets, guilds, local assemblies, town councils, communes, churches, fraternities, charities, monasteries, universities, and the primal community of the family. This multitude of community associations provided medieval man with a strong sense of social belonging that not only bolstered his psychological health, but also his courage and will to resist external powers which posed a threat to his social groups.

“Only in their social interdependences are men given to resist the tyranny that always threatens to arise out of any political government, democratic or other.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

Another benefit of the diverse array of community associations that existed in the Middle Ages is that each had authority figures who, as a result of a superior character, knowledge, and ability, served as role models, maintained communal order, and mediated disagreements among members. This proliferation of authority figures created a web of decentralized authority that safeguarded societies from being overtaken by any single centralized power. Or as Nisbett continues:

“We are prone to see the advance of power in the modern world as a consequence…of that diminution of individual freedom. But a more useful way would be to see it in terms of the retreat of authority in many of the areas of society within which human beings commonly find roots and a sense of the larger whole…. It is power, not authority, that seeks homogeneity, regimentation, and the manipulated articulation of parts by hierarchies of administrators. And it is the competition of authorities within society at large that, above most things I can think of, keeps a society mobile and free. “Multiply your associations and be free,” wrote the great Proudhon.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

The modern state came into existence in the 17^th century and one of the primary trends that accompanied its development was the destruction of traditional community associations. The state, defined by its bureaucratic form of organization and a stability that extends beyond any individual ruler, has from its inception imposed itself as the intermediary, regulator, or manager, of almost all forms of social organization and interaction. As a few examples, with the birth of the modern state, guilds that regulated trade and maintained quality standards were replaced by government regulatory bodies. Charitable and private hospitals and institutions for the sick and disabled were replaced by institutions of the  Welfare State. Private schools and educational institutions were replaced by State run public schools. And the defense provided by merchant leagues was replaced by enormous state militaries. In absorbing or destroying the medieval forms of community, the modern State spread its tentacles throughout society and methodically built up what is now an all-encompassing political community. Or as Nisbet explains:

“The structure of political power which came into being three centuries ago on the basis of its eradication of medieval forms of community has remained—has indeed become ever more—destructive of the contents of new forms of community….Knowing the basic psychological truth that life apart from some sense of membership in a larger order is intolerable for most people, the leaders of the total State thus direct their energies not just to the destruction of the old order but to the manufacture of the new.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

In the 19th and 20th centuries many intellectuals assisted the State’s efforts to dismantle traditional community associations by arguing that institutions such as the church and the family were outdated, obsolete, and oppressive. Friedrich Nietzsche attacked the community of Christian Church, calling it “the greatest of all imaginable corruptions”. Herbert Marcuse, a member of the Frankfurt School of Critical Theory, joined the growing voices of 20^th century radical feminism by arguing that the community of the family was a patriarchal system of oppression. What motivated these modern iconoclasts was the idea that traditional communities and institutions limited man’s freedom to develop in an autonomous manner, or as Ross Douthat explains:

“As social institutions, these [community] associations would be attacked as inhumane, irrational, patriarchal, and tyrannical; as sources of clinical and economic power, they would be dismissed as outdated, fissiparous, and inefficient. In place of a web of overlapping communities and competing authorities, the liberal West set out to build a society of self-sufficient, liberated individuals…”

Ross Douthat, Introduction to Community and Power

What these intellectual iconoclasts did not foresee is that most people are not self-sufficient or mentally strong enough to embrace freedom when they lack community involvement and a sense of social belonging. The dismantling of traditional community associations has left many people lacking the social ties that give their life meaning and joy. Furthermore, this so called “liberation” from the communal bonds of the past left many individuals socially isolated, anxious, alienated and lacking in purpose. This social atomization was taken to an extreme in the first few years of the 2020s, when individuals, most of whom already lacked a strong sense of community, were forced to isolate to a degree never before experienced society-wide. History shows, that when social atomization and isolation reach unnatural levels, it tends to trigger the phenomenon of enantiodromia. The law of enantiodromia, formulated by the Presocratic philosopher Heraclitus, states that when an individual or society is too one-sided or excessive in some important manner, a counterreaction to the opposite extreme will sooner or later occur. In accordance with this law, extreme social atomization triggers a swing to its opposite, extreme collectivism. And as most traditional forms of community have been destroyed, in the modern day this extreme collectivism plays out in the political realm, as individuals try to fulfill their needs by becoming fervent supporters and participants of the political community of the State. Or as Ross Douthat writes:

“Man is a social being, and his desire for community will not be denied…And if he can’t find that community on a human scale, then he’ll look for it on an inhuman scale—in the total community of the totalizing state.”

Ross Douthat, Introduction to Community and Power

That modern man, in his social isolation, is seeking to satiate his yearning for community by forming a deep emotional and psychological bond with the political community of the State, is apparent when we look at the case histories of 20th century totalitarianism.

In her book The Origins of Totalitarianism, Hannah Arendt notes the intimate connection between social isolation, and the rise of 20^th century totalitarianism. As she wrote:

“What prepares men for totalitarian domination in the non-totalitarian world is the fact that loneliness, once a borderline experience usually suffered in certain marginal social conditions like old age, has become an everyday experience of the ever-growing masses of our century.”

Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism

Hitler recognized that a lack of community creates a void of social isolation which can be filled by a strong leader and a strong state. Hence why, when in power, he suppressed and co-opted independent associations including trade unions, youth groups, and other cultural organizations, and replaced local town hall meetings with mass political meetings.  In Mein Kampf Hitler wrote that:

“The mass meeting is necessary if only for the reason that in it the individual who in becoming an adherent of a new movement feels lonely and is easily seized with the fear of being alone, receives for the first time the picture of a great community, something that has a strengthening effect upon most people.”

Adolf Hitler, Mein Kampf

In a similar manner, the attraction which communism held to millions of people in the 20^th century, and continues to hold for many today, has less to do with its ideology than with the sense of community it offers its adherents. Or as Nisbet explains:

“To a large number of human beings Marxism offers status, belonging, membership, and a coherent moral perspective. Of what matter and relevance are the empirical and logical refutations made by a host of critics as against the spiritual properties that Marx offers to millions.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

If the cancerous growth of the modern state, as well as fascism, communism, and totalitarianism, are products of the socially atomized masses’ misguided search for community, then what Western societies desperately need is a revival of smaller scale community associations. Or as Nisbett writes in the Quest for Community:

“It is not the revival of old communities that the book in a sense pleads for; it is the establishment of new forms: forms which are relevant to contemporary life and thought…Hence the appeal…for what I call a new laissez faire, one within which groups, associations, and communities would prosper and which would be, by their very vitality, effective barriers to further spread of unitary, centralized, political power.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

A diverse multitude of autonomous social groups and associations helps the individual maximize his potential by providing the communal support and security that is needed for an individual to face up to the challenges of life. Furthermore, it is usually only when man feels secure within a community, that he will risk the dangerous task of individuating himself and cultivating his idiosyncratic side. “…no conception of individuality is adequate that does not take into consideration the myriad ties which normally bind the individual to others from birth to death…”, explains Nisbett. Or as Carl Jung writes:

“Individuation is only possible with people, through people. You must realize that you are a link in a chain, that you are not an electron suspended somewhere in space or aimlessly drifting through the cosmos.”

Carl Jung, Zarathustra Seminar

If modern man continues to be socially isolated and alienated, and allows the State to separate and distance him others, then not only will individuation remain out of his reach, but many will continue to search for community in the totalizing State, and thus be complicit in their own enslavement. Regarding the man whose life is meaningless due to a lack of social connections, Carl Jung wrote that:

“…he is already on the road to State slavery and, without knowing or wanting it, has become its proselyte.”

Carl Jung, The Undiscovered Self

Or as Nisbett concludes:

“Totalitarianism is an ideology of nihilism. But nihilism is not enough. No powerful social movement can be explained in negative terms alone. There is always the positive goal…We should miss the essence of the total State if we did not see in it elements that are profoundly affirmative. The extraordinary accomplishments of totalitarianism in the twentieth century would be inexplicable were it not for the immense, burning appeal it exerts upon masses of individuals who have lost, or had taken away, their accustomed roots of membership and belief.”

Robert Nisbet, Community and Power

Connect with Academy of Ideas

Cover image credit: drabbitod

Virus, Bacteriophage & Single “Virus” Genomics

by Dr. Mark Bailey
July 20, 2024

This essay was written to address the fallacy that technological advances in the 21st century have provided evidence for the virus model. In essence, the technology-driven approach cannot change the fact that the concept of ‘virus’ remains as it was in the 1800s: a mental construct that attempts to explain why organisms become diseased.

The paper also examines the misinterpretations concerning bacteriophages and giant “viruses” and how these entities have been inappropriately placed in the virological realm. As former virologist Dr Stefan Lanka has explained, these entities can be found in nature, isolated and characterised, but they are not pathogenic. The linguistic legerdemain employed by the virologists cannot change biological reality.

I view this latest publication as a companion to Virology’s Event Horizon with both papers outlining the pivotal flaws in the methodologies employed by the virologists. We have dozens of videos, articles, interviews and books covering this topic at drsambailey.com with the most extensive refutation of the virus model being A Farewell to Virology (Expert Edition), a freely-downloadable treatise that was also made into a three part video series by Steve Falconer.

READ AND DOWNLOAD PDF

Connect with Drs. Mark & Samantha Bailey

Cover image credit: geralt

A History of Psychotronic Weaponry

by Peter A. Kirby, Activist Post
July 21, 2024

The remote, physical manipulation of humans is another scientific area that holds tremendous potential (good or bad) for life on this planet, but is recognized little and understood even less. It should be recognized and understood though because devices that can control our moods, thoughts and bodily functions remotely are within striking distance of every one of us all day every day. These devices are known as ‘psychotronic weapons.’ The most common devices capable of being used as psychotronic weapons today are your cellular phone as well as any wireless, Internet-connected device, but these types of signals can also hit their targets from thousands of miles away. This article seeks to enlighten the public as it documents the undeniable reality of psychotronic weaponry as evidenced by its long, detailed history.

Experiments in this area have always started with animals. As far back as 1791 Luigi Galvani (1737-1798) caused the leg muscle of a frog to contract when stimulated by electricity. In 1870 Gustav Fritsch (1838-1927) and Eduard Hitzig (1838-1907) caused localized body and limb movements in a dog with electrical stimulation of the brain.

The first momentous development pertaining to humans was the invention of the electroencephalogram (EEG) in 1924. With foundational support from many others, it was finally invented by the German scientist Hans Berger (1873-1941).

In 1932 the Swiss psychologist W.R. Hess (1881-1973) evoked well organized motor effects and emotional reactions in cats by stimulation of their diencephalon (a region of the brain). To accomplish this, very fine wires were implanted in the cats’ brains.

Around 1953 Dr. John Lilly (1915-2001) was using something known as electronic brain stimulation (ESB) to map monkeys’ brains. Let’s reference a passage from the classic The Search for the “Manchurian Candidate” by John Marks:

“In 1953 [Dr. John] Lilly worked at the National Institutes of Health, outside Washington, doing experimental studies in an effort to ‘map’ the body functions controlled from various locations in the brain. He devised a method of pounding up to 600 tiny sections of hypodermic tubing into the skulls of monkeys, through which he could insert electrodes ‘into the brain to any desired distance and at any desired location from the cortex down to the bottom of the skull,’ he later wrote. Using electric stimulation, Lilly discovered precise centers of the monkey’s brains that caused pain, fear, anxiety and anger. He also discovered precise, separate parts of the brain that controlled erection, ejaculation and orgasm in male monkeys.”

By 1954 neurophysicist Jose Delgado (1915-2011) was part of a group of scientists causing learning, conditioning, instrumental responses, pain and pleasure to be either evoked or inhibited by electrical stimulation of the brain in rats, cats and monkeys. This was again accomplished by wires physically implanted in the brain and directly connected to the source of the impulses.

By the next year Delgado was evoking, modifying and inhibiting aggression, dominance, mounting and other social interactions among cats and monkeys with radio stimulation of specific areas of the brain. The subjects’ brains were implanted with electrodes, but these electrodes were not directly connected to the source of the electrical impulses. The electrical impulses were sent through the air from the source to a transceiver mounted on the subject’s skull which in turn sent electrical impulses into the subject’s brain.

In the mid-1960s, UCLA’s Brain Research Institute was studying the effects of electromagnetic fields upon human behavior. Referencing this research, the eminent University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA) geophysicist Gordon J.F. MacDonald (1929-2002) wrote that, “…one could develop a system that would seriously impair brain performance in very large populations in selected regions over an extended period.”

In 1968, as part of the Central Intelligence Agency’s MKSEARCH (the successor to MKULTRA), electrodes were implanted in the brains of Vietnamese prisoners of war. The electrical impulses sent to their brains were designed to make them attack each other.

In 1969 the book Physical Control of the Mind: Toward a Psychocivilized Society by José Delgado is published. In this book the author writes of electrically stimulating humans’ brains by implanted electrodes. This induced pleasure, aggression, rage, anxiety, fear, relief, obsessive/compulsive behavior, friendliness, relaxation, euphoria, sadness, depression, emotional outbursts, inhibition, willingness, sleepiness, pleasant dreams, an inability to speak, laughter, complex hallucinations, recollections, illusions, déjà vu, increased conversation – all kinds of stuff. Delgado’s work in this area, as we can see from this timeline, actually started in the early 1950s.

The late 1960s was an important time in the development of wireless psychotronic weaponry. Let us quote from Walter Bowart’s classic Operation Mind Control:

“By the late 1960s, the ‘remote control’ of the human brain – accomplished without the implantation of electrodes – was well on its way to being realized.

“A research and development team at the Space and Biology Laboratory of the University of California at the Los Angeles Brain Research Institute found a way to stimulate the brain by creating an electrical field completely outside the head. Dr. W. Ross Adey stimulated the brain with electric pulse levels which were far below those thought to be effectual in the old implanting technique.”

In 1974 the book ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effects edited by Dr. Michael Persinger (1945-2018) was published. This book references and details many studies conducted with animals and humans pertaining to physiological and biochemical changes associated with electromagnetic (EM) fields in the extremely low frequency (ELF) and very low frequency (VLF) ranges. Dr. Persinger writes that ELF signals are preferable because they, “…have the capacity to penetrate structures which house living organisms.”  He’s writing about hitting people inside of buildings with psychotronic weapons!

In 1974 electronic brain stimulation (ESB) was being used on humans experimentally in order to treat Parkinson’s disease. Let us quote again from Bowart’s Operation Mind Control:

“In 1974, the first victim of Parkinson’s disease treated by ESB walked gracefully out of a San Francisco hospital under his own power, thanks to portable ESB. He had a ‘stimoceiver’ implanted in his brain which he could activate from a battery-powered device in his belt. The ‘stimoceiver,’ which weighed only a few grams and was small enough to implant under his scalp, permitted both remote stimulation of his brain and the instantaneous telemetric recording of his brain waves.”

By the next year, 1975, scientists at the Stanford Research Institute were developing a ‘mind-reading machine.’ We reference Operation Mind Control once again:

“In 1975 a primitive ‘mind-reading machine’ was tested at the Stanford Research Institute. The machine is a computer which can recognize a limited amount of words by monitoring a person’s silent thoughts. This technique relies upon the discovery that brain wave tracings taken with an electroencephalograph (EEG) show distinctive patterns that correlate with individual words – whether the words are spoken aloud or merely subvocalized (thought of).

“The computer initially used audio equipment to listen to the words the subject spoke. (At first the vocabulary was limited to ‘up,’ ‘down,’ ‘left,’ and ‘right.’) At the same time the computer heard the words, it monitored the EEG impulses coming from electrodes pasted to the subject’s head and responded by turning a camera in the direction indicated. After a few repetitions of the procedure, the computer’s hearing was turned off and it responded solely to the EEG ‘thoughts.’ It moved a television camera in the directions ordered by the subject’s thoughts alone!

“This ‘mind-reading machine’ was the creation of psychologist Lawrence Pinneo and computer experts Daniel Wolf and David Hall. Their stated goal was eventually to put a highly skilled computer programmer into direct communication with the computer.”

In 1976 U.S. patent #3,951,134 “Apparatus and Method for Remotely Monitoring and Altering Brain Waves” was granted. This patent speaks to a method and apparatus which remotely entrains human brains. Brain entrainment is a process by which the targeted individual’s brain waves are firstly scanned to determine the frequency of the EM his or her brain is currently producing. Then that same frequency produced by the targeted individual’s brain is produced by the psychotronic weapon and directed at the targeted individual. Once the targeted individual’s brain waves have been synchronized with the EM produced by the psychotronic weapon, the frequency produced by the psychotronic weapon is then gradually altered. Due to the established synchronization, as the EM produced by the psychotronic weapon is gradually altered, the targeted individual’s brain waves will follow. In this process the targeted individual’s brain activity is altered to a desired state.

Brain entrainment is a process fundamental to achieving psychotronic mind control. The other most common method is to simply hammer a targeted individual with overwhelmingly powerful mind control signals.

In 1978 a book titled Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications by James C. Lin was published. This book revealed the method of what is known as ‘voice-to-skull’ technology. ‘Voice-to-skull’ refers to a device which can transmit an electronic signal directly into a subject’s brain that causes the individual to hear things that no one else can hear. Most commonly voice-to-skull signals cause individuals to hear human voices, thus the name.

Extremely relevant to our discussion here is the CIA’s Operation PIQUE. As noted in the book Controlling the Human Mind by Dr. Nick Begich, by 1978 the CIA had developed a psychotronic weapon that was capable of bouncing, “high powered radio signals off the ionosphere to affect the mental functions of people in selected areas, including Eastern European nuclear installations.”

In 1980 the aforementioned Dr. Michael Persinger’s book The Weather Matrix and Human Behavior was published. Describing humans as ‘a large antenna’ and noting that ELF fields have ‘a 99 percent capacity to penetrate most surface dwellings,’ Persinger writes about the ability to effectively apply ELF fields from ‘hundreds of kilometers’ away. He then proceeds to write about the effect of ELF fields upon specific organs and human bodily systems such as: the hypothalamus region of the brain, the blood, the bones, the central nervous system, the cardiovascular system, and cell membranes. Persinger describes the Human body as a ‘biological homeostat’ that has predictable responses to different inputs.

In a 1981 paper titled “ELF Electric Field Coupling to Dielectric Spheroidal Models of Biological Objects” researchers wrote of coupling ELF electrical fields with the human body. They mention that the Navy’s Seafarer antenna at Clam Lake would be suitable for this purpose.

1989’s U.S. patent #4,877,027 “Hearing System” further defined voice-to-skull technology. Many other patents, papers and reports have made voice-to-skull (also known as the ‘Frey effect’) a well known method of psychotronic mind control. Massachusetts Institute of Technology researchers have more recently announced that they can transmit audible messages to individuals with the use of lasers.

A United States patent granted in 1990 titled “Cryogenic Remote Sensing Physiograph” further detailed an apparatus and method for remotely scanning people’s brain waves. This is significant because, as noted earlier, the process of brain entrainment (a fundamental process of psychotronic assault) begins with remotely reading the brain waves of a targeted individual.

A U.S. patent granted in 1998 titled “Thermal Excitation of Sensory Resonances” describes a method and apparatus for using directed microwave radiation or a laser beam to produce certain effects in humans. The patent explains that, “sleepiness, drowsiness, relaxation, a tonic smile, ptosis of the eyelids, the feeling of a ‘knot’ in the stomach, sudden loose stool, and sexual excitement” can all be artificially induced in humans using this technique.

The 2000 U.S. patent “Subliminal Acoustic Manipulation of Nervous Systems” describes how subliminal audio signals (rather than EM signals) can be used in the context of psychotronic weaponry. The inventor describes how subliminal audio signals can cause a person to feel relaxed, drowsy, sexually excited, or disoriented. The inventor writes that these subliminal audio signals can be produced by a portable, battery-powered device. The inventor also writes that a device generating these signals is, “a nonlethal weapon that can be used in law enforcement standoff situations, for causing drowsiness and disorientation in targeted subjects.”

The 2003 U.S. patent “Nervous System Manipulation by Electromagnetic Fields from Monitors” describes how computer monitors and television sets can produce weak fields of electromagnetic energy that subliminally affect a person’s nervous system. The inventor writes that, “The observed effects include ptosis of the eyelids, relaxation, drowsiness, the feeling of pressure at a centered spot on the lower edge of the brow, seeing moving patterns of dark purple and greenish yellow with the eyes closed, a tonic smile, a tense feeling in the stomach, sudden loose stool, and sexual excitement, depending on the precise frequency used, and the skin area to which the field is applied.”

“Nervous System Manipulation by Electromagnetic Fields from Monitors” makes what Dr. Michael Aquino wrote in his 2013 book Mind War all the more interesting. Mind War details how we can be mind controlled by all Internet connected devices. He writes, “BWR [mind control frequencies] can, for instance, be inserted into the Internet to be passively and indetectably (absent such sensors) received and radiated by any accessing device, from television station to desktop computer or cellular telephone.” Dr. Michael Aquino should know. Although he is now retired, he was a Lt. Colonel, Psychological Operations, First Special Forces Regiment in the U.S. Army.

Some mainstream media articles have more recently confirmed the reality of psychotronic weaponry. In October of 2019, The Guardian published an article about how individuals’ minds can be read electronically. Also, in late 2018, in many articles, the use of psychotronic weapons was suspected in a series of attacks upon the United States Embassy in Cuba.

This is just a preliminary investigation. Your author hasn’t dug deeper into the archival documents yet. Rest assured that there is much more searching and compiling to be done. The end product will be a forthcoming book tentatively titled Physical Control: Psychotronic Weapons Used Routinely Against Americans. Physical Control will be a more comprehensive examination of the subject including expositions of delivery systems, targeted individuals and much more. Physical Control will most probably be available in the first half of next year (2025). Please stay tuned.

References (in order of appearance)

Physical Control of the Mind: Toward a Psychocivilized Society a book by José M. R. Delgado, PhD, published by Harper & Row 1969

A History of the Electrical Activity of the Brain: The First Half-Century a book by Mary A. B. Brazier, published by Pitman Medical Publishing 1961

The Search for the “Manchurian Candidate” a book by John Marks, published by W. W. Norton & Company 1979

“How to Wreck the Environment” a paper by Gordon J. F. MacDonald as it appeared in the book Unless Peace Comes: A Scientific Forecast of New Weapons published by The Viking Press 1968

Poisoner in Chief: Sidney Gottlieb and the CIA Search for Mind Control a book by Stephen Kinzer, published by St. Martin’s Griffin 2019

Operation Mind Control a book by Walter Bowart, published by Dell 1978

ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effects a book edited by Dr. Michael Persinger, published by Plenum Press 1974

U.S. patent #3,951,134 “Apparatus and Method for Remotely Monitoring and Altering Brain Waves” 1976

Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications a book by James C. Lin, published by Thomas 1978

Controlling the Human Mind: The Technologies of Political Control or Tools for Peak Performance a book by Dr. Nick Begich, published by Earthpulse Press 2006

The Weather Matrix and Human Behavior a book by Dr. Michael Persinger, published by Praeger 1980

“ELF Electric Field Coupling to Dielectric Spheroidal Models of Biological Objects” a paper by Yih Shiau and Anthony R. Valentino, published by IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, vol. BME-28, no. 6, June 1981

U.S. patent #4,877,027 “Hearing System” 1989

U.S. patent #4,940,058 “Cryogenic Remote Sensing Physiograph” 1990

U.S. patent #5,800,481 “Thermal Excitation of Sensory Resonances” 1998

U.S. patent #6,017,302 “Subliminal Acoustic Manipulation of Nervous Systems” 2000

U.S. patent #6,506,148 “Nervous System Manipulation by Electromagnetic Fields from Monitors” 2003

Mind War a book by Michael A. Aquino, PhD, self-published 2013

“Mind-reading Tech? How Private Companies Could Gain Access to Our Brains” an article by Oscar Schwartz, published by The Guardian, October 24, 2019

“Microwave Weapons Are Prime Suspect in Ills of U.S. Embassy Workers” an article by William J. Broad, published by The New York Times, September 1, 2018

Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, author, and activist. Find his books Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project and The Fall of San Francisco available now exclusively at Amazon. Join his email list at his website PeterAKirby.com

Connect with Activist Post

Cover image credit: GDJ

Renowned False Flag Researcher Ole Dammegard: Trump, Shot – Or Not?

by Ole Dammegard, Light on Conspiracies
July 21, 2024

View video at Light on Conspiracies

What actually happened on the day Donald Trump was almost assassinated… Or was he?

Was all of it staged to ‘earmark’ him for his next big task, and if so, by whom? Or was it a real attempt on his life, brought forward by hidden political forces? Could this actually be tracked all the way back to 1995? And who is Donald Trump actually?

World renowned researcher Ole Dammegard, who has predicted and/or connected over 70 false flags, will lead you through an extremely detailed powerpoint-presentation, revealing the incredible truth surrounding this multi-layered event. Please be warned, you may not be able to look at the world the same way after this mind-blowing exposé.

Connect with Light on Conspiracies

Truth Comes to Light editor’s note: Ole mentions The Illuminati Card game. See the cards here. He also references the strange video “I, Pet Goat II” which those of us who have been looking into global manipulation for a while will remember from 2012. Before that there was a “I, Pet Goat I”. 



See Related:

Jason Liosatos w/ Ole Dammegard & Cody Snodgras: The 9/11 False Flag Event — What Really Happened, Why It Was Done & Who Was Behind It All

Iodine and Heart Health

by Dr. Mark Sircus
July 17, 2024

According to Dr. Stephen A. Hoption Cann, Department of Health Care and Epidemiology, University of British Columbia, iodine deficiency can have deleterious effects on the cardiovascular system, and correspondingly, a higher iodine intake may benefit cardiovascular function.[i]

Dr. Michael Donaldson says, “Iodine stabilizes the heart rhythm, lowers serum cholesterol, lowers blood pressure, and is known to make the blood thinner as well, judging by longer clotting times seen by clinicians. Iodine is not only good for the cardiovascular system, it is vital. Sufficient Iodine is needed for a stable rhythmic heartbeat. Iodine, directly or indirectly, can normalize serum cholesterol levels and normalize blood pressure. Iodine attaches to insulin receptors and improves glucose metabolism. Iodine and iodine-rich foods have long been used as a treatment for hypertension and cardiovascular disease; yet, modern randomized studies examining the effects of Iodine on cardiovascular disease have not been carried out.”

Iodine-containing thyroid hormones, thyroxine (T4) and triiodothyronine (T3) are important metabolic regulators of cardiovascular activity with the ability to exert action on cardiac myocytes, vascular smooth muscle, and endothelial cells.

Dr. Stephen Hoption Cann

Dr. B. West says, “Iodine supplementation may be the missing link in a good percentage of heart arrhythmia cases, especially atrial fibrillation. The body needs adequate stores of Iodine for the heart to beat smoothly. After close to a year now of using Iodine Fulfillment Therapy, I can attest to this fact. Most of the stubborn cases of cardiac arrhythmias and atrial fibrillation that we were unable to completely correct with our cardiac protocols have now been resolved with adequate supplies of Iodine added to the protocol.”[ii]

“Whole body sufficiency of iodine/iodide results in optimal cardiac functions,” writes Dr. Guy Abraham.[iii] There is an epidemic of cardiac arrhythmias and atrial fibrillation in this country and Dr. Abraham is convinced that the medical iodine phobia has a great deal to do with this phenomenon. Adequate stores of Iodine are necessary for a smooth heartbeat.

Iodine is the agent, which arouses (kindles) and keeps going the flame of life. With the aid of our thyroid, in which the Iodine is manifesting, it can dampen this flame or kindle it to a dissolute fire.

Scholz 1990.

The occurrence of iodine deficiency in cardiovascular disease is frequent. The thyroid hormone deficiency in cardiovascular function can be characterized by decreased myocardial contractility, increased peripheral vascular resistance, and changes in lipid metabolism. A study done with 42 patients with cardiovascular disease was divided into five subgroups on the grounds of the presence of hypertension, congestive heart failure, cardiomyopathy, coronary dysfunction, and arrhythmia. Researchers concluded that iodine supplementation prevents the worsening effect of iodine deficiency on cardiovascular disease.[iv]

Dr. John Young in Tampa, Florida, has been experimenting with a new process for reversing metabolic syndrome and Type 2 diabetes. He claims to have a success rate of 80 percent with over 100 diabetes patients. Dr. Young uses a combination of alkaline protein and minerals with Iodine, which he says reverses the process in diabetes patients in eight to 12 weeks.

Dr. George Flechas has found that Iodine can reduce the need for insulin in diabetic patients, using 50 to 100 mg of Iodine per day. Of 12 patients, six were able to ultimately come off their medications with random glucose readings below 100 mg/dl and an HbA1c of less than 5.8 (standard), and the other six were able to reduce the amount and number of medications needed to control their diabetes.

The total number of mitochondria in cells, and thus the total number of rechargeable ATP/ADP batteries, is dictated by the amount of functional thyroid hormone in cells. If normal thyroid hormone levels are reduced, the body develops hypothyroidism, and the number of mitochondria in an individual’s cells is restricted. Hypothyroidism is a widespread condition that is implicated in what is called metabolic syndrome (formerly known as syndrome X).

What is the primary cause of hypothyroidism? Iodine deficiency! Without Iodine, the thyroid gland cannot produce sufficient amounts of thyroid hormone. This leaves cells unable to function normally.

Conclusion

Just about everyone will benefit from more Iodine. Over 30% of the U.S. has thyroid problems. That is probably a considerable underestimate, considering how iodine-deficient the population is in the United States and worldwide.

Chronic fatigue, low body temperature, weight gain, dry skin and hair, constipation, heavy menstrual periods, thin or hairless lateral eyebrows, depression, and even bipolar disease (2/3 of all bipolar patients become normal with correction to regular thyroid activity)—all of these are symptoms of low thyroid activity.

Iodine was known by many medical doctors in the 19th Century as an empirical remedy, a natural “heroic remedy,” a present from the science of medicine to humanity. Nobel Laureate Albert Szent Györgyi, the physician who discovered Vitamin C in 1928, commented: “When I was a medical student, Iodine was a universal medicine. Nobody knew what it did, but it did something and did something good.”

Dr. Gabriel Cousens said, “In 1950, the Japanese had 100 times more iodine in their diet than Americans. In 2001, they had 202 times more iodine than Americans and used up to 13.8 milligrams daily instead of the average U.S. intake of 425 micrograms. Unfortunately, there has been no real study ever about the optimal safe dosage of Iodine. But, again, no one has ever died from iodine overdose or allergic reactions.“

Dr. David Brownstein tells us that the “Iodine deficiency epidemic was increasing because of our increasing exposures to toxic halides fluoride and bromide. These toxic elements competitively inhibit Iodine in the body. Our water supply has been contaminated with fluoride, and our food supply has been adulterated with bromine in the form of brominated flour and vegetable oils. Bromide is also found in many commonly used consumer items as a fire retardant.”

[i] Journal of the American College of Nutrition, Vol. 25, No. 1, 1-11 (2006)

[ii] Atrial Fibrillation, Arrhythmias and Iodine. West B Health Alert, June 2006, Volume 23, Issue 6

[iii] The Original Internist, 12(2):57-66, 2005

[iv] Iodine deficiency in cardiovascular diseases; Molnar I, Magyari M, Stief L.Orv Hetil. 1998 Aug 30;139(35):2071-3.

Connect with Dr. Mark Sircus

Cover image credit: HappyEnd

The Bird Flu Blues: The Sky Is Falling…Again

by Health Freedom Defense Fund (HFDF) Team
July 19, 2024

Here comes the rain again
Raining in my head like a tragedy 

– The Eurythmics, “Here Comes the Rain Again”

The pandemic pandemonium machine appears to be revving up its engines for yet another campaign as Bird Flu Mania Redux is being unleashed across the airwaves, onto every screen and into every cranium still naive enough to believe the masters of microbial terror are on the up and up.

The pandemia industry is rolling out its version of stale, exaggerated plot lines and ham-fisted Hollywood sequels that make Grade ‘B’ movies seem avant-garde.

Hysterical headlines fill the airwaves screeching end-times tales of the coming avian apocalypse:

“This could be 100 times worse than covid” – “Now is the time to take action on H5N1 avian flu, because the stakes are enormous” –  “Concerns grow as ‘gigantic’ bird flu outbreak runs rampant in US dairy herds” – “Health warning over new pandemic ‘with 50 percent mortality rate’ after first human death confirmed.”

Running counter to the unsubstantiated caterwauling of the pharma influenced media parrots Mexican Health Secretary Jorge Alcocer countered the WHO’s claim that a 59 year old Mexican man had died from this latest presumed bird flu strain.

In unequivocal terms Alcocer rebuffed the WHO’s latest round of fear mongering stating, “I can point out that the statement made by the World Health Organization is pretty bad, since it speaks of a fatal case (of bird flu), which was not the case.” Noting that the man had numerous underlying medical conditions and had been bedridden for three weeks Alcocer added that the man had, “died from other causes, mainly kidney and respiratory failure.”

Lead role in this latest bird-brained episode of the Avian Flu H5N1 sequel seems to have been handed over to lifelong bureaucrat Rick Bright, former director of the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) and self described Pandemic Nemesis.

Pandemia Theater

All the world’s a stage, 
And all the men and women merely players; 
They have their exits and their entrances; 
And one man in his time plays many parts

– William Shakespeare, from “As You Like It”, spoken by Jaques

No stranger to the bright lights of pandemic theatrics, Rick Bright was recently showcased at a Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) webinar, “Avian Flu Outbreak and Preventing the Next Pandemic,” that was broadcast to 300 state and local officials from 47 states.

Bright kicked off the hifalutin CFR symposium with an oblique reference to this latest viral hobgoblin, menacingly pronouncing it to be a “shapeshifter.”

With nary a piece of evidence in sight, Bright commenced to “educate” the audience on this potential plague with a performance reminiscent of the Mad Hatter:

“We know it can rapidly change. We know it can jump to different hosts and different species rapidly, and change, and evolve.

“And those mutations can help it be more lethal, or adapt, or spread to humans and other hosts. Sometimes because the genetic makeup of the virus is fragmented, there’s all these segments inside that virus, you can have two viruses infect a person, or an animal, or a seasonal virus and the H5N1 virus. And they’ll recombine and reassort. And you’ll have this virus that comes out with some of the best or worst of all worlds. And so we know the tricks of this virus.”

Bright’s breathless rambling of ifs, ands, ors and mights, coming on the heels of the most massive medical money grab in history might cause one to pause and consider the reliability, if not integrity, of such pronouncements.

These doomsday warnings come from the same pandemic fanatic “man-in-the-know” who in October of 2019 bizarrely foreshadowed the coming covid storm, “But it is not too crazy to think that an outbreak of a novel avian virus could occur in China somewhere.”

Lessons From the Past: Avian Flu 2005

“I don’t know of any biotech company that’s so politically well-connected” 

– Andrew McDonald, analyst at Think Equity Partners referring to Gilead Sciences Inc.

For those who still do history it’s worth noting that the original H5N1 fright flick was shown across TV screens back in 2005.

In the original screenplay then President Bush primed the panic button by declaring that a minimum of 200,000 people would die from the avian flu, with as many as 2 million dying in the US alone.

President Bush called for $7.1 billion in spending to “stop the spread” of this fearful, feathered contagion and prompted Congress’ enactment of the infamous Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness Act (PREP Act).

This key Act, invoked during the covid crisis, protects pharmaceutical manufacturers from financial risk during a declared public health emergency. The act specifically provides immunity, from Federal and State liability, to drug makers involved in the manufacture, testing, distribution, administration and use of countermeasures, arising from public health emergencies.

While it’s not clear if even a single soul in the US perished from this predicted plague, what is clear is that certain companies and well-connected individuals made a killing off these dire prophecies.

Before taking a position in the Bush administration, as US Secretary of Defense, Donald H. Rumsfeld, served as Chairman of the Board of Gilead Sciences Inc., a biopharmaceutical company that focuses on developing antiviral drugs. In 1996 Gilead would patent the drug Tamiflu which was marketed as salvation for the pending avian armageddon of 2005. Gilead Inc., is also the developer of the controversial drug remdesivir that was used in covid protocols.

The avian flu scare of 2005, promoted by the Bush administration, would ultimately be used to justify the purchase of $2 billion worth of Tamiflu and as luck would have it Donald Rumsfeld would make more than $5 million in capital gains from selling his shares in Gilead.

Back to the Future: Follow the Money

Birds have been on this planet, Miss Daniels, since Archaeopteryx, a hundred and forty million years ago. Doesn’t it seem odd that they’d wait all that time to start a…a war against humanity.

– Mrs. Bundy, “The Birds” by Alfred Hitchcock

In Hitchock’s classic, while trapped in a house that is being pecked into oblivion by an inexplicable mass bird attack, Cathy desperately asks a beleaguered Mitch, “Why are they doing this, the birds, why are they trying to kill people?” Mitch responds, “We don’t know, honey. I wish I could say.”

In this latest Pharma production there’s no need to look to the heavens for a supernatural explanation. Bereft of new ideas the pandemic profiteers pull from their predictable playbook, complete with tired lines delivered by some of the same seedy CDC actors,  Reciting the sweet syrupy notes straight from the BioPharma hymn book, the all too human actors and their mendacious mouthpieces give away the hustle.

Shortly after his performance at the influential CFR, Rick Bright made an appearance on the Biocentury Show and spoke to the supposed need for better surveillance, speedy mRNA vaccines, better therapeutics and the need to stockpile all of the above to be better prepared for alleged bird germ emergencies.

In that interview Bright went through the entire pandemic preparedness inventory, a wish list every Pharma executive dreams about. In a single sentence the not-so-subtle Pharma lifer gave away the not-so-hidden secret as to how this racket would be financed, “Industry will respond if the government makes the money available.”

When translated, Bright’s coy confessional is an unambiguous lesson in how to siphon off public monies for private interests.

They will invent the problem.

Problem-Reaction-Solution

One day, a leaf landed on Chicken Little’s tail. Chicken Little feels the leaf and jumps in surprise. He ran to Henny Penny and cried, “The sky is falling!” “Oh, I must tell everyone!” cried Henny Penny. Chicken Little jumps up and down in panic! Henny Penny looks worried. Soon, Henny Penny met Ducky Lucky. “The sky is falling!” cried Henny Penny. Ducky Lucky asked, “How do you know that?” “Chicken Little told me,” said Henny Penny. “We must tell everyone!” cried Ducky Lucky.
…
Soon, they met Foxy Loxy. “The sky is falling!” cried Turkey Lurkey. Foxy Loxy asked, “How do you know that?” “Goosey Loosey told me,” cried Turkey Lurkey. “Ducky Lucky told me,” cried Goosey Loosey. “Henny Penny told me,” cried Ducky Lucky. “Chicken Little told me,” cried Henny Penny. The birds point back at each other. Chicken Little covers his eyes. 

“Look!” said Foxy Loxy. “Do you see the sky falling?” “No, we don’t see it falling,” they said. “Listen!” said Foxy Loxy. “Do you hear the sky falling?” “No, we don’t hear it falling,” they said. “Feel!” said Foxy Loxy. “Do you feel the sky falling?” “No, we don’t feel it falling,” they said. “Silly birds!” said Foxy Loxy. “Next time, see, hear, and feel for yourselves before you tell everyone else!”.

– “Chicken Little: The Sky is Falling” – An English Folk Tale.

The pattern of problem-reaction-solution embedded in The Hegelian Dialectic is a repeating pattern that plays out in reality.

This analytical lens is “frequently used to scrutinize major global events and policies [and] suggests that powerful groups or entities engineer a problem, anticipating a public reaction that allows them to offer a pre-planned solution. While ostensibly solving the issue, these solutions often serve hidden interests, whether they be financial gains, increased power, or expanded control.”

In the universe of the Pharmaceutical Industry this is a seasoned and time honored strategy.

In the theatrical production of Avian Flu 2024, the media-manufactured fowl-based fear factor was founded on a mere four “confirmed” cases “discovered” in dairy workers. The primary symptom that sounded the alarms for the Pharma friendly bureaucrats at CDC Inc. was conjunctivitis (pink eye), a catch-all term for inflammation of the eye.

Eliminated from consideration were more reasonable explanations for why farm workers might have eye irritations such as, ever-present dust and dander found on farms, the boatload of chemical residues (from Roundup e.g.) that circulate throughout factory farms, or the ubiquitous dairy farm mountains of manure which release toxic ammonia.

To kick start the next pandemic bonanza the virus hunters, who dutifully serve the pharmaceutical syndicate, call upon the tried and true PCR shell game to hornswoggle the public into believing that another sinister, free-floating microbe is on-the-move.

Known for its ability to be manipulated in order to obtain the desired results, the decidedly non-diagnostic PCR process has proven to be the perfect tool for the art of medical deception and for casting a spell on an ill-informed public. No matter the well-documented history of PCR being used to invent non-existent epidemics and to “identify” non-existent diseases the PCR voodoo is being rolled out yet again as proof positive that this bird flu baddie represents reality.

Truth to be told, identifying The Virus™ is nearly superfluous, as all they need to do is create the perception of a pandemic, manufacture mass panic with staged Hollywood productions, and doomsday models and use the fraudulent PCR tests to manufacture the perception of an incoming alien invasion.

The CDC then starts squawking about another “deadly virus” in order to justify a multi million dollar government handout to a Pharma darling, like the recent $176 million government giveaway to Moderna to develop an “mRNA bird flu pandemic vaccine.”

Voila! Another boondoggle to funnel tax dollars to Pharma executives and shareholders.

You’d think by now it would be glaringly obvious the emperor’s wearing no clothes and that the only pandemic to be feared is not coming from barnyard animals but one of snake oil salesmen.

Whatever their motives, be it the sadistic inclinations of Nurse Ratched dying to jab everyone again; or Billy Bug Gates and Co. looking to decimate the food supply by culling millions of birds and cattle in order to crank up his failing bug and chemical fake meat factories; or central bankers looking to give payouts of fake currency to farmers for their “losses” in order to further exacerbate hyperinflation in order roll out their CBDCs, one thing is for sure, despite all advertisements none of this is being done for public health.

So the next time you hear the carnival barkers of the Medical Mafia and their media parrots whistling dixie about some deadly bird bug ignore their self-serving hype and whistle your own tune:

Meet the new flu – same as the old flu.

Connect with Health Freedom Defense Fund

Cover image based on creative commons work of OpenClipart-Vectors

Brief Message From Reiner Fuellmich — July 14, 2024

Sourced from Reiner Fuellmich telegram channel.

Transcript prepared by Truth Comes to Light:

Dear friends,

This is just a short weekend message from me to you. There will be a longer one next week.

Some of you worry about me and tell me not to give up. You do not need to worry about my giving up. I do not crack under pressure, and that is to a large degree due to my grandmother’s constant encouragement, and of course due to your massive support.

I’ll tell you all about my grandmother next week. For now, allow me to tell you that I personally believe that Joe Biden’s coming apart at the seams before everyone’s eyes is, to me at least, emblematic of the entire systems coming apart at the seams. He is quite obviously kind of writing things on the wall for us.

This is now our time. Let us get ready to take responsibility for ourselves and to take the helm. We are many and we are ready.

And by the way, I do like classical music, opera, operettas as well, especially Italian operas and operettas. That’s one of the reasons I love that movie Moonstruck so much. And one of my favorite areas is Caruso, sung by Luciano Pavarotti.

Connect with Reiner Fuellmich at telegram

Earth in the Crosshairs: UN’s Link to the Poisoning of Our Skies in Its Pursuit of Controlling “the World’s Weapons, Wars, Courts, Tax Collectors, and Economy”



The Abstract episode 38 “Earth in the Crosshairs”

by Peter A. Kirby, Activist Post
July 14, 2024

What better organization is there to serve as a central locus of power for a global weather modification program than the United Nations? They are yet another product of the Rockefeller/CFR combine which we have been covering in recent articles and videos. They have been deeply involved in promulgating and leveraging the given excuse for spraying us with tens of thousands of megatons of toxic materials. They have myriad sub-organizations with functions directly applicable to what is referred to here as the New Manhattan Project. A seemingly endless stream of evidence indicates that the UN is integral in bringing us today’s chemtrail spraying operations. For the whole story here, please refer to my book Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project.

On September 25, 1961 President John F. Kennedy (1917-1963) addressed the United Nations, proposing a global system of weather control. He said, “We shall propose further cooperative efforts between all the nations in weather prediction and eventually in weather control.” This was far from a one-off event and, in fact, extremely telling. JFK made his speech at a venue steeped in the New Manhattan Project.

The United Nations was first conceived in a Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) study group funded by the Rockefellers. The plans for the UN were then drawn up in the U.S. State Department. In their masterpiece Killing the Planet, Williams and Howard-Browne write that the UN, “…was conceived to become an international regime that would control the world’s weapons, wars, courts, tax collectors, and economy.”

The Dumbarton Oaks Conference was then held in 1944 which subsequently produced the proposal for the UN. In order to finalize this proposal, diplomats from around the world gathered in San Francisco in April of 1945. The American delegates to the San Francisco conference included Nelson Rockefeller (1908-1979) and John Foster Dulles (1888-1959) and almost all of them were CFR members. Since its founding, the CFR has consistently advocated on behalf of the UN.

After moving their headquarters around quite a bit early on, John D. Rockefeller, Jr. (1874-1960) offered the UN $8.5M to buy a piece of real estate situated alongside the East River in central Manhattan previously known as Turtle Bay. The United Nations headquarters were mainly designed by the same architect who designed Rockefeller Center. The buildings were completed in less than 6 years and the new, world famous UN headquarters complex opened in 1952.

President Kennedy’s 1961 speech at the United Nations pertaining to weather control was followed that December by the American presentation of a draft UN resolution which included a recommendation to, “advance the state of atmospheric science and technology so as to provide greater knowledge of basic physical forces affecting climate and the possibility of large-scale weather modification.” The resolution was passed on Dec. 20, 1961. Out of this resolution grew the UN World Weather Watch.

There is a slew of other UN organizations pertaining to the atmospheric sciences and/or weather modification and therefore relevant to our investigation. Here is a partial list: the World Meteorological Organization, the World Climate Research Program, the World Weather Research Program, the Expert Team on Weather Modification, the EARTHWATCH program, the International Global Observing Strategy and the Global Atmosphere Watch.

~ ~ ~

Beginning in the late 1960s, the socio-economic solutions to the purported problem of man-made global warming were being formed at the Club of Rome and the United Nations. This is relevant to our investigation because the theory of man-made global warming is the official justification given for spraying the earth and all of its inhabitants with tens of thousands of megatons of toxic materials.

Shortly after the formation of the Club of Rome, in 1969 the UN General Assembly decided to convene the first major inter-governmental conference on environmental issues called the UN Conference on the Human Environment. It was funded by the Rockefellers. UN Secretary General, U Thant (1909-1974) invited a trustee of the Rockefeller Foundation, Maurice Frederick Strong (1929-2015) to lead it as Secretary General of the Conference and as Undersecretary General of the UN responsible for environmental affairs. The resulting 1972 meeting, known as the Stockholm Conference, adopted a declaration of principles and an action plan to deal with global environmental issues. It was the kick-off of the establishment’s big, phony environmental movement. During this UN Conference on the Human Environment, the global management of natural resources was promoted. This was to be accomplished through a new global bureaucracy called the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP). Subsequently, in December of 1972, the UN General Assembly established the UNEP and elected Strong to head it. The UNEP promptly began issuing a steady stream of news releases about, among other things, the pollution of the air by carbon emissions.

Later, in 1988, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) was created. The IPCC was created to promote the theory of man-made global warming and they have produced a long series of reports that deceive and spin in favor of their chosen hypothesis. The aforementioned creator of the UNEP, Maurice Strong set up the IPCC through the United Nations’ World Meteorological Organization (WMO). This allowed the IPCC to receive national funding. IPCC members were chosen from national weather organizations through the WMO with the caveat that they would identify human activities as the cause of global warming. In America, the national weather organization chosen to feed the WMO and the IPCC with both money and personnel was the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). The IPCC was to consider only man-made sources of atmospheric carbon emissions. Natural sources were to be ignored.

The founder of both the UNEP and the IPCC, Maurice Strong, was the mastermind behind the global warming deception, and in June of 1992, Strong rolled out the last pieces of the puzzle as Secretary General of the UN Conference on Environment and Development, known as the Earth Summit, in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. The last pieces of the puzzle were The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and Agenda 21. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change defined the problem while Agenda 21 provided the solutions. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change provided the definition of man-made global warming which the IPCC used to guide their research. This allowed the IPCC to establish man’s emission of atmospheric carbon dioxide as the demonic gas that was destroying the planet. The Agenda 21 documents then provided directives and guidelines presented as socio-economic solutions to the purported problem of man-made global warming. This way, policymakers, the media, and misguided environmentalists had their marching orders. We see the legacy of Agenda 21 today in all the government policy and law that is geared towards the reduction of carbon emissions. The IPCC provided support for the science while Agenda 21 provided support for the policymakers. If the IPCC science was ever found to be inadequate, policymakers were encouraged to employ the precautionary principle and go ahead with carbon mitigation measures anyway. Something called the Conference of the Parties (COP) was also created as a forum for political leaders to make socio-economic decisions based on IPCC science. The first COP was held in Berlin in 1995 and the first meetings produced the Kyoto Protocol. The Earth Charter, touted by Maurice Strong at the 1992 Earth Summit, was written by Steven Rockefeller.

Now does their excuse for spraying us look like it holds any legitimacy whatsoever?

~ ~ ~

Kurt Waldheim (1918-2007) was elected the fourth secretary-general of the United Nations in December of 1971. He served at that post for 10 years. Waldheim was later found out to have been a Nazi and to have been lying about it repeatedly. The Nazi connections to today’s New Manhattan Project are very significant and will be covered in an upcoming article and video.

~ ~ ~

Evergreen Aviation did a lot of work for the UN. We briefly touched upon Evergreen’s significant implications for the New Manhattan Project in a previous article and video. One of Evergreen’s ancestors known as Civil Air Transport was formed at least in part to fly United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration supplies into the Chinese mainland, another part was flying the opium out.

Evergreen’s operations bankrolled by the UN often involved the aerial spraying of insecticides in locations all over the world. Just as today’s geoengineers say they will save us from the dreaded global warming, one can rest assured that Evergreen’s global spraying operations were all humanitarian efforts as well. Evergreen has ferried cargo into Africa for the UN’s High Commission for Refugees and the UN’s World Food Program. Evergreen has also supported the UN’s ‘peacekeeping’ efforts in: Angola, Liberia, Mozambique, Somalia and the Western Sahara.

~ ~ ~

The United Nations backed Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) issued a 1999 report with a cover photo of three jet planes flying in formation and emitting trails titled “Aviation and the Global Atmosphere.” This report contained chapters titled, “Aviation-Produced Aerosols and Cloudiness” and “Modeling the Chemical Composition of the Future Atmosphere.” The report bolstered lies about contrails by stating that they can form cirrus clouds.

~ ~ ~

A 2004 document titled “The Changing Atmosphere: An Integrated Global Atmospheric Chemistry Observation Theme” depicts on the cover an unmarked, all white jet airplane emitting visible trails and outlines a program for comprehensive and continuous global atmospheric observation. The authors of this report describe a system of atmospheric observation and analysis which would be sufficient for conducting today’s New Manhattan Project. Their proposed system involves ground based radar, aircraft-based measurements, satellite-based applications and a comprehensive data modeling system. This document was produced by the International Global Observing Strategy, which is run by the United Nations’ World Meteorological Organization and the European Space Agency.

~ ~ ~

Lastly, the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) issued a report in November of 2011 titled “Engineering the Climate: Research Questions and Policy Implications.” It proposes SRM geoengineering and features a full color illustration of a jumbo jet spraying stratospheric aerosols (chemtrails).

• GeoengineeringWatch.org
• NuclearPlanet.com
• SaveOurSkies.org
• NoGeoingegneria.com
• StopSprayingCalifornia.com
• ChemSky.org
• GlobalSkyWatch.com
• ChemtrailsProject.com
• ChemtrailsProjectUK.com

Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, author, and activist. Find his books Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project and The Fall of San Francisco at Amazon. Join his email list at his website PeterAKirby.com

Connect with Activist Post

Vitamins: A Good Hypothesis From the Beginning, but Long Since Refuted

by Next Level
translated from German via telegram translate
July 14, 2024

In 1921, Scientific American published an article pointing out that vitamins have never been isolated or seen and their chemical composition is unknown .

One might think that science has advanced further today and that vitamins are now proven facts – but whoever believes this is mistaken:

The parallels to disproven virology are frightening. In both cases, these are thought models without controlled evidence according to the scientific method.

Reality:

According to current studies, the symptoms associated with “vitamin deficiency” are the result of ongoing stress caused by poor nutrition.

Logic:

If a deficiency is supposed to cause disease, why do people who go without eating for a long time not get scurvy or beriberi?

NL BIO-LOGISCH [Next Level Bio-Logical] can accurately classify and explain the causes of these “diseases”.

Connect with Next Level [German language] at telegram
Cover image credit: CDD20

See Related:

Toxic Brews?: A Close-Up Look at the Source of Nutritional Supplements

Against School: How Public Education Cripples Our Kids, and Why

by John Taylor Gatto

Gatto, John Taylor. “Against School.” Harper’s Magazine (Sep. 2003), pp. 33–38.
sourced from archive.org (download pdf)

I taught for thirty years in some of the worst schools in Manhattan, and in some of the best, and during that time I became an expert in boredom. Boredom was everywhere in my world, and if you asked the kids, as I often did, why they felt so bored, they always gave the same answers: They said the work was stupid, that it made no sense, that they already knew it. They said they wanted to be doing something real, not just sitting around. They said teachers didn’t seem to know much about their subjects and clearly weren’t interested in learning more. And the kids were right: their teachers were every bit as bored as they were.

Boredom is the common condition of schoolteachers, and anyone who has spent time in a teachers’ lounge can vouch for the low energy, the whining, the dispirited attitudes, to be found there. When asked why they feel bored, the teachers tend to blame the kids, as you might expect. Who wouldn’t get bored teaching students who are rude and interested only in grades? If even that. Of course, teachers are themselves products of the same twelve-year compulsory school programs that so thoroughly bore their students, and as school personnel they are trapped inside structures even more rigid than those imposed upon the children. Who, then, is to blame?

We all are. My grandfather taught me that. One afternoon when I was seven I complained to him of boredom, and he batted me hard on the head. He told me that I was never to use that term in his presence again, that if I was bored it was my fault and no one else’s. The obligation to amuse and instruct myself was entirely my own, and people who didn’t know that were childish people, to be avoided if possible. Certainty not to be trusted. That episode cured me of boredom forever, and here and there over the years I was able to pass on the lesson to some remarkable student. For the most part, however, I found it futile to challenge the official notion that boredom and childishness were the natural state of affairs in the classroom. Often I had to defy custom, and even bend the law, to help kids break out of this trap.

The empire struck back, of course; childish adults regularly conflate opposition with disloyalty. I once returned from a medical leave to discover that all evidence of my having been granted the leave had been purposely destroyed, that my job had been terminated, and that I no longer possessed even a teaching license. After nine months of tormented effort I was able to retrieve the license when a school secretary testified to witnessing the plot unfold. In the meantime my family suffered more than I care to remember. By the time I finally retired in 1991, I had more than enough reason to think of our schools – with their long-term, cellblock-style, forced confinement of both students and teachers – as virtual factories of childishness. Yet I honestly could not see why they had to be that way. My own experience had revealed to me what many other teachers must learn along the way, too, yet keep to themselves for fear of reprisal: if we wanted to we could easily and inexpensively jettison the old, stupid structures and help kids take an education rather than merely receive a schooling. We could encourage the best qualities of youthfulness – curiosity, adventure, resilience, the capacity for surprising insight – simply by being more flexible about time, texts, and tests, by introducing kids to truly competent adults, and by giving each student what autonomy he or she needs in order to take a risk every now and then.

But we don’t do that. And the more I asked why not, and persisted in thinking about the “problem” of schooling as an engineer might, the more I missed the point: What if there is no “problem” with our schools? What if they are the way they are, so expensively flying in the face of common sense and long experience in how children learn things, not because they are doing something wrong but because they are doing something right? Is it possible that George W. Bush accidentally spoke the truth when he said we would “leave no child behind”? Could it be that our schools are designed to make sure not one of them ever really grows up?

Do we really need school? I don’t mean education, just forced schooling: six classes a day, five days a week, nine months a year, for twelve years. Is this deadly routine really necessary? And if so, for what? Don’t hide behind reading, writing, and arithmetic as a rationale, because 2 million happy homeschoolers have surely put that banal justification to rest.

Even if they hadn’t, a considerable number of well-known Americans never went through the twelve-year wringer our kids currently go through, and they turned out all right. George Washington, Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Abraham Lincoln? Someone taught them, to be sure, but they were not products of a school system, and not one of them was ever “graduated” from a secondary school. Throughout most of American history, kids generally didn’t go to high school, yet the unschooled rose to be admirals, like Farragut; inventors, like Edison; captains of industry like Carnegie and Rockefeller; writers, like Melville and Twain and Conrad; and even scholars, like Margaret Mead.

In fact, until pretty recently people who reached the age of thirteen weren’t looked upon as children at all. Ariel Durant, who co-wrote an enormous, and very good, multivolume history of the world with her husband, Will, was happily married at fifteen, and who could reasonably claim that Ariel Durant was an uneducated person? Unschooled, perhaps, but not uneducated.

We have been taught (that is, schooled) in this country to think of “success” as synonymous with, or at least dependent upon, “schooling,” but historically that isn’t true in either an intellectual or a financial sense. And plenty of people throughout the world today find a way to educate themselves without resorting to a system of compulsory secondary schools that all too often resemble prisons. Why, then, do Americans confuse education with just such a system? What exactly is the purpose of our public schools?

Mass schooling of a compulsory nature really got its teeth into the United States between 1905 and 1915, though it was conceived of much earlier and pushed for throughout most of the nineteenth century. The reason given for this enormous upheaval of family life and cultural traditions was, roughly speaking, threefold:

1) To make good people.

2) To make good citizens.

3) To make each person his or her personal best.

These goals are still trotted out today on a regular basis, and most of us accept them in one form or another as a decent definition of public education’s mission, however short schools actually fall in achieving them. But we are dead wrong. Compounding our error is the fact that the national literature holds numerous and surprisingly consistent statements of compulsory schooling’s true purpose. We have, for example, the great H. L. Mencken, who wrote in The American Mercury for April 1924 that the aim of public education is not

to fill the young of the species with knowledge and awaken their intelligence.

… Nothing could be further from the truth. The aim … is simply to reduce as many individuals as possible to the same safe level, to breed and train a standardized citizenry, to put down dissent and originality. That is its aim in the United States… and that is its aim everywhere else.

Because of Mencken’s reputation as a satirist, we might be tempted to dismiss this passage as a bit of hyperbolic sarcasm. His article, however, goes on to trace the template for our own educational system back to the now vanished, though never to be forgotten, military state of Prussia. And although he was certainly aware of the irony that we had recently been at war with Germany, the heir to Prussian thought and culture, Mencken was being perfectly serious here. Our educational system really is Prussian in origin, and that really is cause for concern.

The odd fact of a Prussian provenance for our schools pops up again and again once you know to look for it. William James alluded to it many times at the turn of the century. Orestes Brownson, the hero of Christopher Lasch’s 1991 book, The True and Only Heaven, was publicly denouncing the Prussianization of American schools back in the 1840s. Horace Mann’s “Seventh Annual Report” to the Massachusetts State Board of Education in 1843 is essentially a paean to the land of Frederick the Great and a call for its schooling to be brought here. That Prussian culture loomed large in America is hardly surprising, given our early association with that utopian state. A Prussian served as Washington’s aide during the Revolutionary War, and so many German-speaking people had settled here by 1795 that Congress considered publishing a German-language edition of the federal laws. But what shocks is that we should so eagerly have adopted one of the very worst aspects of Prussian culture: an educational system deliberately designed to produce mediocre intellects, to hamstring the inner life, to deny students appreciable leadership skills, and to ensure docile and incomplete citizens 11 in order to render the populace “manageable.”

It was from James Bryant Conant-president of Harvard for twenty years, WWI poison-gas specialist, WWII executive on the atomic-bomb project, high commissioner of the American zone in Germany after WWII, and truly one of the most influential figures of the twentieth century-that I first got wind of the real purposes of American schooling. Without Conant, we would probably not have the same style and degree of standardized testing that we enjoy today, nor would we be blessed with gargantuan high schools that warehouse 2,000 to 4,000 students at a time, like the famous Columbine High in Littleton, Colorado.

Shortly after I retired from teaching I picked up Conant’s 1959 book-length essay, The Child the Parent and the State, and was more than a little intrigued to see him mention in passing that the modern schools we attend were the result of a “revolution” engineered between 1905 and 1930. A revolution? He declines to elaborate, but he does direct the curious and the uninformed to Alexander Inglis’s 1918 book, Principles of Secondary Education, in which “one saw this revolution through the eyes of a revolutionary.”

Inglis, for whom a lecture in education at Harvard is named, makes it perfectly clear that compulsory schooling on this continent was intended to be just what it had been for Prussia in the 1820s: a fifth column into the burgeoning democratic movement that threatened to give the peasants and the proletarians a voice at the bargaining table. Modern, industrialized, compulsory schooling was to make a sort of surgical incision into the prospective unity of these underclasses. Divide children by subject, by age-grading, by constant rankings on tests, and by many other more subtle means, and it was unlikely that the ignorant mass of mankind, separated in childhood, would ever re-integrate into a dangerous whole.

Inglis breaks down the purpose – the actual purpose – of modern schooling into six basic functions, any one of which is enough to curl the hair of those innocent enough to believe the three traditional goals listed earlier:

1) The adjustive or adaptive function. Schools are to establish fixed habits of reaction to authority. This, of course, precludes critical judgment completely. It also pretty much destroys the idea that useful or interesting material should be taught, because you can’t test for reflexive obedience until you know whether you can make kids learn, and do, foolish and boring things.

2) The integrating function. This might well be called “the conformity function,” because its intention is to make children as alike as possible. People who conform are predictable, and this is of great use to those who wish to harness and manipulate a large labor force.

3) The diagnostic and directive function. School is meant to determine each student’s proper social role. This is done by logging evidence mathematically and anecdotally on cumulative records. As in “your permanent record.” Yes, you do have one.

4) The differentiating function. Once their social role has been “diagnosed,” children are to be sorted by role and trained only so far as their destination in the social machine merits – and not one step further. So much for making kids their personal best.

5) The selective function. This refers not to human choice at all but to Darwin’s theory of natural selection as applied to what he called “the favored races.” In short, the idea is to help things along by consciously attempting to improve the breeding stock. Schools are meant to tag the unfit – with poor grades, remedial placement, and other punishments – clearly enough that their peers will accept them as inferior and effectively bar them from the reproductive sweepstakes. That’s what all those little humiliations from first grade onward were intended to do: wash the dirt down the drain.

6) The propaedeutic function. The societal system implied by these rules will require an elite group of caretakers. To that end, a small fraction of the kids will quietly be taught how to manage this continuing project, how to watch over and control a population deliberately dumbed down and declawed in order that government might proceed unchallenged and corporations might never want for obedient labor.

That, unfortunately, is the purpose of mandatory public education in this country. And lest you take Inglis for an isolated crank with a rather too cynical take on the educational enterprise, you should know that he was hardly alone in championing these ideas. Conant himself, building on the ideas of Horace Mann and others, campaigned tirelessly for an American school system designed along the same lines. Men like George Peabody, who funded the cause of mandatory schooling throughout the South, surely understood that the Prussian system was useful in creating not only a harmless electorate and a servile labor force but also a virtual herd of mindless consumers. In time a great number of industrial titans came to recognize the enormous profits to be had by cultivating and tending just such a herd via public education, among them Andrew Carnegie and John D. Rockefeller.

There you have it. Now you know. We don’t need Karl Marx’s conception of a grand warfare between the classes to see that it is in the interest of complex management, economic or political, to dumb people down, to demoralize them, to divide them from one another, and to discard them if they don’t conform. Class may frame the proposition, as when Woodrow Wilson, then president of Princeton University, said the following to the New York City School Teachers Association in 1909: “We want one class of persons to have a liberal education, and we want another class of persons, a very much larger class, of necessity, in every society, to forgo the privileges of a liberal education and fit themselves to perform specific difficult manual tasks.”

But the motives behind the disgusting decisions that bring about these ends need not be class-based at all. They can stem purely from fear, or from the by now familiar belief that “efficiency” is the paramount virtue, rather than love, liberty, laughter, or hope. Above all, they can stem from simple greed.

There were vast fortunes to be made, after all, in an economy based on mass production and organized to favor the large corporation rather than the small business or the family farm. But mass production required mass consumption, and at the turn of the twentieth century most Americans considered it both unnatural and unwise to buy things they didn’t actually need. Mandatory schooling was a godsend on that count. School didn’t have to train kids in any direct sense to think they should consume nonstop, because it did something even better: it encouraged them not to think at all. And that left them sitting ducks for another great invention of the modern era – marketing.

Now, you needn’t have studied marketing to know that there are two groups of people who can always be convinced to consume more than they need to: addicts and children. School has done a pretty good job of turning our children into addicts, but it has done a spectacular job of turning our children into children. Again, this is no accident. Theorists from Plato to Rousseau to our own Dr. Inglis knew that if children could be cloistered with other children, stripped of responsibility and independence, encouraged to develop only the trivializing emotions of greed, envy, jealousy, and fear, they would grow older but never truly grow up.

In the 1934 edition of his once well-known book Public Education in the United States, Ellwood P. Cubberley detailed and praised the way the strategy of successive school enlargements had extended childhood by two to six years, and forced schooling was at that point still quite new. This same Cubberley – who was dean of Stanford’s School of Education, a textbook editor at Houghton Mifflin, and Conant’s friend and correspondent at Harvard – had written the following in the 1922 edition of his book Public School Administration: “Our schools are … factories in which the raw products (children) are to be shaped and fashioned …. And it is the business of the school to build its pupils according to the specifications laid down.”

It’s perfectly obvious from our society today what those specifications were. Maturity has by now been banished from nearly every aspect of our lives. Easy divorce laws have removed the need to work at relationships; easy credit has removed the need for fiscal self-control; easy entertainment has removed the need to learn to entertain oneself; easy answers have removed the need to ask questions.

We have become a nation of children, happy to surrender our judgments and our wills to political exhortations and commercial blandishments that would insult actual adults. We buy televisions, and then we buy the things we see on the television. We buy computers, and then we buy the things we see on the computer. We buy $150 sneakers whether we need them or not, and when they fall apart too soon we buy another pair. We drive SUVs and believe the lie that they constitute a kind of life insurance, even when we’re upside-down in them.

And, worst of all, we don’t bat an eye when Ari Fleischer tells us to “be careful what you say,” even if we remember having been told somewhere back in school that America is the land of the free. We simply buy that one too. Our schooling, as intended, has seen to it.

Now for the good news. Once you understand the logic behind modern schooling, its tricks and traps are fairly easy to avoid. School trains children to be employees and consumers; teach your own to be leaders and adventurers. School trains children to obey reflexively; teach your own to think critically and independently.

Well-schooled kids have a low threshold for boredom; help your own to develop an inner life so that they’ll never be bored. Urge them to take on the serious material, the grown-up material, in history, literature, philosophy, music, art, economics, theology – all the stuff schoolteachers know well enough to avoid. Challenge your kids with plenty of solitude so that they can learn to enjoy their own company, to conduct inner dialogues.

Well-schooled people are conditioned to dread being alone, and they seek constant companionship through the TV, the computer, the cell phone, and through shallow friendships quickly acquired and quickly abandoned. Your children should have a more meaningful life, and they can.

First, though, we must wake up to what our schools really are: laboratories of experimentation on young minds, drill centers for the habits and attitudes that corporate society demands. Mandatory education serves children only incidentally; its real purpose is to turn them into servants. Don’t let your own have their childhoods extended, not even for a day.

If David Farragut could take command of a captured British warship as a pre-teen, if Thomas Edison could publish a broadsheet at the age of twelve, if Ben Franklin could apprentice himself to a printer at the same age (then put himself through a course of study that would choke a Yale senior today), there’s no telling what your own kids could do.

After a long life, and thirty years in the public school trenches, I’ve concluded that genius is as common as dirt. We suppress our genius only because we haven’t yet figured out how to manage a population of educated men and women. The solution, I think, is simple and glorious. Let them manage themselves.

John Taylor Gatto (December 15, 1935 – October 25, 2018) was an American author and school teacher. After teaching for nearly 30 years he authored several books on modern education, criticizing its ideology, history, and consequences. 

Cover image based on creative commons work of Saydung & Bucarama-TLM/

Books by John Taylor Gatto (available at all book outlets):

Dumbing Us Down: The Hidden Curriculum of Compulsory Schooling

The Underground History of American Education: A School Teacher’s Intimate Investigation Into the Problem of Modern Schooling

Weapons of Mass Instruction: A Schoolteacher’s Journey Through the Dark World of Compulsory Schooling 

A Different Kind of Teacher: Reflections on the Bitter Lessons of American Schooling

Council on Foreign Relations: “Death’s Public Relations Firm”

The Abstract episode 37 “Death’s Public Relations Firm”

by Peter A. Kirby, Activist Post
July 7, 2024

Routinely spraying us and all of earth’s biota with tens of thousands of megatons of toxic materials from jet aircraft is, on its face, a psychotic proposition. Such a proposition presumes untold megadeath and destruction. And yet, unbelievably, for decades now, time and time again, this is exactly what members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) as well as people presented by the CFR have been proposing. The Council on Foreign Relations has been acting like a public relations firm engaged in the selling of mass murder. Let us examine the supporting evidence, shall we? For the whole story here, please buy and read my book Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project.



Time and time again, members of the CFR or people presented by the CFR have advocated for Solar Radiation Management (SRM) geoengineering. SRM geoengineering is officially acknowledged as the spraying of particulate matter from aircraft. Exposure to any type of particulate matter is known to be detrimental to human health and have a causal relationship to many deadly diseases. For more about this, please see my previous article and video “Chemtrails = DEATH.” Further, many times the CFR has presented advocates for SRM geoengineering who suggest the spraying of toxic substances from aircraft. Spraying toxic substances from aircraft presumes a lot more death and destruction than the spraying of non-toxic substances and yet, we find the CFR effectively promoting all of it.

Yes, we understand that the CFR’s geoengineers provide a reason for spraying us. They say that SRM geoengineering can prevent future death and destruction from the dreaded ‘climate change.’ So, in other words, they suggest killing and destroying in order to avoid death and destruction. Does that make sense to you? Such a hugely powerful organization promoting such a fundamentally flawed (and quite frankly, evil) policy deserves a closer look.

~ ~ ~

The Council on Foreign Relations serves a dual purpose. It is at once a globalist think-tank and an establishment mouthpiece. Most other high-profile think-tanks are not nearly as vocal. The CFR enjoys an extremely cozy relationship with both our U.S. State Department and the CIA. With alarming frequency, the ideas emanating from CFR study groups become official United States government policy. CFR study groups not only produce suggested policy, but also tactics for confounding and discrediting any opposition to their suggestions. Financing for these CFR study groups comes from the Rockefeller, Carnegie, and Ford Foundations. Policy and strategy worked out by the CFR reaches the President by way of the State Department.

The CFR was formed in order to influence public opinion. In 1919 American and British members of the Pilgrim Society met at the Majestic Hotel in Paris to create the Council on Foreign Relations as a think tank for the U.S. State Department. We covered the Pilgrim Societies in an article and video two weeks ago. The founders of the CFR felt compelled to create their organization because of their recent failure to establish the post-WWI League of Nations. The Council on Foreign Relations was established as a sister organization to the British Royal Institute of International Affairs on July 29, 1921. Carrol Quigley in his book Tragedy and Hope describes the purpose of the CFR:

“The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), established six years after the Federal Reserve was created, worked to promote an internationalist agenda on behalf of the international banking elite. Where the Fed took control of money and debt, the CFR took control of the ideological foundations of such an empire – encompassing the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation into a generally cohesive overall world view.”

Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) director Allen Dulles (1893-1969) and his more famous brother, Secretary of State John Foster Dulles (1888-1959) were among a small group of influential and wealthy individuals who founded the CFR. John Foster Dulles, beginning with the first issue, regularly contributed articles to the Council’s most widely-read publication called Foreign Affairs. In 1926 his brother Allen joined the CFR and in 1927 he was elected as the Council’s first president. From his soundproof room at Pratt House (CFR headquarters), Allen Dulles wielded tremendous power. Top secret CIA planning meetings chaired by Dulles were held at Pratt House. We covered the CIA’s extensive connections to today’s chemtrail spraying operations last week.

In their epic masterpiece Killing the Planet Williams and Howard-Browne write, “By 2017, twenty secretaries of state, nineteen secretaries of the treasury, fifteen secretaries of defense, and hundreds of other federal department heads have been CFR members, along with twenty-one of the twenty-four CIA directors, and every chairman of the Federal Reserve since 1951.” The authors also note that, “Mike Pompeo … is the only Secretary of State within the past 85 years without any known ties to the CFR.”

Many people implicated in the New Manhattan Project have been CFR members such as: Lauchlin Currie, Gordon J.F. ‘How to Wreck the Environment’ MacDonald, Henry Loomis, Glenn Seaborg, Alfred Lee Loomis, James Killian, Harlan Cleveland, James Conant, John Deutch, George H. W. Bush and Frank Wisner. Many corporations implicated in the production of the NMP are (or have been) corporate members of the CFR such as Boeing, Raytheon, IBM, the Carlyle Group and General Electric. Five of GE’s directors and three of Boeing’s have been CFR directors as well. For more details, please refer to my book.

~ ~ ~

Beginning in 1990, the Council started organizing study and discussion groups devoted to the topic of climate change and they have since gone on to issue many publications promoting SRM geoengineering – also known as chemtrails. Over the years, these publications have consistently used fundamentally deceptive arguments and a panoply of other psychological warfare tactics in their attempts to legitimize mass murder.

Among many other examples featuring top geoengineers like Ken Caldeira, in 2008 the CFR issued a paper titled “Unilateral Geoengineering: Non-technical Briefing Notes for a Workshop at the Council on Foreign Relations.” In this document, the authors propose spraying aluminum oxide dust into the stratosphere. We are only going over the most salient examples here. Many more CFR documents written in favor of SRM geoengineering can be found in my book.

CFR members Granger Morgan and John Steinbruner (1941-2015) held a panel discussion at Pratt House in 2010 titled “Developing an International Framework for Geoengineering.” During the discussion, Morgan stressed the urgency of the geoengineering situation as he raised the specter of a ‘black program’ currently conducting SRM geoengineering which everybody finds out about later. He said, “I think it would be truly disastrous if, you know, we discovered a few years from now that there was a black program that some government had stood up to sort of learn on the quiet how to do this.” Yes, we’ve found out about it already, Mr. Morgan and we plan to make this as disastrous as possible for your public relations effort.

CFR member Jay Apt wrote a 2012 paper with top geoengineer David Keith titled “Cost Analysis of Stratospheric Albedo Modification Delivery Systems” in which the authors write about spraying 1-5 million metric tons of materials from airplanes at an altitude of 18-30 km up in the sky every year. Their top choice for the job was the Boeing ‘747-400.’ The Boeing 747 is a close relative of the Boeing KC-135 which the author has identified as the most probable make and model of the most prevalent type of dedicated chemtrail fleet aircraft. Stay tuned for more about the proprietary chemtrail fleet.

In the Spring of 2013, CFR member Granger Morgan and two co-authors published an article in Issues in Science and Technology titled “Needed: Research Guidelines for Solar Radiation Management.” In it, they advocate for geoengineering research, call for help from the federal government, and write that, “a small fleet of specially designed aircraft could deliver enough mass to the stratosphere in the form of small reflecting particles to offset all of the warming anticipated by the end of this century for a cost of less than $10 billion per year.”

Another article published by CFR members Morgan, Apt, et al. in March of 2013 was titled “The Truth About Geoengineering: Science Fiction and Science Fact.” In it, they speculate that, “Flying a fleet of high-altitude aircraft that spray particles into the upper atmosphere would cost perhaps ten billion dollars per year” The authors also warn that, “Small-scale field trials in the upper atmosphere to test components of an SRM [Solar Radiation Management] system are particularly urgent.”

On November 3 of 2015, CFR member Katharine Ricke published a paper, along with two other authors, titled “Climate Engineering Economics.” In this paper the authors write, “The most likely approach to implementation is high-flying aircraft outfitted with aerosol precursor dispensing systems (McClellan, et al., 2012)” As have many other authors, Ricke, et al. found that using aircraft to achieve SRM is the cheapest way. In conclusion the authors urge, “Finally, we need to begin to explore specific mechanisms to ensure an efficient and equitable implementation of climate engineering technologies. While some early steps have been taken in this direction, we need to understand, from an economic perspective, how to create institutions that can accommodate these novel climate risk reduction strategies.”

On June 29 of 2016, the director of the CIA, John O. Brennan made a speech at the Council on Foreign Relations. He suggested that spraying the earth with tiny particles can save us from global warming. Since Brennan’s landmark speech, the CFR has continued to post various pro-geoengineering articles and videos on their website that largely repeat the themes of previous publications.

• Americans4aCleanAtmosphere.com
• ZeroGeoengineering.com
• GeoengineeringWatch.org
• NuclearPlanet.com
• SaveOurSkies.org
• ClimateViewer.com
• NoGeoingegneria.com
• StopSprayingCalifornia.com
• ChemSky.org
• GlobalSkyWatch.com
• ChemtrailsProject.com
• ChemtrailsProjectUK.com

Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, author, and activist. Find his books Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project and The Fall of San Francisco available now exclusively at Amazon. Join his email list at his website PeterAKirby.com. Find his videos at Rumble.

Connect with Activist Post